business and management - luiss guido carli...education in italy 8 luiss guido carli 11 incoming...

2

Edited by: Student Exchange Office Viale Romania, 32 00197 Rome ‐ Italy Rome, October 2018

3

What is ECTS? 5 Education in Italy 8 LUISS Guido Carli 11 Incoming Exchange Students 17 The Department of Business and Management 23 Bachelor’s Degree Course Structure 26 Bachelor’s Degree Courses Description 31 Bachelor’s Degree Summary Table 151 Master’s Degree Course Structure 155 Master’s Degree Courses Description 173 Master’s Degree Summary Table 299 Business School 304 Useful Information for Guest Students 305

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4

All information contained in the brochure, while true at the time of publication, is subject to modification and should therefore be checked appropriately.

5

The European Community promotes inter‐university co‐operation as a means for improving the quality of education to the benefit of students and higher education institutions alike. Student mobility constitutes a primary feature of that co‐operation. The Erasmus + programme clearly demonstrates that a study period abroad can constitute a particularly precious experience, not only being the best way to discover countries, ideas, languages and cultures different from one's own but also because it is gaining a growing importance in the evolution of university and professional careers. The creation of a single European area in the field of education, where students and teachers can move freely without barriers, goes upon the recognition of the studies undertaken and the qualifications achieved abroad. For this reason ECTS ‐ the English acronym for the European Community Course Credit Transfer System ‐ was born, originally as a master plan within the framework of the previous Erasmus + programme, with the aim of promoting academic recognition of studies undertaken abroad. The European Commission decided to include ECTS in the Socrates programme, in particular within Sector I reserved to higher education (Erasmus + ), given the conclusive effectiveness of the ECTS system. After the first stage planned for a limited application, ECTS is now becoming much more meaningful to the extent of becoming a permanent feature of the European context of higher education. ECTS is above all pursuing transparency, establishing the conditions necessary to bring institutions closer together and broadening the range of choices offered to students. Its application facilitates the recognition of students' academic results through to the use of widely understood standards ‐ credits and grades ‐ as well as a better understanding of the national systems of higher education. ECTS goes upon three basic elements: 1) Information on study plans and student results, 2) Reciprocal agreement (between the participating institutions and the student), 3) The use of ECTS credits (values representing the working load done by the student).

PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF ECTS ECTS is thus founded upon three basic elements: information on study plans and student results, reciprocal agreement (between the participating institutions and the student) and the use of ECTS credits (values representing the workload done by the student). These three basic elements are effective through three fundamental documents: 1) The information brochure, 2) The application form/learning agreement, 3) The transcript of records, as to the studies done. But the essential aspect is that ECTS is activated by the students, the teachers and the institutions which intend to make studying abroad a whole part of the learning experience. Indeed, ECTS does not, in any way, determine the contents, the structure or the equivalence of study programmes. These qualitative aspects must be decided upon directly by the higher education institutions in the moment of setting, either through bilateral or multilateral agreements, the basis for a viable co‐operation. The code of good practice proposed by ECTS offers the interested parties the tools suitable to pursue transparency and academic recognition.

WHAT IS ECTS?

6

Full academic recognition is a sine qua non condition of student mobility within the framework of the Erasmus + programme. Full academic recognition requires the period of study abroad (including exams and other forms of evaluation) to effectively substitute a comparable period of study (including exams and other forms of assessment) in the institution of origin notwithstanding the fact that there may be differences in the contents of the programme. ECTS goes on voluntary use and reciprocal trust at academic level among the participating institutions. Every institution chooses its own partners.

TRANSPARENCY ECTS guarantees transparency through the following instruments:

ECTS credits, ‐ a numerical value assigned to a course unit – which represent the working load that a student must undertake in order to complete a given course unit. The credits express the quantity of work every course unit requires with respect to the global volume of work necessary to successfully complete a full year's study at the institution, that is: lectures, practical work, seminars, traineeships, research or surveys, personal study ‐ either at home or in the library ‐ together with exams and other forms of student assessment. ECTS is, therefore, based on the overall working load of the student and not merely limited to lecture hours. 60 credits represent the working load for a full academic year's study and, as a rule, 30 credits are equivalent to a semester and 20 credits to a trimester.

The ECTS information brochure, which provides useful information to students and personnel about the institutions, departments, course organisation and structure as well as the individual course units.

The ECTS learning agreement, which describes the study plan the student has to follow and indicates the ECTS credits that shall grant upon satisfactory completion thereof. The agreement binds the student to attend the host university's programme as the main part of their higher education, the institution of origin to guarantee the student full academic recognition of the credits obtained abroad and, the host institution to provide the agreed course units to the extent allowed by the academic calendar.

The ECTS transcript of records, which presents the student's academic results in a clear, complete and comprehensible manner for each part and which must be easily transferable from one institution to another.

ACADEMIC RECOGNITION To facilitate the academic recognition of the studies undertaken or completed abroad, good communication and flexibility are required. In this regard the ECTS co‐ordinators carry out a fundamental role monitoring the academic and administrative aspects of ECTS. As a rule, it is necessary to make available to the students the entire range of course units of the department that implements ECTS, including those units relating to postgraduate studies. The students must be able to attend regular courses ‐ and not especially set up for them ‐ and must be given the opportunity to satisfy the demands of the host institution giving an academic qualification. Reliance on ECTS credits guarantees the organisation of programmes, which are reasonable in terms of working load for the period of study abroad. For instance, 120 ECTS credits for a year require a student to work

7

twice as hard as an average student whose plan is 60 credits. At the same time, 30 ECTS credits for a year period correspond to a part‐time studying. ECTS, moreover, allows students to continue their studies abroad. In fact, it can happen that once the original study period is over the student may not wish to return to their original institution but may instead prefer to remain in the host institution ‐ possibly to graduate from there ‐ or move on to a third institution. Such decision may not be taken without the agreement of all institutions involved which in any case have to set the conditions to fulfil in order to graduate from the host institution or transfer to a third institution. The ECTS certificate is a chronology of the student's academic record and it can constitute a particularly useful instrument for the institutions to manage such a decision.

8

Until 1989 (Law 168/1989) the entire Italian educational system was under the Ministry of Education. At that time the Ministry of Universities and Scientific Research was created to take over the responsibilities of university education and scientific and technological research. The two entities are currently encompassed under the organisational designation Ministero dell’Istruzione, dell’Università e della Ricerca ‐ MIUR (Ministry of Education, University and Research). Information for foreign students can be found at www.study‐in‐italy.it ).

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION Cycles Following the 2003 Reform of primary and secondary education, the Italian school system has been reorganised as follows:

First cycle Primary education: 5 years of schooling beginning at age 6; Secondary education (first degree): 3 years of schooling beginning at age 11.

Second cycle Secondary education (second degree): 5 years of schooling beginning at age 14. The higher secondary schools are of various types: classical, scientific, linguistic, artistic, technical and vocational studies as well as teacher training. At the end of the 5‐year course, students take the examination to obtain the Diploma di Maturità in the specialised area they have chosen. This diploma grants admission to an Italian university. Grading System Until 1968, secondary school grading was on a scale of 0‐10, 6 being the minimum passing grade. From 1969 to 1999, final marks were on a scale of 0‐60, 36 being the minimum passing grade. Since 2000 a different system has been implemented: final marks are on a scale of 0‐100 and the minimum passing grade is 60.

UNIVERSITY EDUCATION Admission Admission to Italian universities grants only to holders of a Diploma di maturità from an Italian secondary school. Foreign students, or Italian students from secondary schools abroad, are admitted on the strength of equivalent qualifications. There are no limitations on admission except in Medical School (medicine, dentistry, veterinary), in private independent universities (like LUISS Guido Carli or Bocconi in Milan), and in newly established universities/degree courses. Grading System

EDUCATION IN ITALY

9

In the university grading system, individual courses grade on a scale of 18‐30. The maximum final grade is 110, after the dissertation of a thesis on a free topic. For very brilliant students the degree may be awarded cum laude.

< 18 = fail

18/23 = sufficient

24/26 = satisfactory

27/28 = good

29/30 = Very good

30 e lode = Excellent

Academic Qualifications and Degrees University Diploma This is a first‐level university qualification for courses lasting 3 years. For admission to these courses, students must have a Diploma di Maturità. Laurea (Degree) The system of university study in Italy has undergone an overall reform in terms of structure and teaching system. Up to 2001, to obtain a Laurea, the basic university degree, used to take 4 to 6 years, depending on the field of study. From the academic year 2001/2002, universities have adopted three study cycles. The first cycle, three years in length, is characterised by a professional training type content and concludes with the award of a first‐level degree (Laurea Triennale – Bachelor Degree); the second cycle, lasting two years, concludes with the award of a second‐level Master’s degree (Laurea Magistralis – Master’s Degree); while the third cycle, lasting from one to three years, leads to the award of either a doctorate or a specialised postgraduate degree. Teaching activity is organized in departments, which offer one or more degree courses in specific academic areas. Course requirements are established by law and the laurea is obtained after the student has passed a set number of exams, gained the required credits, and successfully discussed a written research paper. Admission to the Laurea programme is regulated by the general rules for university admission. Courses for masters degrees may also be offered parallel to each study cycle. All study programmes must be based on the European system for the transfer of academic credits (ECTS) as provided for in recent agreements reached at EU level.

Along with the three‐cycle program system established by the Italian Ministerial Decrees, a limited number of “old” second cycle programs (dental medicine, human medicine, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, architecture, law) coexist with the new university system. These programs, called One‐Cycle Programs, aim at providing students with advanced education and training for highly qualified professions in specific areas. The general access requirement is upper secondary school degree or a comparable foreign qualification. Admission to individual degree programs may be subject to specific course requirements.

One‐Cycle Programs last five years and require 300 credits (European Credit Transfer System) for completion (only human medicine requires six years and 360 credits). The degree awarded is a Master’s Degree which grants access to competitions for the civil service, to regulated and non‐regulated professions, doctoral programs and all the other postgraduate study degree programs.

10

Research Doctorate The aim of the doctoral studies programmes is to offer post‐graduate opportunity for research. Programmes include individual research under the guidance of professors and special seminars. The minimum period of study is three years. This third‐level academic degree, Doctorate of Research, is awarded to candidates who have successfully documented their research and written an original final thesis. This programme is open to a limited number of candidates (also from foreign countries), who must be university graduates or hold equivalent degrees. Post‐graduate Diplomas of Specialization These diplomas are given by schools offering special advanced courses in various professions. The limited places are reserved for university graduates or those with equivalent foreign qualifications. The courses last 2/3 years and include practical experience. Attendance is mandatory. The final examination is a defence of a written thesis.

11

NAME LUISS ‐ Libera Università Internazionale degli Studi Sociali Guido Carli, Rome, Italy.

Emma Marcegaglia President

Andrea Prencipe Rector

Giovanni Lo Storto General Manager

TYPE

LUISS Guido Carli is an independent university. It was established according to Article 1 of Italy’s Higher Education Act, which gives independent universities full legal status while guaranteeing their autonomy in the areas of administration, teaching and discipline. Its degrees and diplomas have complete legal and academic recognition.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION LUISS Guido Carli was set up in 1974‐78 by a consortium of private and public companies, that re‐organized a pre‐existing Institution, “Pro Deo”. Its goal is to form students to assume the responsibilities of managing complex economic systems in both the State and private sectors. At present LUISS Guido Carli has four departments: department of Economics and Finance, department of Business and Management, department of Law and department of Political Science. Certain features characterize LUISS Guido Carli:

a set number of students for the four departments (1620 students for bachelor's programs and 1000 for master's degree programs in 2017‐2018);

admission by entrance test;

full time compulsory attendance of courses;

a highly qualified teaching staff;

intensive study of foreign languages and computer training;

a large specialised library and a catalogue that can be consulted directly from the University’s web site;

An extensive network of international exchange programs at 197 universities, both within and outside of Europe in 39 countries. LUISS also offers its students the opportunity to study abroad: 25 Double Degrees and structured partnerships;

orientation for high school students;

LUISS GUIDO CARLI

12

seminars and debates on important issues as a complement to lectures;

assistance by qualified tutors during the entire university study period as well as traineeships;

personal counselling service to facilitate integration and to optimise study strategies.

Professors and lecturers are appointed from the academic world, the professions, senior State and private sector management. Lectures are held in Italian and English. They are integrated by seminars, debates and conferences on both Italian and international topics, often with the participation of prominent guest speakers. The annual tuition fee at LUISS Guido Carli, for the a. y. 2017/2018, is € 10,000 for all Bachelor’s degrees and for the Single Cycle Master Degree in Law (per year). The annual tuition fee for Master’s Degrees is € 11,000 (per year). LUISS supports worthy students with scholarships and financial aid to attend the LUISS bachelor's, master's and single‐cycle master's degree programs and to study abroad, thanks to the opportunities offered by the University. For more information please visit: Scholarships and financial aid Scholarships are also granted to deserving students who meet certain income conditions. For more information please visit: Financial aid and scholarships

LINKS WITH BUSINESSES What distinguishes LUISS is its privileged relationship with the business world. Over 500 companies, multinationals, and public and private institutions collaborate with the University, offering its degree candidates and new graduates their first real opportunities to step foot in the business world. The LUISS Career Services Office provides students with multiple opportunities to meet people in the business world and learn with them. This orientation and educational service facilitate the placement of degree candidates and new graduates in the business world with internships and training at companies and at public and private institutions. It also sets up recurring meetings and presentations with major multinationals, investment banks, and public and private organizations and institutions.

LOCATION Since October 2007 LUISS Guido Carli has moved to a new location in the residential area called “Parioli”. Most of the teaching and researching activities are now taken in the new campus. Please note that classes of Law are still taken in Via Parenzo, 11; Business, Economics and Political Science classes are instead taken in the new seat. A shuttle bus links the 2 campuses departing every 10/15 minutes. The journey takes about 5/10 minutes.

13

OFFICE REFERENCES

The Student Exchange Office

tel.:+39‐06 85225389/642. email: [email protected]

Opening hours are from 10 a.m. to 12 a.m. Monday to Friday, and from 3 p.m. to 4 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays.

The Department of Economics and Finance

Office and Presidency, tel.: +39‐06‐

8522550, e‐mail: [email protected]

Opening hours are from 10 a.m. to 12 a.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays, and from 2.30 p.m. to 4.30 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays.

The Department of Business and Management


85225310, e‐mail: [email protected]


The Department of Political Science


85225290/+39‐06‐85225700, fax: 06‐85225702, e‐mail: [email protected]


The Student Office

Segreteria Studenti: tel.: +39‐06‐

85225263/06‐85225270, fax: 06‐85225895, e‐mail: [email protected]

The Student Office deals with enrolment and supplies students with all the necessary information. Opening hours are from 9.30 a.m. to 12.30 a.m. Monday to Friday, and from 2.30 p.m. to 4.30 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays. The Student Office closes two weeks in mid‐August. Students also have computer and multimedia services available through which they can comply with all bureaucratic requirements in connection with university life. Moreover, there

14

is the "LUISS‐sms" service allowing students to communicate with the University through messages that can be read or sent to any mobile phone.

The Orientation Office

tel.: +39‐06‐85225354, e‐mail: [email protected].

The Office is open from Monday to Friday.

The IT Services

tel.:+39‐06‐85225211/+39‐06‐85225279, fax: +39‐06‐85225930; Help Desk: tel.: +39.06.8522.5211, e‐mail: [email protected].

The Computer Centre is a support structure for research and teaching activities of Computer Sciences in the four departments. It also provides consulting and support services for the other sectors of the university (institutes, centres, departments and training courses). To this end, there are eleven computer rooms and a university‐wide network which also provides a link to the outside world via GARR, Internet and Itapac for the consultation of different databases. The Computer Centre also supports all the administrative activities within the university, as well as management activities and library consultation.

The Department of Law

Via Parenzo 11, 00198 Rome. The

Student Office is located on the Ground Floor of the building,

tel.: 06‐85225294, fax: 06‐85225826; e‐mail: [email protected] .

Opening hours are from 10 a.m. to 12 a.m. Mondays through Fridays, and from 3 p.m. to 4 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays.

The Library

tel.: +39‐06‐85225600; fax: +39‐06‐85225625; e‐mail: [email protected]

It focuses on the social sciences, particularly law, economics and political science. In 2015, the Library's collection amounted to 99,017 books, 1,781 paper journals (609 of which are current issues) and 83 databases. The Library also

15

provides access to 43,424 e‐journals and 53,137 ebooks. ‐Facilities available to students include a consultation room and a reading room, equipped with terminals and copy machines. Students may borrow books (loan term: 30 days). The opening hours are the following: Reading Room, from Monday to Friday from 8.00 a.m. to 9.45 p.m./Saturday from 8.30 a.m. to 1.45 p.m.; Reference and Electronic Resources, from Monday to Friday from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m./Saturdays from 8 a.m. to 1.45 p.m.; Delivery Room and Circulation Service, from Monday to Friday from 8.30 a.m. to 9.00 p.m./Saturday from 8.30 a.m. to 1.45 p.m.

SIZE Current enrolment is about 9067 for all four departments with a professor/students ratio of 1:7.

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES Prospective full time EU and non EU students (Not applicable to Exchange students) Prospective full time EU and non‐EU students will find specific and detailed information on the steps of the admission at LUISS on: Luiss Admissions. The number of students admitted to the first year is limited to allow best teaching conditions and admission goes upon an entrance examination (aptitude test). Specific requirements for students applying for “corsi singoli” (individual courses) (Not applicable to Exchange students) Foreign students may attend one or more LUISS Guido Carli courses and take the respective exams. At the end of the course, students will obtain a certificate stating the course that was taken and the mark obtained. Students who want to apply for single courses (Corsi Singoli) must submit the following documents:

an application form addressed to the Provost, detailing the student's study plan

a certificate attesting the educational qualification earned, including exam scores or grades received (For foreign students, this certificate must be translated and certified by the appropriate diplomatic and consular authorities. A degree certificate is required for LUISS graduates.)

two photographs, one of which (foreign students only) must be authenticated by the appropriate Italian diplomatic and consular authorities, indicating citizenship, residence, and the date and place of birth

16

a €16.00 duty stamp to be affixed to the application

receipt of payment Admission fee is 1.300,00 € per course for Bachelor and Master subjects. The Student Office [email protected] takes care of registration for Corsi Singoli.

17

The LUISS Student Exchange Office promotes student exchanges within the Erasmus Program, as well as through bilateral exchange agreements with non‐European universities. It provides information and assistance to all students participating in these study abroad programs. All procedures are based on the ECTS system. A substantial part of this activity is devoted to the orientation and support of foreign students, to whom the following section is addressed. The Student Exchange Office deals with orientation and registration of students on exchange programmes (Erasmus + and Bilateral Agreements). The first step to spend a semester at LUISS in exchange is to contact the International Coordinator at your Home University. Each sending Institution is responsible for the selection of students. Ask them for all the information, documents, brochures, application forms related to LUISS. All information material can also be found on our website. Read the instructions carefully before you apply. Be aware of our deadlines All applications must be received by May 15, that is the fixed deadline for fall and/or spring semester applications every year. As soon as the application forms are received, in June, LUISS will send incoming students acceptance letters and practical information. Since there are almost 200 courses taught in English, students will not need to have any knowledge of Italian to study at LUISS.

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018‐2019 First Semester ‐ Fall

ORIENTATION (for exchange students)

September 6 2018

CLASSES BEGIN September 10 2018 MIDTERMS November 5‐10 2018

CLASSES END December 1 2018 EXAMINATION PERIOD December 3–19 2018 CHRISTMAS HOLIDAYS December 20 2018 – January 6 2019 EXAMINATION PERIOD January 7 – February 9 2019

Second Semester ‐ Spring

ORIENTATION (for exchange students)

February 7 2018

CLASSES BEGIN February 11 2019 MIDTERMS April 1 – 6 2019

INCOMING EXCHANGE STUDENTS

18

EASTER HOLIDAYS April 18 – 23 2019 CLASSES END May 11 2019

EXAMINATION PERIOD May 13 – July 3 2019

COURSES, EXAMS, TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS The languages of instruction are Italian and English. For the list of courses offered in English please visit: Courses in English for Erasmus and Exchange students The average workload for LUISS students is about 30 ECTS credits per semester, including language courses. Incoming students are advised not to take more than 24 credits if they do not stay for the full examination period and leave in December. Three or four courses per semester are the average workload for full‐time study, depending on the year of study and level. Exchange students will be given access to all the courses at Bachelor and / or Master, as long as they have the necessary prerequisites and do not have time‐table clashes. The Master courses are at advanced level and students should have the required background and very good language competences. Elective courses will be offered only if a sufficient number of students register for the courses. Because not all courses will be offered, it is recommended that you enroll in more than one. Full‐year courses can only be taken by the students that will spend the whole academic year at LUISS. If these conditions are met, guest students have access to all the courses in the four LUISS Departments. The final examinations for each course can be oral and/or written. Midterm tests may be given during the course (Midterms of first semester may be from 5 to 10 November 2018). Guest students will have to enroll for each exam following the instructions provided upon arrival at LUISS. Exams can be taken only on the official dates. Please note that NO special examination can be arranged for exchange students. Transcripts of records will be sent by email to the Partner Institutions 5 weeks after the end the examinations periods of each examination session. LUISS University is now embracing an eco‐friendly policy and hardcopies will be sent only to those partners who explicitly request it. To the students who come to LUISS for the whole academic year or for the second semester, the transcripts will be sent around the end of July. Our summer examination session ends on July 4 and transcripts cannot be prepared before the session is over.

19

GRADING SYSTEM Individual courses are graded on a scale of 18‐30/30. Very brilliant students may be awarded 30 cum laude (30 e lode). The minimum passing grade is 18/30. Grades below 18 are a fail and are not registered. Grades below 18 will not and cannot appear on the transcript of records. In Italy grades below 18 do not exist. Exceptions cannot be made.

Distribution of Grades

MASTER LUISS Grades

Distribution Definition

30 e lode 7,32%

30 22,21% Excellent

29 14,20% Very good

28 20,47%

27 14,38% Good

26 8,36%

25 4,26% Satisfactory

24 4,00%

23 1,68%

22 0,92% Sufficient

21 0,56%

20 0,59%

19 0,28%

18 0,76%

< 18 / Fail

Total 100%

BACHELOR LUISS Grades

Distribution Definition

30 e lode 5,35%

30 14,45% Excellent

29 6,29% Very good

28 12,60%

27 12,02% Good

26 9,54%

25 8,45% Satisfactory

24 7,97%

23 4,92%

22 4,09% Sufficient

21 3,26%

20 3,62%

19 2,26%

18 5,19%

< 18 / Fail

Total 100%

20

COURSES IN ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE

LUISS Guido Carli offers Italian language courses to Erasmus and exchange students in both first and second semester. They are free of charge. The courses have a schedule of three hours per week. The students who attend the courses and comply with the requirements will receive a certificate and gain 3 ECTS credits. Students who would like to attend the semester courses can register only after arrival. The course is divided in three levels: beginners, intermediate and advanced. Beginners Level (A1‐A2) This level is for those who never attended an Italian language course. The main aim of the course is to help the student understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of most immediate relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family information, shopping, local geography, employment). Intermediate Level (A2‐B1) This level is for those who have already attended an Italian course and are able to communicate in everyday situations. The principal aim of the course is to improve oral communication. Particular emphasis is placed on listening comprehension to enable students to take full advantage of lectures in their chosen field. Advanced Level (B1‐B2) This level is for those who are already proficient in the language and need to develop specialist language areas. The main aim is to help the student reach a high standard of reading and writing skills. Extra curricular activities These include:

Presentations followed by discussion;

Meetings with Italian businessmen;

Guided tours with specialized teachers.

The activities and meetings develop topics already discussed in class and take into account the interests of individual participants.

The person responsible for the courses is Professor Concetta Amato ([email protected])

21

ACCOMMODATION Since LUISS does not have student dormitory facilities offered to Exchange Students, the Student Exchange Office does not take direct responsibility in providing accommodation. A private organisation, C.T.S., takes care of it according to the application forms received (by C.T.S. and the Student Exchange Office of LUISS Guido Carli) by May 31.

Requests for accommodation will not be considered if the application for housing (on a separate electronic form) is not uploaded in the online application system (Web Self‐Service). For more information, please visit: Finding a room as an Erasmus or exchange student

HEALTH AND INSURANCE Students from the EU are entitled to the services of the Italian National Health Service using their European Health Insurance Card (E.H.I.C.). However, the card does not cover rescue, repatriation and private health care. We suggest to verify how to get the card and which services are covered with the social security administration of your country before your departure. For more information please visit:

European Health Insurance Card

Non EU students are required to subscribe a health insurance covering all risks that students might incur in during the whole exchange period abroad.

Non‐EU students must hold a health insurance policy meeting the following requirements:

It must cover expenses in the event of emergency treatments and/or urgent hospitalization.

It must cover the entire duration of your stay in Italy.

It must be valid for the territory of all member‐states applying to the Schengen Agreement in its entirety. It must guarantee the policy−holder's return to his/her own country in case of serious illness.

It must be translated into Italian and legalized by the Italian Embassy/Consulate.

At the University Union (in Italian: Diritto allo Studio), students can access a free health care service. Dr. Gianpiero Cutolo is the LUISS‐affiliated doctor on campus:

Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays: 3:00 p.m. ‐ 4:00 p.m.

Tuesdays and Thursdays: 10:00 a.m. ‐ 12:00 p.m.

In August, the on‐campus care service is closed.

You can also contact the LUISS doctor by calling +39 06 85225416

LUISS offers a free preventive medicine service through qualified local health units off‐campus. Students can take routine health care exams, which can be integrated by more specific ones, if required.

To reduce risks and encourage a healthy campus, every year all LUISS students can benefit from a number of specialized exams which are free of charge.

22

ADMINISTRATIVE FORMALITIES

Residence Permit for Non‐EU Students Non‐EU students who intend to spend some time in Italy must request a permit of stay no later than 8 working days from their arrival in Italy. How to obtain the residence permit for study reasons: Use the yellow kit which you will find in all postal offices. Carefully fill in the forms, following all the instructions. Together with the filled application, students must also bring:

a valid passport;

a photocopy of the passport (in A4 format);

a photocopy of any other requested documents (in A4 format). You will then be given a receipt with the user ID and password needed to keep track of the status of your procedure at http://www.portaleimmigrazione.it/ (click on “Area Riservata Stranieri”) and a letter with the appointment date and time at the Police Station (Questura) inordertohaveyourfingerprintstaken.Bring with you:

your passport;

the letter you received inviting you to go to the Questura;

the original copies of the documents you brought to the Post Office;

4 recent passport‐size photographs.

Registration for EU Students

For EU students who plan to stay in Italy for less than three months, no formality is requested; for periods longer than three months, students need to make a vital statistic registration at the municipality, as Italians citizens do.

Students will have to call 06/0606 to know which Roman municipality they belong to (you just need to tell the address of your accommodation in Rome).

This procedure is mandatory, and it requires the following documents:

Personal ID (or Equivalent);

Acceptance letter

Health insurance policy covering all risks that students might incur in during the whole exchange period abroad;

Proof of economic means of subsistence, also by self‐statement.

An evidence of the course that will be attended For more information, please visit Portale Immigrazione

23

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT Director: Professor Alessandro Zattoni The aim of the Department of Business and Management is to train students who wish to become entrepreneurs, professionals and managers capable of operating in a highly‐competitive business world and managing complex, rapidly changing situations.

BACHELOR THREE‐YEAR DEGREE COURSE (180 ECTS)

Corsi di Laurea Triennale

The Bachelor's Degree Program in Economics and Management is a three‐year program. The language of instruction is Italian. Throughout their years of study, students explore areas of academic interest while fulfilling general education requirements in the economic, business, legal and quantitative disciplines. The Program provides the tools and methods for critical analysis and interpretation of economic and business dynamics. Students acquire knowledge and understanding of operational, economic and financial areas, as well as decision‐making and decision control tools. A main distinctive feature of the Economics and Management

Bachelor's Degree Program is the focus placed in balancing analytical and conceptual foundations with specific specialization studies.

The bachelor’s degree program in Management and Computer Science stands out from other courses offered by LUISS University in Economics, Business and Finance for the significant presence of technical and engineering topics, focused on computing and business analytics. These skills are also integrated with traditional foundation courses in Economics, Business Management, Law and Statistics. The core of the program focuses on collecting, processing and analyzing data in order to generate new knowledge to improve processes for large and small companies as well as for startups. To develop these skills, students are given solid preparation on algorithms and coding starting in their first year, as well as database management and advanced analysis techniques. In their third year, students focus on data science applications such as cybersecurity, innovation and entrepreneurship.

THE DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

24

MASTER’S DEGREE TWO‐YEAR DEGREE COURSES (120 ECTS)

Corsi di Laurea Magistrale The Masters offered: 1) Business Management (Gestione d’Impresa ‐ in Italian) 2) Management (in English) 3) Accounting, Control and Finance (Amministrazione, Finanza e Controllo – in Italian) 4) Marketing (In English and in Italian) 5) Corporate Finance (in English)

Graduates of the Business Management program are characterized by their advanced understanding of business operations and their ability to develop a systemic and strategic vision. The program has four different areas of specialization: Imprenditorialità e family business (Entrepreneurship and Family Business), for students interested in launching new projects or running existing small to medium businesses; Organizzazione e gestione delle risorse umane (Organization and Human Resource Management), for those interested in the HR side of business; Strategic Management, for those interested in working in consulting or managing companies of various sizes; and an individual study

plan, for those who are interested in a working as a junior manager or external consultant.

The Master in Management is a two‐year, full‐time program that weaves academic excellence, pivotal location, and superb networking prospects, to help graduates kick‐start their international careers as responsible managers, finance executives, entrepreneurs, or business consultants. Using an innovative learning approach that balances academic rigor with managerial relevance, the MiM curriculum consists of core courses that advance students' knowledge in the functional areas of management and elective courses that offer specialized knowledge and real‐life examples in the areas of Entrepreneurship and Innovation, International Management, and Luxury, Fashion and Made in Italy. The MiM program encourages students to experience another culture through Double Degree programs in collaboration with LUISS partner institutions (Fudan School of Management and Universidade Nova de Lisboa)

25

The two‐year degree program in Accounting, Control and Finance with two majors, AFC ‐ Aziendale and AFC ‐ Professionale, combines academic excellence with managerial skills and access to the LUISS network to prepare students for careers in administration, control and finance. Heightened awareness of business issues and management techniques, from both the qualitative and quantitative points of view, can be useful to organizations of all sizes in all sectors. A combination of these areas of knowledge allows students to develop operational and professional skills to strategically manage problems that regularly arise in administration, finance and business control. The course focuses on, but is not limited to: national and international

accounting, writing a consolidated budget, tax planning, control system creation, and measuring performance. Particular attention is devoted to

extraordinary financial management, internal and external auditing, and corporate governance themes.

The degree program in Marketing is divided into two different majors, both of which are offered in English and Italian. Marketing Analytics and Metrics (Analisi e misure di marketing, in italian) was designed to prepare students to analyzing market changes while the program in Market Relationship and Customer Engagement (Gestione dei processi e delle relazioni di marketing, in italian) was designed to train students in maintaining relationships with clients and commerical clients. The master's program in Marketing prepares students for roles as marketing/business/industry analyst, marketing & sales performance specialist, brand/product/communication manager, marketing manager, account/sales manager, account/sales manager, merchandiser/promoter, consultant or researcher.

The degree program in Corporate Finance, by focusing on the interactions among corporations and financial markets, reflects objectives common to both Departments and covers the areas of financial economics, financial management, business planning and valuation, mergers and acquisitions (M&A), capital markets, asset pricing, risk management and derivatives. The students that will graduate in Corporate Finance will have the opportunity to work within finance divisions of large corporations, corporate banking and M&A divisions of investment banks, financial advisory and consulting firms and investment funds. On one hand, the major in Financial Management will mainly focus on

topics that nowadays are critical for the financial management of corporations, such as business and financial planning, project and business

valuation, risk management and derivatives, M&A and other operations on the capital markets. The main potential employers of the graduates choosing this track are medium‐ and

large‐sized corporations seeking young talents for the areas of financial planning, risk management, business development and M&A. On the other hand, the major in Financial Advisory and Investment Banking will concentrate on financial analysis and valuation, corporate investment banking, private equity and capital markets (both equity and bond markets), financial restructuring and structured finance. The main potential employers of the students choosing this track are large financial advisory firms, investment banks (corporate investment banking, M&A and restructuring divisions) and investment funds.

26

Graduates of the degree program in Economics and Management are provided with solid, basic, general preparation in the economic, corporate, legal and quantitative fields, as well as a solid methodological training in the analysis and critical interpretation of economic and corporate dynamics. The degree program in Economics and Management gives graduates the basic preparation they need so that they can find professional jobs at businesses, banks, insurance companies and auditing firms, whether in public administration or in management consulting firms and professional consulting firms.

FIRST YEAR (2018/2019)

Course ECTS Sem. Language

Economia Aziendale Business Administration

8

I

IT

Diritto privato Private Law

8 I IT

Matematica Mathematics

8 I IT

Storia dell’economia e dell’impresa History of Economics and Business

6 II IT

Diritto pubblico dell’Economia Law and Economics

8 II IT

Informatica Computer Science

6 II IT

Microeconomia Microeconomics

8 II IT

SECOND YEAR (2019/2020) Course ECTS Sem. Language

Contabilità e bilancio Accounting

6

I

IT

Diritto Commerciale Business Law

8 I IT

Matematica Finanziaria Financial Mathematics

8 I IT

Statistica Statistics

8 I IT

Economia e Gestione delle Imprese Management

8 II IT

Economia Industriale Industrial Economics

8 II IT

Macroeconomia e Politica Economica Macroeconomics and Economic Policy

8 II IT

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT

BACHELOR’S DEGREE COURSE STRUCTURE

27

Pianificazione e controllo Planning and monitoring

6 II IT

THIRD YEAR (2020/2021) Course ECTS Sem. Language

Finanza Aziendale Corporate Finance

8

I

IT

Marketing Marketing

8 I IT

Scienza delle Finanze Finance

6 I IT

Organizzazione Aziendale Business Organization

8 I IT

Economia dei mercati e degli intermediari finanziari Economics Of Financial Markets And Intermediaries

8 II IT

2 elective courses 8+8 II IT/EN

ELECTIVE COURSES: Students must select 2 elective courses at the end of the second year. One of

them must be taught in english.

Elective courses (2 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

An introduction to programming 8 II EN

Applied statistics and econometrics 8 I EN

Bioethics 8 II EN

Capital markets 8 II EN

Comunicazione d’impresa e gestione risorse umane

8 II IT

Controllo di gestione 8 II IT

Digital marketins transformation & costumer experience

8 II EN

Diritto di internet: social media e discriminazione 8 II IT

Diritto tributario (A, B, C, D) 8 I IT

Economia e gestione dei servizi di pubblica utilità 8 II IT

Economia monetaria e creditizia 8 II IT

Economic growth and development 8 II EN

Elementary probability 8 I EN

Energy Economics 8 II EN

Entrepreneurship, innovation and technology 8 TBD EN

Gender politics 6 II EN

History of economic thought and policy 8 I EN

International economics 8 II EN

Law and economics (corporate and business law; antitrust and regulation)

10 II EN

28

Markets and Strategies 8 II EN

Metodologia delle Scienze Sociali Methodology of Social Sciences

8 I IT

Nudging: behavioral insights for regulation and public policy

6 II EN

Organizzazione e gestione delle risorse umane 8 II IT

Politiche dell'unione europea 6 II IT

Population environment and sustainibility 6 II EN

Public economics 8 I EN

Regolazione finanziaria e innovazione 8 II IT

Regressione e modelli di previsione 8 II IT

Responsabilita' sociale d'impresa 8 II IT

Revisione, deontologia e tecnica professionale Auditing and Professional Skills

8 II IT

Services marketing 8 II EN

Social science and public policies 6 II EN

Sociologia economica 8 II IT

Statistica aziendale 8 I IT

Storia del pensiero economico History of Political Thought

8 II IT

Tecniche di borsa 8 II IT

Tecnologie digitali e cambiamenti organizzativi e sociali

8 II IT

The world economy since 1870 8 II EN

ADDITIONAL CREDITS: For the Languages please visit the website of University Language Center.

Activity ECTS

Foreign Language 6

Traineeship 4

Final exam 4

29

Digitalization and subsequent development in the fields of artificial intelligence, robotics, applications and IT infrastructures represent an important change that permeates all other fields. Both large and small companies, public administration, government institutions and professionals are interested in producing and using data for a variety of purposes, from improving production processes to defining new models to generate value. Digital transformation thus challenges us to rethink traditional managerial logic and use evidence‐based approaches. It requires a new leading class to embrace the opportunities offered by new technologies and the market to create organizational change and to guarantee a control of business for new institutional assets. The bachelor’s degree program in Management and Computer Science stands out from other courses offered by LUISS University in Economics, Business and Finance for the significant presence of technical and engineering topics, focused on computing and business analytics. These skills are also integrated with traditional foundation courses in Economics, Business Management, Law and Statistics.

FIRST YEAR (2018/2019) Course ECTS Sem. Language

Fundamentals of Management 8 I EN Introduction to Computer Programming 6 I EN Performance Measurements 8 I EN

Mathematics 8 I EN

Algorithms 8 II EN

Legal System in the Digital Age 6 II EN Microeconomics 8 II EN Statistics 8 II EN


Data Analysis for Business 8 I EN Databases & Big Data 8 I EN Quantitative Models for Data Science 8 I EN

Social Network Analysis 8 I EN Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning 8 II EN Business Law and ICT 6 II EN Digital Business and Workplace Technology 8 II EN Macroeconomics 8 II EN

MANAGEMENT AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

30

THIRD YEAR (2020/2021) Course ECTS Sem. Language

Business Cyberlaw 6 I EN Business and Marketing Analytics 8 I EN Finance and Financial Technologies 8 I EN

Elective course 6 I EN

2 Elective courses 6+6 II EN

ELECTIVE COURSES: Students must choose 3 elective courses of 6 credits which will be held in the III

year. Students must choose the elective courses at the end of the II year according to the procedure that will be communicated and published on the Department website at the dedicated section.

Elective courses (2 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

Digital Innovation and Entrepreneurship 6 II EN

Digital Ethics 6 II EN

Digital Platforms and Business Ecosystems 6 II EN

Data Analysis and the Bank System 6 II EN

Blockchain and Cryptocurrencies 6 II EN


Activity ECTS

Foreign Language 4

Laboratories 6

Other activities 4

Final exam 4

31

The courses are listed in alphabetical order. Should the description of a given course not be available at the time of publication of this brochure and therefore not be included herein, it will be published on the university website in the cattedre online section, which students are accordingly advised to check from time to time.

ACCOUNTING AND BALANCE (8 ECTS) Contabilità e bilancio

Course contents: Part 1: Bookiping and Financial reporting. Part 2: basic operational and financial cycles.

Code: A61

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall

Hours of classes: 72

Language of instruction: Italian

Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic principles of business administration

Assessment: Written with intermediate test

Professors: Alessandro Musaio

Learning Outcomes: The course will give the students an overview: 1) about bookkeeping techniques; 2) about Financial Statements (Italian law)

Textbooks: Material and slide by Professor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/A/1EEL2BASE/2018

ADVANCED ANALITICS FOR THE BUSINESS (4 ECTS) Advanced analytics per il business

Course contents: ‐ Big data analysis ‐ Advanced analytics metholodogies ‐ Cases studies

Code: SMDIM00019

Major: Additional Course

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Work group

Professors: Vittorio Carlei

Learning Outcomes: This course will show the actual evolution of the Business Intelligence, inside the panorama of the so‐called Big Data, toward the methodologies of Advanced Analytics. The seminar intends to furnish the first elements of strategic analysis that propose him to understand the generative logics of the value for a firm to the student, through the analysis of bases data of imposing increasing dimensions

BACHELOR’S DEGREE COURSES DESCRIPTIONS

32

always. The new technologies, the methodologies of analysis and some cases will be introduced besides study real of great financial realities. How custom of the past years, the course will finish with a testimony in classroom of one or two important Italian managers involved in national / international projects, on the faced themes.

Textbooks: Materials given by professor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SMDIM00019/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

ALGORITHMS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: This course focuses on the the design and analysis of algorithms and data structures. In particular, it will cover the following topics: ‐ Fundamental algorithms: searching and sorting ‐ Advanced data structures: heaps, binary search trees, union‐find ‐ Graph algorithms: breadth‐first and depth‐first search, minimum spanning trees and shortest paths.

Code: TDS06

Major: Management and computer science

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring


Language of instruction: English

Prerequisites Basic knowledge of a programming language, such as Python, from an introductory course to computer programming

Assessment: Competences will be assessed via an oral exam. There will be a midterm, which will count for 50% of the final grade. Students that will not take the midterm during the course are required to take the full exam after the course.

Professors: Giuseppe Francesco Italiano

Learning Outcomes: This course will show how to employ algorithmic techniques to solve efficiently computational problems. It will also provide a deep understanding of the impact of algorithms in today’s and tomorrow’s business and society. Students will develop the proper skills to understand and define clear requirements to a problem, to decompose it into manageable pieces, to assess alternative problem solving strategies, and to design algorithms that efficiently solves the problem. Students will also acquire the ability to implement efficiently their algorithmic solutions using the programming skills acquired in previous courses.

Textbooks: 1) Thomas H. Cormen. Charles E. Leiserson. Ronald L. Rivest. Clifford Stein. Introduction to Algorithms. Third Edition. The MIT Press. Cambridge, Massachusetts.

2) Lecture notes and course material will be made available on the e‐learning platform.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/TDS06/0/1DSL2BASE/2018

33

AN INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING (8 ECTS)

Course contents:

Automatic resolution of problems; algorithms and programs; computational models; programming languages; types of programming languages; imperative languages; the structure of a program; simple and structured data types; variables; control structures; functions; recursion; input output; elementary data structures; object programming; useful libraries.

Code: T069

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites The student needs to know how to use an operative system to install and configure applications. Moreover, the student needs basic mathematic's concepts: set theory, calculus, elementary logic.

Assessment: Written exam followed by oral exam

Professors: Gianluca Rossi

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to introduce the concept of computational problem and automatic solving through the design, analysis and implementation of computationally efficient algorithmic solutions in a high level programming language. At the end of the course the student will be able to find solutions to simple computational problems in the form of programs and will be able to evaluate their efficiency. To this aim, will be introduced the concepts underlying any high‐level programming language: data types; conditional control structures and instructions; file management; exceptions and memory management. Several lectures will be devoted to: object‐oriented programming methodology; libraries for data science oriented applications; libraries for big data manipulation; libraries for the design of graphic user interfaces.

Textbooks: 1) Python Programming for the Absolute Beginner, 3rd Edition by Michael Dawson

2) Dive into Python by Mark Pilgrim 3) How to think like a computer scientist: Learning with Python by Jeffrey

Elkner, Allen B. Downey, and Chris Meyers Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T069/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

APPLIED STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Estimation and testing in linear model; instrumental variables, discrete choice models, and panel data are the main topics covered

Code: AC3

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Statistics

Assessment: Midterm and final exams. Weekly problem sets. Weighted average of midterm, final and problem sets.

Professors: Saul Lach / Andrea Pozzi

34

Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students are expected to: 1. understand the statistical assumptions underlying regression analysis, and when they are appropriate; 2. be able to understand, interpret and evaluate data analysis performed by others; 3. be able to construct basic forecasting models; 4. become familiar with one of statistical software (R or STATA).

Textbooks: 1) Stock and Watson. Introduction to Econometrics, Addison‐Wesley; 3rd edition (December 13, 2010)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/AC3/A/1EEL2BASE/2018

BIOETHICS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: This course is organised around seven sections. We will start with a general introduction to the domain and methods of bioethics, and then move to discussing the issues of abortion and reproductive freedom. We will then introduce the issues of valuing life in its extreme and most difficult circumstances, and explore the complex theme of autonomy in cases of assisted suicide, euthanasia, and vegetative states. In the last part of the course we will discuss the bioethical challenges prompted by genetics, such as cloning, human enhancement, and patenting genes, and how how controversies over them impact on medical research. We will conclude by exploring the ethics of medical experimentation on humans and animals, and focus on the questions of justice in the resource allocation for health at state and global level. Particular attention will be paid to the “controversies” over these topics, and students will be asked to present in favour or against a particular issue (see reading material).

Code: T039

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: ‐ Performance in class (participation to the debate and individual presentations): 30%; ‐ final oral examination: 70%. Those who wish to write a final research paper, are welcome to do so, although it is not compulsory. In case they do, the final assessment will be so re‐calculated: ‐ oral examination: 20%; ‐ final paper: 50%.

Professors: Mirko Daniel Garasic

Learning Outcomes: Bioethical questions have a crucial role both in people's personal choices and in the political domain. The task of this course is to introduce students to the main controversies in contemporary bioethics, especially to those concerning freedom of choice, the control of life, and cutting‐edge medical research. At the end of the course, students will be equipped with the conceptual tools required to understand the main debates in bioethics and the most relevant positions in the debate. Hopefully, they will be also able to take their own stance on these subjects. To this purpose, for almost each class two opposing readings will be presented and discussed by students.

Textbooks: We will read selected chapters from: 1) Bonnie Steinbock (ed), The Oxford Handbook of Bioethics, Oxford University Press, 2007;

35

2) The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, Edward N. Zalta (ed.), URL = <http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2015/entries/life/>. 3) Arthur L. Caplan e Robert Arp (eds), Contemporary Debates in Bioethics, Wiley‐Blackwell, 2013. We will also read some excerpts from: 4) Helga Kuhse and Peter Singer (eds), A Companion to Bioethics, Wiley‐Blackwell, London and New York, 2009;

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T039/0/2PSL2BASE/2018

BOOKKEEPING AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (8 ECTS) Contabilità e bilancio

Course contents: The accounting information system, general accounts and the double‐entry method. From general accounting to the annual financial statement: operations recording process and value adjustment. The annual financial statement according to the Italian law, national accounting standards, presentation formats, general purpose and postulates, evaluation criteria. Hints about international accounting standards

Code: A61

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Business Management knowledge

Assessment: Only written

Professors: Alberto Incollingo

Learning Outcomes: Acquiring knowledges about the accounting information system with particular reference to the double‐entry method. Acquiring knowledges about the annual financial statement according to the Civil Code and to national accounting policies

Textbooks: 1) A. Quagli, "Bilancio di esercizio e principi contabili", Giappichelli, Torino, Settima edizione, 2015

2) Lecture notes by the professor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/B/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents:

Accounting foundations, core principles, and the construction of firms’ key financial statement: the balance sheet.

The main accounting standards and principles to be followed in the construction of the annual balance sheet.

The balance sheet components and structure. The national accounting standards (Civil code and OIC principles) and the international accounting standards (IAS/IFRS principles).

Reporting taxes in the balance sheet. Consolidated financial statement (essentials). Code: A61

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall


36


Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic principles of business administration.

Assessment: Intermediate written test and final written exam. The intermediate written test, if passed successfully, may contribute 50% to the final vote. If the intermediate written test passes, the final written exam will only cover the program after the intermediate written test.

Professors: Gianluca Musco

Learning Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students should understand the conceptual framework underpinning the financial accounting system and the double entry bookkeeping system. Also, students should be able to construct the annual balance sheet and the income statement, and understand the accounting records.

Textbooks: 1) A. Quagli, Bilancio di esercizio e principi contabili, Giappichelli 2017; 2) OIC Accounting standards; 3) IAS/IFRS Accounting standards; 4) Civil code – artt. 2423 e ss.;

5) Teaching material. Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/C/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: The Double Entry methodology for the calculation of earnings and book value; The legal regulation of the financial statements and (in summary) that of national and international accounting standards issued by the OIC and by the IASB.

Code: A61

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Business administration

Assessment: Written exam

Professors: Salvatore Sarcone

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at providing the basic skills that regard: 1. the formation of the financial statements, in accordance with the rules of the Italian Civil Code, the national accounting standards and the international ones; 2. bookkeeping of business operations with the methodology of the Double Entry (DE).

Textbooks: 1) S.Sarcone "La formazione del bilancio annuale. Disciplina civilistica e principi contabili nei loro tratti più significativi" CEDAM (2016)

2) I. D'Alessio, L.S. Stocchetti, N. Pecchiari (2018). Basic Financial Accounting, Guerini Next

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/D/1EEL2BASE/2018

37


Course contents: From the general ledger to the preparation of the financial statements the preparation of financial statements in accordance with national (civil law and tax accounting principles) and International ( IFRS ‐ IAS : main profiles comparative ) :( i) SO‐CALLED general clauses ; ( ii ) the SO‐CALLED postulates; ( iii) evaluation criteria, including: tangible , intangible and financial assets; the costs of research, development costs, advertising costs; goodwill; investments; inventories; credits.

Code: A61

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic principles of business administration.

Assessment: Verification of learning can take place through support, alternatively: 1. a "full" verbalizing written examination; 2. a "mid‐term" test and a "complementary" test. 1) "Full" Verbalizing Written Examination ‐ Provides a single written test without the subsequent oral examination. The outcomes of the assignments are published on the dedicated web page and each student receives notification of the outcome of the written exam, which can also be viewed on the web self service. From the publication of the results the student has 3 days to view the vote and eventually reject it. After 3 days expiration, the silence‐assent rule applies and the vote is verbalized. The publication of the outcomes indicates which day, of the next three, it is possible to see the task from the students who request it. Upon verbalization, each student receives a communication of the final grade obtained. The "full" verbalizing written examination is structured in three blocks, a total of 33 points out of 33, to be completed in 3 (three) hours: (i) 8 questions closed with 1 point each (total 8 points); (ii) 6 open answer questions of 2 points each (total 12 points); (iii) 1 problem, including management, settling and closing scripts (13 points). The full score allows you to get the vote of "30 and praise". 2)"Mid‐term" and "Complementary" Evaluation Test ‐ As decided by the Academic Senate, the mid‐term evaluation test will take place between 5 and 10 November 2018, the period of suspension of teaching activity. To support it you will have to book in the mode that will be indicated by the teacher. The mid‐term evaluation test is composed by a partial written test in three blocks, a total of 33 points out of 33, to be completed in 1 hour and 30 minutes: (i) 4 questions closed with 2 points each (total 8 points); (ii) 3 open answer questions of 4 points each (total 12 points); (iii) accounting books (13 points). Students who have passed the interim test will have to communicate to the teacher, within five days of the publication of the results, if they intend:

38

A. refuse the outcome of the mid‐term test. In this case, the student will have to support the "complete" verbalizing written exam from the first useful session after the end of the course; B. accept the outcome of the mid‐term test. In this case, the student may, in one of two appeals of the first session after the end of the course, complete the profit examination by supporting the second "complementary" written test, structured in three blocks, for a total of 33 points out of 33 , to be completed in 2 hours: (i) 4 questions closed with 2 points each (total 8 points); (ii) 3 open answer questions of 4 points each (total 12 points); (iii) 1 problem with management, settling and closing scripts (13 points). The final vote will be 40% of the "mid‐term" test score and 60% of the "complementary" test. In the event of failure to pass the second test or refusal of the vote the student will have to support the "full" verbalizing written examination in one of the subsequent useful appeals. In all cases, the written exam tasks are digitally personalized with name, surname, serial number, and unique content for single student. Only subjects and materials published in Course Materials, including exercises, will be considered. The use of any electronic device (eg cell phone or tablet) is not permitted, not even for the use of a simple calculator.

Professors: Eugenio Pinto

Learning Outcomes: Knowledge of the theory and practice of accounting with double‐entry method . Knowledge of theory , legislation and of practice that govern the formation of the financial statements of businesses in the national and international context.

Textbooks: Textbook: 1) Cerbioni, Cinquini, Sostero, Contabilità e bilancio, McGraw‐Hill (ultima

edizione); 2) Principi contabili nazionali settled by OIC‐Organismo Italiano di

Contabilità. 3) Material provided by the professor and available on the website of

course (http://docenti.luiss.it/pinto). 4) Disposizioni che disciplinano la redazione del bilancio:

‐ civilistiche (Libro V‐Capo V‐ Sezione IX‐Del Bilancio‐artt. 2423‐2435‐bis del codice civile); ‐ tributarie (TUIR‐Capo II‐Sez. I‐Determinazione della base imponibile‐artt. 81‐110).

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/E/1EEL2BASE/2018

39

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (8 ECTS) Economia aziendale

Course contents: 1) Introduction to business administration 2) Governance, strategy, business management and organisation 3) Introduction to accounting 4) Introduction to the analysis of firms' performance

Code: 507

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam. The written exam will include multiple choice tests and a practival exercise.


Course contents: The main topics are: ‐ Introdution to Business Administration; ‐ The Firm; ‐ Corporate Governance; ‐ Business Groups; ‐ Management operations; ‐ Income and working capital; ‐ Introduction to the Financial Statements; ‐ Introduction to Accounting; ‐ Financial ratios; ‐ Operating and financial leverage.

Code: 507

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall


Language of instruction:

Italian

Prerequisites none

Assessment: written with intermediate test

Professors: Alessandro Musaio

Learning Outcomes: ‐ Firms into socio‐economic context; ‐ Management process; ‐ Accounting.

Textbooks: 1) Carlo Caramiello, L’azienda, Giuffrè, 1993 2) Carlo Caramiello, Capitale e reddito, Giuffrè, 1993 3) Fabrizio Di Lazzaro, La performance del valore, Giappichelli, 2003 4) Fabrizio Di Lazzaro, Paolo Malagrinò, Esercizi svolti di economia

aziendale, Giappichelli, 2008 5) Slides

40

Professors: Francesca Di Donato

Learning Outcomes: The course will give the students: 1) an overview of business economics and management principles; 2) the basics of financial reporting and financial statements analysis

Textbooks: 1) David Boddy, Management: an Introduction, Prentice Hall, 2005; 2) Robert N. Anthony – Leslie K. Breitner, Essentials of Accounting,

Prentice Hall, 2007; 3) Five Slides set of the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/507/D/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: 1) Introduction to business administration 2) Governance, strategy, business management and organisation 3) Introduction to accounting 4) Introduction to the analysis of firms' performance

Code: 507

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam. The written exam will include multiple choice tests, true and false questions and practical exercises

Professors: Maria Federica Izzo

Learning Outcomes: The course will give the students: 1) an overview of business economics and management principles; 2) the basics of financial reporting and financial statements analysis

Textbooks: 1) Fiori G., Tiscini R., Economia Aziendale, Egea, 2014

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/507/E/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: 1. Introduction to Business Economics ‐ The role of the Business Economics ‐ The role of the Business Economics ‐ The birth of Business Economics ‐ Branches of Business Economics 2. The Company ‐ definitions ‐ Evolutionary phases ‐ classification ‐ Corporate governance 3. Management and dynamic values ‐ The circuit management

41

‐ The value dynamic of transactions ‐ The results of operations for the period and working capital ‐ The representation through the budget 4. Accounting systems and administrative ‐ The basic rules of operation of accounting ‐ The recognition method of operations 5. The conditions of the performance management ‐ Conditions of economic equilibrium, financial, equity ‐ Conditions of structural balance ‐ The operating leverage and financial ‐ Strategic risk analysis and prospects. ‐ The birth of Economy business ‐ Branches of Business Economics.

Code: 507

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Final exam: written. Mid term: written (if passed with an adequate grade, the mid‐term paper will count for 30% of the final exame).

Professors: Fabrizio Di Lazzaro

Learning Outcomes: 1)the company understanding; 2) companies classification and corporate governance 3) values dynamic and knowledge of the methodology of accounting operations; 4) knowledge introduction to basic management items

Textbooks: 1) C. Caramiello, L’azienda, Giuffrè, 1993 2) C. Caramiello, Capitale e reddito, Giuffrè, 1993 3) F. Di Lazzaro ,G. Musco, Analisi Aziendale, Giappichelli, 2015 4) F. Di Lazzaro, P. Malagrinò, Esercizi svolti di economia aziendale,

Giappichelli, 2009 5) Supplementary material provided by the lecturer

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/507/C/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: Part One: Introduction to Theories of the Firm, the management and organization of companies. • The business administration, the concept of business and the relationships between companies and external environment. • The role of economics in the social sciences Business administration and macro economics: the different areas of investigation. • The company's role in the economic activity • The different methods of companies' classification. • The institutional structure of the company: the purpose of the economic subject. • Corporate governance: an international comparison.

42

• The relationships between companies and their external environment: political, social and environmental implications of the business • The phases of corporate life: institutional, operational and terminal • Institutional phase: the fundamental choices • Operational phase: the basic scheme of management operations • The funding of companies: equity and debts • Criteria for choosing the form of funding. • The acquisition of production factors: fixed assets and current expenditures • The production function. • Marketing. • The conditions of firm's economic and financial equilibrium. • General principles of business organization. • The different forms of business aggregation • Elements of strategy and corporate policy • The terminal phase: business cessation • Insights of extraordinary corporate transactions Part Two: The management information • The information on business management for the outside environment: purposes and tools • The technical tools to measure management operations: • The value dynamic • The accounting treatment of financing operations • The accounting treatment of purchase transactions • The accounting treatment of sales transactions • The determination of the income and the operating capital • Organization and management of the administrative function in companies • Notes on double‐entry method • The requirements for outside reporting effectiveness • The information on the business management for the internal environment: the management control Part Three: The corporate governance • Corporate governance and business risk • Comparative models of corporate governance • The control systems • Corporate governance and stakeholders' protection Part Four: Performance Analysis • Analysis of financial and non‐financial indicators

Code: 507

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: written examination

Professors: Giovanni Fiori

43

Learning Outcomes: Knowledge and understanding : reading and analysis of economic and financial corporate performance Applied knowledge and understanding : preparation of the financial statement. Understanding of the business dynamics of the relationships between different economic entities Making judgments : The course will focus on the representation and analysis of company results . The main objective is therefore to provide each student the necessary tools to formulate an independent and personal judgment on the corporate performance, solidity and profitability. Communication : ability to present and comment content and results of the financial statement with appropriate and specialized terminology. Ability to learn : the debate professor / student , as well as the ongoing exercises in class , allow to constantly check students' learning ability and assess their progress with respect to the topics covered .

Textbooks: 1) Fiori G., Tiscini R., Economia Aziendale, Egea, 2014. Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/507/B/1EEL2BASE/2018

BUSINESS LAW I (8 ECTS) Diritto commerciale

Course contents: Discipline of the enterprise, companies, debt securities and bankruptcy Code: 005

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None.

Assessment: The exam is done in a single oral session. However, an intermediate oral test is foreseen concerning the part of the program carried out up to that moment whose value will be at least equal at 30% of the final vote

Professors: Luigi Farenga

Learning Outcomes: Knowledge of the main institutions of commercial law aimed at the possibility of inclusion in the business world to the executive level and consulting

Textbooks: 1) V. BUONOCORE, Manuale di diritto commerciale, Giappichelli, Turin, latest edition available.

2) Alternatively M. CIAN, Manuale di diritto commerciale, Giappichelli, latest edition available

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/005/A/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: The statutory legislation of enterprises, partnerships, companies and insolvency procedures, with a focus, which will have an economic approach and a practical and professional perspective, on the main relevant hermeneutic issues.

Code: 005

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

44

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None.

Assessment: Oral exam. Midterm oral exam will be about the 1° vol. Campobasso. If successfully concluded, the midterm will be valued for the 50% of the final mark and the final exam will only be about company law. The student will be able to benefit from the successful conclusion of the midterm until the winter exam session of 2020 (January/February), included.

Professors: Vincenzo Donativi

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to examine the main topics concerning the different business structures by which economic activity may be carried out. In particular, the analysis will target the statutory legislation regarding the entrepreneur and the activity of enterprises, insolvency procedures, business partnerships and private and public limited companies, with the purpose of enabling the development of hermeneutic tools and the ability to understand the critical legal factors that arise from economic phenomena.

Textbooks: 1) G.F. Campobasso, Diritto commerciale, vol. 1, Diritto dell’impresa, UTET, ultima edizione;

2) Associazione Disiano Preite, Il diritto delle società, Il Mulino, ultima edizione;

3) Slides and other teaching materials.

4) For your knowledge, the following arguments will not be in the exam: ‐ European Economic Interest Group; ‐ Temporary enterprises association; ‐ Business networks; ‐ European company; ‐ Mutual Company; ‐ "Società tra professionisti (STP)"; ‐ Special operations. Related book chapters, in the textbooks G.F. Campobasso, Diritto commerciale. Vol. I. Diritto dell’impresa, UTET e Associazione Disiano Preite, Il diritto delle società, Il Mulino, will not be object of exam.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/005/B/1EEL2BASE/2018

BUSINESS LAW 1 (8 ECTS) Diritto commerciale

Course contents: The enterprise. The Trader. The company and the brands Consortia The discipline of competition Debt securities Bank contracts The bankruptcy proceedings Partnerships S.P.A., S.r.l., S.A.P.A. Cooperatives

Code: 005

Major: Core subject

45

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Private law

Assessment: Oral Examination. An oral intermediate test is scheduled. The evaluation of the oral intermediate exam will have a 50% impact on the final grade. The intermediate oral exam will be valid until January 2020. Students who have reached 50% of useful presences will be able to take the intermediate exam.

Professors: Raffaele Lener

Learning Outcomes: The course is divided into three parts: The first part focuses on the profiles of the economic undertakings and on the instruments used by the entrepreneur (so called, commercial contracts and debt securities) . The second part of the cuses on the insolvency and bankruptcy proceedings The third part of the course is devoted to the analysis of the discipline of partnerships and corporations, with particular regard to recent legislative changes .

Textbooks: 1) Company law: Il diritto delle società. Il Mulino , Bologna , latest edition ; alternatively :

2) G.F. Campobasso, Manuale di Diritto Commerciale, Utet , latest edition . About enterprise, bank contracts , debt and insolvency procedures : GF Campobasso , Manuale di Diritto Commerciale, latest edition.



Course contents:

The entrepreneur: entrepreneurs’ categories; acquisition of the entrepreneur status; the commercial entrepreneur regime.

Bankruptcy and arrangements with creditors; forced administrative liquidation; Extraordinary administration.

Forms of business organizations: Partnerships Joint‐stock companies: incorporation; sole shareholder; “patrimony destinati” legal capital; equity

and contribution; shares and relevant shares holdings; groups of companies; shareholders meetings; board of directors and audit; financial statements; amendments of the company’s bylaws; bonds; winding up and dissolution.

Limited Liability Companies (LLC). Partnerships limited by shares. Co‐Op. Conversion, merger and demerger.

Code: 005

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Oral exam

Professors: Carmine Macrì

Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed to introduce students to the legislative framework around the activities of societies, especially highlighting the latest modifications of

46

both company and family law.

Textbooks: 1) Gian Franco Campobasso, Manuale di Diritto Commerciale. Sixth edition, latest print



Course contents: The course will articulate, basically, in three modules. The first will identify the entrepreneurs and their statutes, with particular reference to the business entrepreneur. The firm’s discipline will also be studied, with reference to competition rules, brands and debt securities. The second part of the course will analyze the discipline of corporation companies, with particular focus to the evolution of discipline. The third part will illustrate the bankruptcy proceedings, with particular attention to the new ways of managing and solving business crises.

Code: 005

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Private law

Assessment: Oral examination

Professors: Leonardo Di Brina

Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed to learn the main topics of the entrepreneur’s discipline, with particular focus to the rules of business activities and to the discipline of corporations. Essential rules of the crisis and bankruptcy complete the program.The main objective of the course is to give the tools for research, analysis and interpretation of rules, in order to develop the ability of textual and systematic investigation, with particular focus to the evolution of legislation, following the changes of the Economic phenomena.To achieve the objectives of the course, the lessons will illustrate the general framework of the disciplines, then show how to update and interpret the regulation, according to the doctrine and the jurisprudence.

Textbooks: 1) G.F. Campobasso, Diritto commerciale, vol. 1, Diritto dell’impresa, UTET, latest edition;

2) Associazione Disiano Preite, Il diritto delle società, Il Mulino, latest edition;

3) AA.VV., Diritto commerciale, a cura di Lorenzo De Angelis, vol. 1 e 2, Cedam, Milano, 2017.


BUSINESS ORGANIZATION (8 ECTS) Organizzazione aziendale

Course contents: The course is focused on the study of the organizations, facing on systems theory as a general framework for organizational analysis and design. The following parts will be also analysed: organizational theories; organization and organizational behavior; the individual determinants of behavior in organizations (motivation, skills, decision‐making); the social determinants of behavior in organizations (group dynamics, communication, organizational culture, styles of influence); the organization as a system: the determinants of outcomes, interdependence, openness to the environment; variability, uncertainty and complexity;

47

strategy‐structure relationship; organizational structures; organizational size, life cycle and decline; the boundaries of organization, the hierarchy, the market and the intermediary forms (alliances,networks, joint ventures, districts); organizational change; organizationand innovation management; knowledge management; the organization of documents’ flows in organizations; management systems and information management for decision‐making; logics, techniques and tools for the human resources management; systems development and reward; the conflict management; the intra and inter‐organizational mobility; the innovation in the processes of business education and training; the organizational culture and organizational climate; the organizational communication.

Code: 049

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: The assessment will be done through: ‐ An intermediate written test aimed at checking the status of learning progress. (30%) ‐ Individual or team work projects executed during the course: assignment on business case studies, exercises and presentations. ‐ A final written test. (70%) The examinations aim to verify the students' degree of understanding of the main constructs of organization design and analysis and the students' ability to apply them in the problem‐solving of business cases.

Professors: Nunzio Casalino

Learning Outcomes: This course introduces students to organization theory and organization design. The course aims also to provide the main design and analysis categories of the organizational structure in order to develop an effective capacity for the assessment of business contexts that form the background for the processes and define requirements and operating procedures. The main theoretical foundations and the operational processes of the business organization will be analyzed, evaluating organizational models in relation to the strategies chosen by a company and taking into account the products and markets. The main methods for effective management of resources and the introduction of innovation in business processes in public and private organizations will also deeply considered.

Textbooks: Required books: 1) Daft R.L., Organizzazione Aziendale, 6 ed., Maggioli‐Apogeo, 2017 2) Casalino N., Piccole e Medie Imprese e Risorse Umane nell’Era della

Globalizzazione, Cedam, Padova, 2012 3) Slides, teaching notes and other documents available on the web

platform: http://learn.luiss.it or distributed in the classroom.

4) Additional recommended readings: ‐ Isotta, F. (a cura di), Organizzazione aziendale. Teorie, modelli e tecniche di progettazione, Cedam, 2003. ‐ Casalino N., Gestione del cambiamento e produttività nelle aziende pubbliche. Metodi e strumenti innovativi, Cacucci Editore, 2008.

48

‐ Mintzberg H., Structures in fives. Designing effective organizations, Englewwod Cliffs, Prentice Hall, 1983 (trad. it. La progettazione dell’organizzazione aziendale, Il Mulino, 1985)



Course contents: PART 1: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZATIONS. 1. Organizations and Organization Theory. PART 2: ORGANIZATIONAL PURPOSE AND STRUCTURAL DESIGN. 2. Strategy, Organization Design, and Effectiveness. 3. Fundamentals of Organization Structure. PART 3: OPEN SYSTEM DESIGN ELEMENTS. 4. The External Environment. 5. Interorganizational Relationships. 6. Designing Organizations for the International Environment. PART 4: INTERNAL DESIGN ELEMENTS. 7. Manufacturing and Service Technologies. 8. Using Information Technology for Control and Coordination. 9. Organization Size, Life Cycle, and Decline. PART 5: MANAGING DYNAMIC PROCESSES. 10. Organizational Culture and Ethical Values. 11. Innovation and Change. 12. Decision‐Making Processes. 13. Conflict, Power, and Politics.

Code: 049

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic knowledge on managerial processes

Assessment: Written examination

Professors: Americo Cicchetti

Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed to provide the students with basic principles of organizing and tools to support organizational design in complex organizations. Teaching in classroom is characterized by the extensive use of case studies.

Textbooks: 1) R. Daft. 2014. Organizzazione Aziendale, Apogeo, Milano 2) A. Cicchetti, La progettazione organizzativa, F. Angeli, Milano 3) F. Fontana, Sistemi Organizzativi Aziendali, F. Angeli, Milano



Course contents: In the introductory part of the course, the main organization theories will be presented, with a specific focus on systems theory as a general framework for organizational analysis and design. The following parts are related to: organizational structures; processes and performance; the external

49

environment; technology; organizational change. Moreover, laboratory activities will be organized on the following topics: structures, processes, job functions, KPI, sizing, performance improvement.

Code: 049

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: ‐ written test (open and multiple choice questions) 70% ‐ individual or group work during the course 30%

Professors: Paolo Spagnoletti

Learning Outcomes: This course introduces students to organization theory and organization design. Its primary purpose is to equip students with a systemic view of organizations and a basic understanding of organizational features and theories. The course’s specific learning objectives are: • Understanding the socio‐technical nature of organizations • Understanding organizational dynamics • Developing the ability to identify and analyse organizational problems • Developing the ability to apply tools and methods for organizational analysis and design

Textbooks: 1) Daft R.L. (2016), Organizzazione Aziendale, VI edition, Apogeo Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/049/C/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: The course treats the organization as the subject of study, it explores the principles of macrostructure and microstructure design and analysis. The course begins by providing a comprehensive overview of what constitutes organizational design and of the theoretical foundations of the different design options. An examination of the main classical and modern organizational theories is carried out as well as of the determinants and criteria for organization design. Subsequently, the course turns its focus to the different organizational models and it emphasizes advantages and disadvantages of different design options. Further aspects are examined, such as organizational change management, the impact of technology on innovation, systems and processes, culture and organizational relationships. Finally, in the discussion on job design, it refers to the human resources strategic management with a particular focus on motivation systems, incentives and organizational behavior.

Code: 049

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Assessment will be done through: ‐ Final written examination: 15 multiple choice and 3 open questions. (Only written modality). ‐ Intermediate test (only attending students): questions will be about 30% of the course program. If positively evaluated it will have a weight of 30% on final exams. Intermediate test points keep their validity until the end of current Academic

50

Year, but they can be used only once and only if the final test is passed (mark>=18); should the student do not pass the final test (mark<18) or should her decide not to accept received mark, the intermediate points will be lost; in order not to lose intermediate points, students can leave the final test during the first 10 minutes. ‐ Project Work (only attending students): assignment on business case studies, exercises and presentations (it is possible to participate to Project Work even if not doing intermediate test). The evaluation will be with points from 0 to 2. What has been said about the validity of intermediate test points holds in the case of Project Work, as well. The examinations aim to verify the students' degree of understanding of the main constructs of organization design and analysis and the students' ability to apply them in the problem‐solving of business cases.

Professors: Luigi Moschera

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide the theoretical and conceptual knowledge and the methodological tools needed to analyze and design, implement and change the organizational architecture of business organizations. More specifically the course formative objectives are the ones listed below: ‐ to develop skills to analyze and design an adequate and effective organizational structure in line with business strategy, objectives and context and to analyze the appropriateness of an existing organizational structure with respect to the same elements; ‐ to facilitate the understanding of criteria and internal and external drivers of the choices of organizational design; ‐ to analyse the macrostructure and the microstructure through the focus on organizational structures and models, systems and processes, practices of resource management, organizational behavior and culture; ‐ to stimulate problem solving skills for the identification, analysis and resolution of organizational issues through case studies. The ultimate goal is to develop the skills to make the organizational design one of the drivers of performance and competitive advantage.

Textbooks: Required books: 1) Daft R. L., Organizzazione Aziendale, quinta edizione, Apogeo, 2013 2) Kreitner R., Kinicki A., Comportamento organizzativo, Seconda edizione, Apogeo, 2013) (Chapters 8, 10, 11) 3) Slides and other teaching material available online or in classroom. Additional recommended readings and other material can be presented during lectures.



Course contents: The course treats the organization as the subject of study, it explores the principles of macrostructure and microstructure design and analysis, giving an emphasis to the strategy‐structure relation. The course begins by providing a comprehensive overview of what constitutes organizational design and of the theoretical foundations of the different design options. An examination of the main classical and modern organizational theories is carried out as well as of the determinants and criteria for organization design. Subsequently, the course turns its focus to the different organizational models and it

51

emphasizes advantages and disadvantages of different design options. Further aspects are examined, such as organizational change management, the impact of technology on innovation, systems and processes, culture and organizational relationships. Finally, in the discussion on job design, it refers to the human resources strategic management with a particular focus on motivation systems, incentives and organizational behavior.

Code: 049

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Assessment will be done through: ‐ Intermediate written test ‐ Final written examination ‐ Individual or Team work executed during the course: assignment on business case studies, exercises and presentations.

Professors: Laura Innocenti

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide the theoretical and conceptual knowledge and the methodological tools needed to design, implement and change the organizational architecture of business organizations. More specifically the course formative objectives are the ones listed below: ‐ to develop skills to design an adequate and effective organizational structure in line with business strategy, objectives and context and to analyze the appropriateness of an existing organizational structure with respect to the same elements; ‐ to facilitate the understanding of criteria and internal and external drivers of the choices of organizational design; ‐ to analyse the macrostructure and the microstructure through the focus on organizational structures and models, systems and processes, practices of resource management, organizational behavior and culture; ‐ to stimulate problem solving skills for the identification, analysis and resolution of organizational issues through case studies. The ultimate goal is to develop the skills to make the organizational design a driver of performance and competitive advantage.

Textbooks: Required books: 1) Daft R. L., Organizzazione Aziendale (2017) 6^ ed., Maggioli ‐ APOGEO. 2) Gabrielli G., Profili S. (2016), Organizzazione e Gestione delle Risorse Umane, Chapter 1 – Chapter 4 – Chapter 5. 3) Lecture Notes 4) Slides and other teaching material available online or in classroom.


BUSINESS STATISTIC (8 ECTS) Statistica aziendale

Course contents: The course is arranged with two parts of different importance. The first is preparatory and it concerns the general problems about the statistical information available and/or to be produced and the interpretation and comparison of the data, with also the illustration of data sources (disseminated by Istat, Eurostat, Oecd and IMF as well as some new sources of Big Data) and with the presentation of statistical methods to be used to make correct comparisons in time and space. The second part is dedicated to the problems most frequently analyzed in the company using specific statistical methods, taking into account the fact that the same method can be used to address different problems and situations, within the various areas

52

(human resources, production, logistics, accounting and finance, marketing and sales, profitability analysis, etc.). For each statistical method the logic and the phases of the analysis are presented with reference to exercises and case studies, to be carried out using a statistical package. During theoretical lessons and especially during the exercises, students will be asked to perform empirical analysis on real data to face and solve the various problems and business cases.

Code: ET03

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Prerequisites (non‐mandatory) Knowledge of basic informatics, descriptive and inferential statistics, economic and above all business disciplines (Business Economics, Business Organization and Economics and Business Management).

Assessment: The student may be allowed to replace the chapter on the performance of production process, with the study of other more useful methods within the framework of his/her study plan and/or his/her thesis work already planned. The final examination is in the form of a written test consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions, in particular to solve the problem sets using a statistical package. During the final examination, it is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the final test, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university record book). Phones, electronic organizers etc. should be switched off. It is appropriate to bring a calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: this type of examination ("scritto verbalizzante") consists in a written test without a subsequent oral examination. The student must book for the written test. At the end of the final examination, the teacher corrects the homework and publishes the results on the dedicated VOL web page (within one week from the end of the written examination). The students enrolled in the final exam will receive a communication with the results of the final examination (the outcomes of the written examination will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, the student has 3 days to reject the grade. Once the 3‐day period is elapsed, the rule of "tacit consent" applies and the examination result is verbalized by the teacher. The teacher has to close down the verbal through the digital signature. Once the verbal is closed down, the student receives an e‐mail communication reporting the mark obtained. The text of the final proof and the corresponding solutions are made available on the class website before the publication of the results. Each candidate can access the solution of the written exam in a way that, independently from the final outcome of the exam, the student will be on time so to be able to reject the proposed vote. A midterm written assessment will be held about at half of the course. In the case the midterm written assessment is passed and the student accepts the assigned grade, then the final examination will only consist of the subjects concerning the second half of the course. The final grade is computed as the arithmetic average of the grades obtained on the midterm exam and on the final exam. If the student is not satisfied with the assigned grade obtained on the midterm examination, she/he may not accept the grade and take the full exam.

Professors: Luigi Biggeri

Learning Outcomes: The main aim of the course is to endow students with the ability to deal with managerial decisions using the most useful statistical information available (or to

53

be collected), and the most appropriate statistical methods necessary to analyse the various problems, concerning, for example, the location of activities, analysis of market demand, production plans, production organization, inventory management, production efficiency, product marketing initiatives, assessment of economic and financial performance of companies. To this purpose, starting from some real problems encountered in the management of a company, only some of the statistical methods and tools that are frequently used in the company are presented, privileging and deepening their conceptual and logical aspects, which justify their application to the concrete cases illustrated. This will allow students not only to acquire capabilities to analyse and evaluate the validity of the results, also with reference to large dataset as well as to the so‐called Big Data, but also to achieve a good background to successfully deal with specific courses on this last topic.

Textbooks: 1) Luigi Biggeri • Matilde Bini • Alessandra Coli Laura Grassini • Mauro Maltagliati (2018) – Statistica per le decisioni aziendali, Pearson ‐ Short additional handouts, on the sources of Big Data and on the possible analysis of such data and on the analysis of the competitiveness of companies, will be prepared by the teacher and his collaborators

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/ET03/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

CAPITAL MARKETS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: 1. Introduction to Financial Instruments and Securities Markets. 2. Portfolio Theory. 3. Capital Markets Equilibria. 4. Empirical Analysis of Securities Returns. 5. Applied Portfolio Management

Code: AG7

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics and Statistics are pre‐requisites. Econometrics and Mathematical Finance are also useful.

Assessment: Student assessment will be uniquely through a final exam. This will be a closed‐book, written exam, with numerical and essay type questions.

Professors: Paolo Vitale

Learning Outcomes: To introduce students in a rigorous but intuitive way to core topics in finance. The course intends to define fundamental principles for asset pricing and show their practical implications within financial markets. Thus, the course describes the role of institutions and instruments in financial markets, illustrates the asset management industry, presents modern portfolio theory and analyzes applied portfolio management.

Textbooks: 1) Investments (Global edition), Bodie, Kane and Marcus, McGraw‐Hill, 10th ed (2014).

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AG7/0/L21BBBS/2018

54

COMPANY COMMUNICATION AND HR MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS) Comunicazione d’impresa e Gestione delle Risorse Umane

Course contents: The course is structured in three parts: 1) INSTITUTIONAL MODULE This module will introduce to fundamental theoretic concepts to understand the evolution of cultural and organizational models, the development of Human Resources Management and corporate communication policies, in national and international situations, taking cognizance of the rising importance of the person to determine a positive business or institutional performance. Particular attention will be given to policies and tools of the government of labor relations and to new corporate communication models, oriented strategically and culturally to a mature and aware costumer. The Italian experience will be examined through the analysis of the evolution of the main application models in innovative companies and public administrations particularly virtuous. 2) IN‐DEPTH ANALYSIS MODULE The main strategic tools for excellent and efficient Human Resources Management shall be taken into consideration, among which: organizational communication; recruiting and selection; evaluation and incentivization; development, training and lifelong learning, involvement and participation; motivation, leadership and coaching. Moreover, particular attention will be given to new corporate communication tools, including: communication planning, communication mix and stakeholders involvement; advertising and public relations; brand name and high market visibility; internet, e‐commerce and multimedia languages; products, packaging and dealers; policies of corporate social responsibility. 3) SEMINARS During seminars there shall be presented significant business experiences about human resources management and corporate improvement policies, through stories of manager and privileged witnesses coming from national and international companies and innovative public administrations.

Code: SAQ

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites The course requires knowledge of sociology, communication, as well as elements of economics.

Assessment: ‐ Teamwork undertaken during the course (20%) ‐Oral exam at the end of the course (80%)

Professors: Antonio Cocozza

Learning Outcomes: The course is structured in three parts: ‐The institutional module proposes to offer an interpretative, analytic, and theoretical framework of the communicative processes in businesses and in other types of interdisciplinary organizations and to analyze the existing interconnections with the disciplines of sociology, organizational, economics and administrative management. ‐The in‐depth analysis module takes into consideration the operative aspects connected to the management and development of human resources and the politics of corporate communications inside businesses and particularly significant public administrations employing also exercises and case studies; ‐ Seminars have the task of making known business experiences of notable interest originating from the world of private enterprise, national and

55

international, and from that of innovative public administrations.

Textbooks: 1) Cocozza A., Comunicazione d’impresa e gestione delle risorse umane. Valorizzare le persone nelle imprese innovative e nelle pubbliche amministrazioni virtuose, Franco Angeli, Milano, 2012.

2) Cocozza A., Organizzazioni. Culture, modelli, governance, Franco Angeli, Milano, 2014.

3) Cocozza A., Persone organizzazioni lavori. Esperienze innovative di comunicazione d’impresa e valorizzazione delle risorse umane, Franco Angeli, Milano, 2010.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SAQ/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

COMPUTER SCIENCE (6 ECTS) Informatica

Course contents: The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐taught lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below.Theoretical part:‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages‐ HW/SW components and architectures‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search‐ Mobile computing, mobile devices, mobile applications and IoT‐ Social network and graph concepts‐ Data Base, BigData‐ Information Security and Privacy‐ Machine learning‐ Digital CurrenciesPractical part‐ Introduction to Python‐ Data type and data structure‐ Variables and constants‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops‐ Functions‐ Recursive functions‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Working knowledge of the most popular office‐automation applications, with the focus on: word processing, spreadsheets, presentations

Assessment: The competences are assessed either via oral or written (on the basis on the number of students) format. Moreover, a mid‐term assessment (written) will be organized during the course. Only a positive grade will contribute to the 40% of the final grade.

Professors: Stefano Za

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as described below.‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the concept of “Computational Thinking" and its application in social and economic sciences; understanding algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as concepts of data structure, information and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that makes up modern digital devices especially those used in business. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and the cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social network phenomenon; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analysis as a tool for decision support; Understanding information security key concepts; being aware of the perils arising from

56

malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies.‐ Practical aspects: introduction to programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.

Textbooks: Students can find class materials on the e‐learning platform (slides, lecture notes, and the text book reference).



Course contents: The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐taught lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below. Theoretical part: ‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages ‐ HW/SW components and architectures ‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols ‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search ‐ Mobile computing, mobile devices, mobile applications and IoT ‐ Social network and graph concepts ‐ Data Base, BigData ‐ Information Security and Privacy ‐ Machine learning ‐ Digital Currencies Practical part ‐ Introduction to Python ‐ Data type and data structure ‐ Variables and constants ‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops ‐ Functions ‐ Recursive functions ‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring




Assessment: The competences are assessed either via oral or written (on the basis on the number of students) format

Professors: Maurizio Naldi

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as

57

described below. ‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the concept of “Computational Thinking" and its application in social and economic sciences; understanding algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as concepts of data structure, information and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that makes up modern digital devices especially those used in business. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and the cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social network phenomenon; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analysis as a tool for decision support; Understanding information security key concepts; being aware of the perils arising from malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies. ‐ Practical aspects: introduction to programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.




Course contents: The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐based lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below. Theoretical part: ‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages ‐ HW/SW components and architectures ‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols ‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search ‐ Mobile computing, mobile devices, mobile applications and IoT ‐ Social network and graph concepts ‐ Data Base, BigData ‐ Information Security and Privacy ‐ Machine learning ‐ Digital Currencies Practical part ‐ Introduction to Python ‐ Data type and data structure ‐ Variables and constants ‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops ‐ Functions ‐ Recursive functions ‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

58

Semester: Spring




Assessment: The competences are assessed via an oral or a written test (based on the number of students). There will be a midterm (written test). The midterm will be 40% of the final grade.

Professors: Marco Querini

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at the individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as described below. ‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the notion of “Computational Thinking" and its applications in social and economic sciences; understanding algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as basic notions of data structures, information and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that make up modern digital devices and computing architectures. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social networks; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analytics as a tool for decision support; Understanding key notions in computer and network security key concepts; being aware of the risks arising from malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies.‐ Practical aspects: introduction to computer programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.

Textbooks: All the class material is available on the e‐learning platform (slides, lecture notes, and reference to the textbook).



Course contents: The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐taught lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below.Theoretical part:‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages‐ HW/SW components and architectures‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search‐ Mobile computing, mobile devices, mobile applications and IoT‐ Social network and graph concepts‐ Data Base, BigData‐ Information Security and Privacy‐ Machine learning‐ Digital CurrenciesPractical part‐ Introduction to Python‐ Data type and data structure‐ Variables and constants‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops‐ Functions‐ Recursive functions‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring

59




Assessment: The competences are assessed either via oral or written (on the basis on the number of students) format. The class includes a mid‐term written test whose results (if positive) have an impact corresponding to 40% of the final score

Professors: Massimo Bernaschi

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as described below.‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the concept of “Computational Thinking" and its application in social and economic sciences; understanding algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as concepts of data structure, information and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that makes up modern digital devices especially those used in business. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and the cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social network phenomenon; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analysis as a tool for decision support; Understanding information security key concepts; being aware of the perils arising from malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies.‐ Practical aspects: introduction to programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.




Course contents: The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐based lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below. Theoretical part: ‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages ‐ HW/SW components and architectures ‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols ‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search ‐ Mobile computing, mobile devices, mobile applications and IoT ‐ Social network and graph concepts ‐ Data Base, BigData ‐ Information Security and Privacy ‐ Machine learning ‐ Digital Currencies Practical part ‐ Introduction to Python ‐ Data type and data structure ‐ Variables and constants ‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops ‐ Functions ‐ Recursive functions ‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring


60



Assessment: The competences are assessed via an oral or a written test (based on the number of students)

Professors: Luigi Laura

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at the individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as described below. ‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the notion of “Computational Thinking" and its applications in social and economic sciences; understanding algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as basic notions of data structures, information and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that make up modern digital devices and computing architectures. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social networks; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analytics as a tool for decision support; Understanding key notions in computer and network security key concepts; being aware of the risks arising from malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies. ‐ Practical aspects: introduction to computer programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.



CONTROL MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS) Contollo di Gestione

Course contents: Part I: Introduction to planning and control and differences between management e financial accounting Part II: Introduction to cost analysis and classification Part III: Master Budgeting and Flexible Budgeting Part IV: Capital Budgeting and Reporting

Code: AG3

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written Exam 100% (Exercises, and Multiple Choice Questions)

Professors: Paolo Bastia

Learning Outcomes: The course on “Controllo di Gestione” aims to: • Develop a basic understanding of the Accounting language • Differentiate between Financial and Managerial Accounting

61

• Understand different cost categories and analyse them • Explore the role of Master Budgeting and Flexible Budgeting • Understand the role of capital budgeting and Net Present Value (NPV). • Explore the Economic Value Added (EVA) • Develop a basic understanding of innovative Management Accounting and Reporting practices

Textbooks: 1) Book: Horngren C.T., Sundem G.L., Burgstahler D., Schatzberg J., Agliati M., Ditillo A., "Programmazione e Controllo", Pearson, edizione 2016

2) Teacher's Slides 3) Further readings

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AG3/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

CORPORATE FINANCE (8 ECTS) Finanza aziendale

Course contents: 1. The role of Corporate Finance 2. Financial Planning 3. time value of money: Present Value and Future Value a. Present value and opportunity cost of capital b. Stock valuation c. Investment decision 4. Risk and capital budgeting a. risk and return b. risk and capital budgeting c. Capital Budgeting problems 5. Financial Decision a. Market efficiency b. Financial forecasting and planning c. Dividend Policy d. Financial leverage and Capital Structure Policy e.Capital investment decion analysis and capital structure Policy

Code: 409

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Financial Accounting Financial Mathematics

Assessment: written exam

Professors: Raffaele Oriani

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to teach students how to approach and solve the fundamental financial problems facing all businesses and to provide tools for analyzing and appraising Firm's financial performances, and Firm's strategic decisions based on financial tools. Moreover, students will be able to evaluate alternatives of investments and to decide whether or not investing money on any of them, according to the most common financial techniques.

Textbooks: 1) Brealey R. A, Myers S.C., Sandri S., Principles of Corporate Finance, 7 ED, McGraw‐Hill, Milano, 2015


62


Course contents: 1. The role of the corporate finance 2. Financial Planning 3. Net Present Value a. Net present value and cost of capital b. Stock evaluation c. Investment choices 4. Risk and capital budgeting a. Risk and return b. Risk and capital budgeting c. Capital budgeting issues 5. Financing choices a. Market efficiency b. Financing solutions for firms c. Dividend Policy d. Financial Structure and Modigliani‐Miller theorem e. Financing and Investment decisions

Code: 409

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Accounting

Assessment: Written test and Intermediate test

Professors: Gianluca Mattarocci

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to explain which investments a firm has to selected and how it has to collect financial resources. Students at the end of the course will be able to analyse critically the main events that characterize the financial management of the firm.

Textbooks: 1) Brealey R. A, Myers S.C., Allen F., Sandri S., Principi di finanza aziendale, 7 ED, McGraw‐Hill, Milano, 2015



Course contents: 1. The role of corporate finance 2. Financial Planning 3. Net Present Value 4. Risk and capital budgeting 5. Capital structure 6. Financing and Investment decisions

Code: 409

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall

63



Prerequisites Accounting and budget

Assessment: Written test

Professors: Stefano Bozzi

Learning Outcomes: To provide the fundamentals of corporate finance and the knowledge to address key financial issues

Textbooks: 1) Brealey R. A, Myers S.C., Sandri S., Principi di finanza aziendale, 7 ED, McGraw‐Hill, Milano, 2015



Course contents: 1. The role of corporate finance 2. Financial Planning 3. Net Present Value 4. Risk and capital budgeting 5. Capital structure 6. Financing and Investment decisions

Code: 409

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Accounting and budget


Professors: Roberto Mazzei

Learning Outcomes: To provide the fundamentals of corporate finance and the knowledge to address key financial issues

Textbooks: 1) Brealey R. A, Myers S.C., Sandri S., Principi di finanza aziendale, 7 ED, McGraw‐Hill, Milano, 2015



Course contents: 1. The role of Corporate Finance 2. Financial Planning 3. time value of money: Present Value and Future Valuea. Present value and opportunity cost of capitalb. Stock valuationc. Investment decision 4. Risk and capital budgetinga. risk and returnb. risk and capital budgetingc. Capital Budgeting problems 5. Financial Decisiona. Market efficiencyb. Financial forecasting and planningc. Dividend Policyd. Financial leverage and Capital Structure Policye.Capital investment decion analysis and capital structure Policy

Code: 409

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall


64


Prerequisites Financial Accounting, Financial Mathematics


Professors: Murro Pierluigi

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to teach students how to approach and solve the fundamental financial problems facing all businesses and toprovide tools for analyzing and appraising Firm's financial performances,and Firm's strategic decisions based on financial tools.Moreover, students will be able to evaluate alternatives of investmentsand to decide whether or not investing money on any of them, accordingto the most common financial techniques.

Textbooks: Brealey R. A, Myers S.C., Sandri S., Principles of Corporate Finance, 7 ED,McGraw‐Hill, Milano, 2015


CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSABILITY (6 ECTS) Responsabilità sociale d’impresa

Course contents: Corporate Social Responsibility describes the relationship between Companies, understood as major economic actors, and societies. This course aims to analyze the major contemporary problems emerging in Business Ethics, with a focus on CSR and its effects on Business. The course includes four modules: • Module 1: Between Ethics and Market: An Introduction to Business Ethics and the relationship between corporations and market‐ democracy. Concept of civil/social economy. • Module 2: From Market Ethics: introduction to 'analysis of CSR and analysis of the major approaches. Focus on the stakeholder theory, corporate sustainability triple bottom line. • Module 3: Tools and practices of CSR: monitoring and evaluating the impact of CSR: ethical codes, ad hoc KPI, GRI, AA1000. • Module 4: From ethics to the market: Social Enterprises, new economic and social subjects and focus on the social impact. Metrics of social entrepreneurship In particular, the course focuses on the approach based on the "stakeholder theory" both normatively and strategic. This approach extends the notion of responsibility to all individuals or groups who have a legitimate interest or a legitimate claim on the company.

Code: SKZ

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Mid‐term: 40% class participation:40% Final exam: 20%

Professors: Valentina Gentile

Learning Outcomes: The course will provide students with the analytical instruments to understand and evaluate the most pressing issues in the contemporary debate on CSR and Business Ethics.

Textbooks: 1.Sen, Ethics and Economics, Laterza. 2.Zamagni, S ., Market, Rosemberg & Sellier GEMME, Torino 2014 (Passi scelti) 3.Maffettone, Public Ethic, Il Saggiatore, 2006, (Capitolo 11). 4.Freeman e G. Rusconi (a cura) , Stakeholders Theory, Franco Angeli, 2007. (Capitoli scelti)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SKZ/0/2PSL2SP/2018

65

DIGITAL MARKETING TRANSFORMATION & COSTUMER EXPERIENCE (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The evolution of digital technology driven by the growth of connected devices, Internet of Things, and network connectivity is impacting society, consumer behaviours, customer experience and marketing strategies. A new era of ‘mass consumer‐centricity’ driven by the ubiquity of connected technology requires brands and organisations to design new marketing strategies in complex omni‐channel and omni‐media environments where digital touch‐points rapidly increase and integrate with physical touchpoints. In this scenario, brands ought to transform themselves into intelligent services connected to our everyday life, able to adapt to the customer’s behavioural patterns. In all sectors, from automotive to insurance, education, health, home life, cities and work‐places, brands will match consumers’ cultural and commercial expectations and, ultimately, improve their lives. In this context, social media strategies will take a key role in building brand‐stakeholders relationships and communicating with consumers, facilitating interactivity and personalization. Students will be engaged in exploring the technological‐social‐marketing evolution occurring around their lives, unveiling the ultimate meaning of digital transformation and the intimate connection between the evolving technology, customer behaviours and customer experience strategies. They will be guided into a critical approach on new digital marketing strategies and ethical issues arising by the new relationship between technology‐brands‐consumers behind digital transformation. The following topics will be addressed:The socio‐tecno‐marketing ecosystem and the digital cultureDigital Transformation and Customer ExperienceLiving ServicesComplex omni‐channel and omni‐media integrated strategiesDigital technology experience designThe GDPR and Marketing Ethics.

Code: ET02

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Ability to use Office suite tools; Basic digital skills (i.e. Use of search engines and Google tools).

Assessment: Teamworks: 60% of global gradeIntermediate test: 20% (multiple choice)Final Test: 20% (multiple choice)In case the student is unable to participate to the teamworks s/he must attend an exam based on open qualitative questions which will count for the 100% of the grade.

Professors: Daniele D'Ambrosio / Donatella Padua

Learning Outcomes: To develop knowledge about the impact of IOT and ubiquitous computing on society, on customer experience and ‘liquid’ customer behaviour.To develop basic competences and skills to design customer‐centric services, within Digital Transformation strategies.To develop Digital Marketing competences in the DMT&CE area.To develop knowledge of ethics issues in MarketingTo develop knowledge about Privacy Regulations and impacts on businesses.

Textbooks: 1) D. Padua et al., 'The four paradigms of Digital Culture'. In: A. Carlo, A.M. Cuadrado, Janerik Lundquist (Ed.), The Use of Digital Resources in University Programs.

2) Case Studies from the Colisee Project, LINKOPING:LiU‐Tryck, p. 9‐23White paper: Culture‐and‐digital‐transformation‐how‐to‐build‐a‐living‐business, Fjord Accenture DigitalHBR article: Understanding customer experience by Adam RichardsonWebinar HBR: What digital transformation is by Tom PuthiyamadamThe era of living services by Fjord‐Accenture Digital available at: https://www.accenture.com/t20160719T031357__w__/fi‐en/_acnmedia/PDF

66

3) Digital Marketing Strategy: An integrated approach to online marketing ‐ Simon KingsnorthGDPR textEthics in Marketing: International cases and perspectives ‐ Murphy LaczniakGartner DMP Article


DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES AND ORGANIZATIONAL AND SOCIAL CHANGES (8 ECTS) Tecnologie digitali e cambiamenti organizzativi e sociali

Course contents: The course seeks to develop an understanding of digital technologies and its implications to organizational and social change. These changes are viewed as a complex process, that needs to be understood, analyzed, scheduled and governed. Hence, the program of the course is structured in four main areas. Part I presents and discusses concepts regarding new digital technologies and its impact on individuals and organizations, as well as on businesses. Since processes are at the heart of all organizations, Part II introduce students to business processes modelling aiming to improve the efficiency of organizational processes fostered by digital technologies. Part III explores how organizations manage these changes through a project management approach – often related to the development of new computer applications, analysis and improvement of processes, development of new products, as well as reorganizing company operations. The fundamentals of Project management are then provided along with the use of specific software applications. Finally PART IV focuses on data produced by people and their interactions as well as by digital applications. The analysis and interpretation of these data are strongly connected with knowledge management and decision making. In particular, the role of informal communities of practice and knowledge networks in innovation and knowledge management is becoming quite relevant. In addition, organizational Network Analysis (also known as Social Network Analysis in the field of Social Sciences) is presented at the end of the course.

Code: T071

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: The assessment will be based on two parts: practical and theoretical.‐ The practical component is assessed through group‐work presentations in the last session of the course, in which the participants show the correct application and usage of the tools presented during the course. ‐ The theoretical component is assessed either via oral or written (on the basis on the number of students) format. It aims to evaluate the comprehension of the theoretical concepts presented during the course.

Professors: Stefano Za

Learning Outcomes: This course introduces students to the main issues regarding the relationship between digital technology and organizational change. Below are the course’s learning objectives.Acquiring competences on the following concepts:‐ Information Systems foundations‐ IS governance‐ New digital trends and organizational and social change‐ Business process management‐ Business process modelling and improvement‐ IT Project management‐ Knowledge management and decision making‐ Data analytics‐ Organizational Network AnalysisAcquire digital competences on the following tools:‐ Project management tools‐ Business modelling tools‐ Social network analysis tools

Textbooks: Students can find needed materials on the e‐learning platform, such as slides, text book references, lecture notes, and multimedia contents.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T071/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

67

ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The course presents the basic research questions in the area of economic growth and discusses the recent advances in the economic literature related to issues like institutions and geography, affecting the whole economy, and issues such as productivity, technical change, human capital and misallocation, which are characterized by both an aggregate and a firm‐level dimension. In particular, the relationship between firm‐level and aggregate productivity will be studied, also from the point of view of the efficient allocation of inputs across economic units. Applications to specific countries are also presented.

Code: AH5

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of economics

Assessment: Home assignments, intermediate and final test

Professors: Massimo Del Gatto / Roberto Iannaccone

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at providing students with the ability to analyse and understand the roots of economic growth. The ultimate causes of cross‐country disparities are examined, with particular emphasis on technology, human capital and, finally, productivity – i.e., the ultimate engine of economic growth in the global economy. While, in fact, the growth of the globally most productive firms has remained robust in the 21st century, the gap between leader firms and the rest has increased over time. This tendency couples with the increasing trends of misallocation (i.e., between‐ and within‐sectors inefficient allocation of resources) documented by the economic literature.

Textbooks: 1) Economic Growth: International Edition 3rd (2012) David Weil, Ed. Pearson

2) Lecture notes and reference to scientific articles will be provided for the topics not covered by the main text

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AH5/0/L21BBBM/2018

ECONOMICAL SOCIOLOGY (8 ECTS) Sociologia economica

Course contents: Introduction to economic sociology: contents and methods ‐ the debate on the “boundaries” between economics and sociology ‐ the inadequacy of the homo oeconomicus model and the “new” economic sociology Fundamental concepts of economic sociology: economic action and social relation – exchange, division of labour and social cooperation – exchange and money – modernization and market economy ‐ institutional conditions for market ‐ Market, competition and entrepreneurship – state and market Critical analysis of capitalist mode of production according classical authors (Simmel, Sombart, Weber, Schumpeter, Polanyi, etc.): origins and developments ‐ social and political consequences of capitalism ‐ capitalism, socialism and democracy – economic calculation and collectivistic economic planning – capitalism and distributive justice – anarcho‐capitalism – capitalism and globalization

Code: 365

68

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Oral Examination

Professors: Simona Fallocco

Learning Outcomes: The course sets out to provide basic knowledge in the sociological perspective to understand the processes of economic life from the earliest processes of industrialization and modernization to contemporary globalization.

Textbooks: 1) Trigilia C. (2002), Sociologia economica, Vol.I (Profilo storico) e II (Temi e percorsi contemporanei), Il Mulino, Bologna.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/365/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

ECONOMICS AND PUBLIC UTILITIES MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS) Economia e gestione dei servizi di pubblica utilità

Course contents: Part I Public Utilities: policies and regulations ‐ Public Utilities overview ‐ Public Utility Policy Issues ‐ Public Utility Regulatory Environment Part II Sectors of the Public Utility Industry ‐ Electric Energy Utilities ‐ Natural Gas Utilities ‐ Water and Wastewater Utilities ‐ Waste Collection and Disposal Utilities ‐ Public Transit Utilities Part III Public Utility Management ‐ Public Utility Governance ‐ Public Utility Strategies ‐ Public Utility Organization ‐ Public Utility Marketing Part IV Public Utilities Ethics, Responsibility and Sustainability ‐ Public Utility Reporting on ERS

Code: AT2

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Management

Assessment: ‐ participation (attendance and group works) ‐ written exam ‐ oral exam (for those who don't pass the participation)

Professors: Roberto Dandi

69

Learning Outcomes: The main aim of the class is to address the specificities of the management of public utilities. In particular, we will study the governance models, strategies, organization, marketing and human resource management in services like electric energy, natural gas, public transit, water and wastewater, and solid waste management.

Textbooks: 1) Gilardoni (a cura di) Public Utilities e Infrastrutture. Agici

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AT2/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

ELEMENTARY PROBABILITY (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Events and operations on events.

Code: T059

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Calculus and basic linear algebra.

Assessment: Quizzes, test, questions, homework, final exam.

Professors: Alessio Troiani

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at introducing the students to the idea of uncertainty and its quantification. The course will focus on relevant concepts and, although rigorous, it will not require sophisticated mathematical tools. The language of gambling will be often used for motivation and examples. The course is conceived to provide the students with the essential knowledge of probability theory needed, for instance, in the Finance and Corporate Finance master's degree programs.

Textbooks: 1) Ross, S. A First Course in Probability 9th Edition, Pearson, 2012 ISBN‐13: 978‐0321794772

2) Durrett, R. Elementary Probability for Applications 1st Edition Cambridge University Press, 2009 ISBN‐13: 978‐0521867566

3) GRIMMETT, Geoffrey; WELSH, Dominic. Probability: an introduction. Oxford University Press, 2014.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T059/0/L21BBBASE/2018

ENERGY ECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The program is divided into four parts. The first part focuses upon a deepening of the general economic theory needed to understand the operation of the energy system. The second part shows the theoretical models applied to the energy system. The third part deals with the general analysis of the energy system in a systematic way: demand, supply, costs, organization of markets, institutional interventions and regulation. In the fourth part there is a deeper analysis of special topics related to international markets and the energy and environmental policies. Class discussion is aimed at enlightening some ideas of the current literature for further reading.

Code: T034

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: written exam and project work

70

Professors: Carlo Andrea Bollino

Learning Outcomes: provide historical and analytical foundations for understanding the most important phenomena of the international and Italian energy system

Textbooks: required reading: 1) Bigerna S. Bollino C. A. Micheli S, The Sustainability of Renewable Energy in Europe, Springer, Verlag Editor, 2015, VIII, 137p. 2) Bhattacharyya, Subhes C., Energy Economics, Concepts, Issues, Markets and Governance, Springer Verlag Editor, 2011, XXVI, 721p. 3) C.A. Bollino, L’energia –Follia mondiale, Rubbettino,Roma, 2010 Suggested readings: ‐ Pireddu G., Economia dell’energia. I fondamenti, Biblioteca delle Scienze, Pavia, 2009. ‐ Clò A., Il rebus enegetico, Il Mulino Contemporanea, Bologna, 2008. ‐ Stiglitz J. E., Economia del settore pubblico, Vol. I, Milano, Hoepli, 2005. ‐ Salvatore Carollo, C’era una volta il prezzo del petrolio, Milano, Scheiwiller, 2009 ‐ Moncada Lo Giudice G., F. Asdrubali, Fattore N, Armando Editore, Roma, 2010 ‐ Moncada Lo Giudice G., F Asdrubali, La sfida dell’energia, Franco Angeli, Milano, 2007 ‐ Curcio E, S. Delli Colli, LA faticosa apertura del mercato elettrico, Quaderni Aiee, Eliconie Editore, Roma, 2004 ‐ Gilardoni A., The world market for Natural Gas, Springer, Berlino, 2008


ENTREPRENEURSHIP, INNOVATION AND TECHNOLOGY (8 ECTS) [The program for 2018/2019 is not available yet]

Course contents: Topics

Managing the new product development process

Open innovation

Market and innovation: A rejoinder

Strategy and organizational issues on innovation The entrepreneurial process Evaluating entrepreneurial opportunities Building the entrepreneurial team Raising finance for entrepreneurship Entrepreneurial growth and exit

Code: T001

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basics of: Business Administration, Microeconomics Assessment: The grade is based on a written exam (50%) and a group presentation (40%).

Active involvement in each class – e.g. attendance, participation to discussion, and short presentations – will add up to 10% of the final grade.

71

Professors: Evangelos Souitaris

Learning Outcomes: Convenor Vangelis SOUITARIS (VS) Address [email protected]

Office hours after each class and/or by appointment Guest lecturers Federica CECI (FC) and Francesca Masciarelli (FM)

Tutor Simona Leonelli (SL) Address [email protected]

Office hours after each class and/or by appointment

The aim of this course is to provide students with theoretical and applied knowledge on entrepreneurship and innovation.

The key learning objectives are: ‐ exploring entrepreneurship as a manageable process. ‐ identifying sources, rate, and direction of technological

change; ‐ understanding the role and challenges of innovation across

sectors, countries, and organizations

The course is organized in sessions. It mixes theory with practice, and students will be challenged to apply principles, concepts and frameworks to real world situations. Each session is comprised of two classes. Vangelis Souitaris teaches primarily with cases and he has merged both theoretical and practical elements in both classes of his sessions. There will be two guest sessions by Innovation professors Federica Ceci and Francesca Masciarelli.

The discussion is going to be guided by the inputs provided by students through their active involvement, by which we mean that for each session (but the first one), students are expected to:

72

1. Before each session, study the material – usually one paper and / or case studies – suggested in the reading list; 2. During the session, actively discuss other students’ presentations and papers.

This teaching approach is due to two related factors: (a) it is hard to teach an applied subject since it requires a certain amount of contextualization to specific organizations, sectors, or countries; (b) We believe in the old saying “tell me and I will forget, show me and I will remember, involve me and I will understand” (Confucius).

Attendance Since the material in this course builds session by session, attendance at each session is important. Please notify us before class via email if you are unable to attend a session due to illness, family emergency, or an unavoidable conflict. No compensatory work will be given for an absence. Excused absences will not directly influence your grade. Unexcused absences will influence your grade. More than three unexcused absences will result in a failing grade for the course.

Those students who are unable to attend the entire course for substantial reasons should contact us before the start of the course.

Laptop and Mobile Phone Policy All laptops and mobiles should be down unless instructed otherwise by the convenor.

Textbooks: Notes, cases and papers will be provided. No specific textbook.


EUROPEAN UNION POLICIES (6 ECTS) Politiche dell’Unione Europea

Course contents: 1. Analysis of the European integration beyond the crisis and Brexit 2. Theoretical debate and data on convergence. The key factors of divergence 3. The future of Europe 4. European financial framework and the unsuccessful Italian management of structural funds 5. Smart growth 6. Sustainable growth 7. Inclusive growth 8. Global Europe: foreign policy and migration

Code: T055

Major: Elective

73

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites No prerequisites

Assessment: Oral test

Professors: Luciano Monti

Learning Outcomes: Course objectives: a) Acquisition of the capacity to critically analyze trends and key drivers of European economic and social growth using not only traditional indicators of richness and wealth such as GDP but also new multidimensional indicators of wellbeing available from official sources (indicators of fair‐sustainable well‐being, social capital, human capital and environmental capital, intergenerational equity indicators); b) knowledge and assessment of the impact of major European policies and their financial instruments on European integration, European cohesion and trade networks, cultural and diplomatic relations with non European countries; c) capacity to analyze critically the dossiers regarding "hot issues" currently discussed by the European Institutions; d) introduction to the courses of European economic policy , European cohesion policy and didactic work of “Cantieri d’Europa” during the two‐year Masters didactic programs. The first two objectives will be achieved through the introduction and study of empirical analyzes and reports on the current European integration and cohesion state considering the present crisis and the prospects of recovery. The third objective will be achieved through debates and comments of events and/or facts involving an European Institution or a Member state.

Textbooks: 1) MONTI L. Politiche dell’Unione Europea. Programmazione 2014‐2020, LUISS University Press, Roma 2016 (notice of the 4 chapters will be given during first lesson)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T055/0/2PSL2SP/2018

FINANCIAL INNOVATION (8 ECTS) Regolazione finanziaria e innovazione

Course contents: SUMMARY: Financial intermediaries and global markets, European financial regulation, with particular reference to the innovative sectors. Financial disintermediation and new technologies. First Part: Introduction and regulatory evolution. The international and European sources of the financial regulation. The powers and activities of the vigilance Authorities. The architecture of financial supervision. Second Part: Financial intermediaries: traditional ones (bank, financial and insurance companies, OICR, alternative funds) and innovative ones in the global markets. Third Part: Globalization, finance in economy and technology innovation: ”depersonalisation” of financial intermediation; new distribution channels and consequences related to such a phenomenon. Fourth part: FinTech and technologies applied to financial markets; roboadvisors, big data in the competition markets, new payment instruments (cryptocurrencies, Bitcoin); cyber risks, anti‐money laundering and consumer protection.

Code: ET01

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

74

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites In order to facilitate the fruition of the course, basic knowledge of business administration and law and economics are appropriate. Essential notions will be provided during the course according to the level of students' knowledge.


Professors: Mirella Pellegrini

Learning Outcomes: Highlight the development of the financial sector regulation with particular attention to the most critical issues; analyse the forms of investor protection provided by the financial services regulation; identify the rationale of some recent financial events and the evolution of the digitalization in finance. Taking into account the legal and judicial developments in the financial sector, the analysis of sources is aimed at acquiring useful tools to monitor relevant updates about the financial technologies and the innovative start‐ups.

Textbooks: 1) Materials will be available to the students on the web site of the chair. 2) Specific lecture and materials will be provided about the future

perspective and the evolution of the markets scenario. 3) Lectures of experts will be held with further materials and update about

the most recent regulation.


FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (8 ECTS) Matematica finanziaria

Course contents: Financial operations. Actuarial methods for calculating interests and discounts. Effective rates. Nominal rates. Capital markets. Term structure of prices and interest rates in capital markets. Yield to maturity. Annuities. Present value and accumulated value of an annuity. Annuities classification. Problems concerning constant annuities: determining present value, amounts to pay, number of payments, interest rate. Debt securities: bonds. Bootstrapping. Time and variability indexes. Evaluating and selecting economic‐financial projects. Selection criteria: N.P.V., Final Value, T.R.M. and I.R.R. Amortizing a loan. Elementary approach vs. financial approach. Usufruct and bare ownership. Amortization methods. Setting‐up a capital.

Code: 044

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Mathematics

Assessment: Individual written exam (computer‐based) and individual oral exam.The course also provides for a mid term exam described in the "exam rules" that will be published on the professor's on‐line page

Professors: Gennaro Olivieri

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to introduce students to the fundamental concepts of financial mathematics and to provide them the quantitative tools for the solution of financial problems under certainty.

Textbooks: 1) Crenca, Fersini, Melisi, Olivieri e Pelle Matematica Finanziaria. Corso di laurea in Economia e Management. Luiss Guido Carli, Pearson

75

1th edition 2) "Compendio di Matematica Finanziaria", 4th edition, Simone Editore, 2011). Material provided by the instructor.




Code: 044

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall




Assessment: Individual written exam (computer‐based) and individual oral exam. [there is a midterm exam for the students who attend classes]

Professors: Gabriella Foschini


Textbooks: 1) CRENCA, FERSINI, MELISI, OLIVIERI e PELLE, "Matematica Finanziaria. Corso di laurea in Economia e Management. Luiss Guido Carli", Pearson Editore, I ed., In corso di pubblicazione. 2) IODICE, "Compendio di Matematica Finanziaria", 4th edition, Simone Editore, 2011). Material provided by the instructor.



Course contents: Fundamentals of the valuation of financial contracts. Cash flows, capital and interest. Value and risks. The financial evaluation under certainty. The exponential financial law. Annuities and amortization schedules of a capital. Internal rate of return. Theory of the financial laws. The no‐arbitrage market approach to financial valuation. Value function and market price. The term structure of spot and forward interest rates. Indices for measuring the duration and volatility of a financial contract. No‐arbitrage valuation of floating rate bonds. Interest Rate Swaps. The measurement of the term structure of interest rates interest. The hypotheses on the evolution of the term structure of interest rates.

Code: 044

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

76

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of general mathematics.

Assessment: written assignment 50% oral examination 50% The written exam doesn't have to be done if the student passes the intermediate exams, that will cover arguments treated in class till the week before their scheduled date, and that will be graded over 30.

Professors: Carlo Domenico Mottura

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to set the foundations of financial valuation, to provide the basics for the formalization of the financial markets and to measure the value and risk of financial contracts.

Textbooks: G.Castellani, M.De Felice, F.Moriconi, Manuale di finanza, Vol. I, Tassi di interesse. Mutui e obbligazioni, Il Mulino, 2005, Bologna




Code: 044

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall




Assessment: Individual written exam (computer‐based) and individual oral exam.The course also provides for a mid term exam described in the "exam rules" that will be published on the professor's on‐line page.

Professors: Paola Fersini


Textbooks: FERSINI P., C. Crenca, G. Olivieri, G. Melisi, M. Pelle (2018). Elementi di Matematica Finanziaria. p. 1‐208, Milano, Torino: Pearson Italia, ISBN:978891903396. "Compendio di Matematica Finanziaria", 4th edition, Simone Editore, 2011). Material provided by the instructor.


77


Course contents: The course regards the main basic financial problems regarding investments, annuities, amortization schedules and bond evaluation, followed by a broad comprehension of interest rates term structure (spot and forward) and the study of key financial indicators as Duration and Convexity of a cash flows stream for some basic ALM strategies.

Code: 044

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites To have already passed the exam of General Mathematics.

Assessment: The assessment method will be carried out according to: a) written test with the solution of exercises; b) oral test to verify the overall comprehension of financial mathematics, theorems and practical aspects.

Professors: Nino Savelli

Learning Outcomes: The final target of the course is to make the students able to solve all the main basic financial problems regarding investments, annuities, amortization schedules and bond evaluation, followed by a broad comprehension of interest rates term structure (spot and forward) and the basic framework for ALM (Asset Liability Management) strategies.

Textbooks: G.Castellani, M.De Felice, F.Moriconi, Manuale di finanza, Vol. I, Tassi di interesse. Mutui e obbligazioni, Ed. Il Mulino, 2005, Bologna


FINANCIAL OPERATIONS (8 ECTS) Tecniche di borsa

Course contents: Structure and organization of financial markets, intermediaries and financial markets. Issue and trading mechanism on the primary and secondary markets. Bond Prices and Yields, Default risk and Bond pricing. The term structure of interest rates. Security Analysis: Fundamental Analysisand Technical Analysis. Behavioural Finance The Markowitz Portfolio Selection Model. Capital Market Theory. Managing Bond and Stock Portfolios. Portfolio Performance Evaluation. Option futures and other derivatives.

Code: AT3

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Elements of financial mathematics

Assessment: Student assessment will be through a: 1.Midterm test: written (multiple choice and open questions)exam ( 50 % if there will be a positive mark) 2.Final oral exam. ( 100% or 50%)

Professors: Daniele Previtali

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students with the opportunity to understand the operation of financial markets and traded instruments (stocks, bonds, derivatives) so that it would enable the student to build an investment portfolio

78

with reference to the dynamics of market variables

Textbooks: 1) Caparrelli – Economia del Mercato Mobiliare edizioni McGraw Hill (2004)

2) Fabrizi‐ Economia del mercato mobiliare. Edizioni Egea sesta edizione (2016). Hull : Fondamenti dei Mercati Future e delle Opzioni edizioni Pearson ( 2011)

3) Letture consigliate: ‐ Elton‐ Gruber.Brown‐Goetzman Teorie di Portafoglio e Analisi

degli investimenti ed Apoge Foreign Students:

‐ Bodie Kane Marcus Essentials of Investments ( 10 th edition) McGraW Hill Global Edition

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AT3/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

FINANCIAL REGULATION AND DIGITALIZATION (4 ECTS) Regolazione finanziaria e innovazione

Course contents: financial market, regulation of the financial services, digitization

Code: SMDIM00020


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: At the end of the cycle of seminars it will be in demand to the students the elaboration of an elaborate product in class at every student on the base of a trace that ripercorre the contents of the course and it identifies 5 representative questions of the developed program

Professors: Massimo Roccia

Learning Outcomes: To give students a complete panorama of the financial market and his/her regulation

Textbooks: Materials by the professor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SMDIM00020/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS) [The program for 2018/2019 is not available yet and the program of 2017/2018 doesn’t exist]

Major: Management and Computer Science

Professors: Jell‐Ojobor Maria

GENDER POLITICS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: 1. Gender and Power 2. Media and Gender 3. The political representation of gender 4. Body, power and politics 5. Women leadership

79

6. Digital media and gender disintermediation processes 7. Gender quotas in different electoral systems 8. Institutions and gender policies 9. Citizenship, gender and European institutions 10. Gender politics in the international relations 11. Women and global social movements 12. Gender and politics between East and West

Code: M177

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of Political Science and Sociology.

Assessment: ‐ Paper’s presentation in class (mandatory: 40%) ‐ Essay (max: 3,500 words: 40%) ‐ Class exercises (20%)

Professors: Emiliana De Blasio

Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed to give an analytical knowledge of gender issues and their relevance in the media and politics. In particular, the course will seek to achieve the following objectives : a) to provide a basic understanding of schools and approaches to gender studies; b )to give a critical knowledge about the studies and research on gender politics; c ) to provide an analytical knowledge of the relationship between gender and politics (access, languages , topics , opportunities , etc.) in a European perspective.

Textbooks: Course basic references ‐ Campus, D. (2013) Women, Political Leaders and the Media. London: Palgrave MacMillan. ‐ Carter, C., Steiner, L. and McLaughlin, L. (2015) The Routledge Companion to Media and Gender. London: Routledge ‐ Krook, M. L. and Childs, S. (2010) Women, Gender and Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ‐ Krook, M. L. and Mackay, F. (2010) Gender, Politics and Institutions. Towards a Feminist Institutionalism. London: Palgrave McMillan. ‐ Steans, J. (2013) Gender and International Relations. Cambridge: Polity.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M177/0/2PSL2BASE/2018

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS (6 ECTS) Storia dell’economia e dell’impresa

Course contents: World economic history from the industrial revolution to globalization.

Code: AR4

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Written midterm exam 30%

80

Oral final exam 70%

Professors: Giuseppe Di Taranto

Learning Outcomes: To provide students with major analytic and comparative tools to interpret the evolution of world economic history from the industrial revolution to globalization and beyond.

Textbooks: 1) Giuseppe Di Taranto, La globalizzazione diacronica, Torino, Giappichelli, 2013.

2) Ennio De Simone, Storia economica. Dalla rivoluzione industriale alla rivoluzione informatica, Milano, Franco Angeli, 2012 (Excluded Chapters: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 23, 24, 27, 28, 29, 31, 34, 35, Appendix).

3) Giuseppe Di Taranto, L’Europa tradita, Roma, Luiss University Press, 2017.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/A/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: World economic history from the industrial revolution to globalization. Code: AR4

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Written midterm exam 30% Oral final exam 70%

Professors: Rita Mascolo


Textbooks: 1) Giuseppe Di Taranto, La globalizzazione diacronica, Torino, Giappichelli, 2013. Ennio De Simone, Storia economica. Dalla rivoluzione industriale alla rivoluzione informatica, Milano, Franco Angeli, 2012 (Excluded Chapters: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 23, 24, 27, 28, 29, 31, 34, 35, Appendix).


Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/B/1EEL2BASE/2018



Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

81


Professors: Vittoria Ferrandino / Amedeo Lepore





Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/C/1EEL2BASE/2018



Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none


Professors: Giovanni Farese

Learning Outcomes: To give students a complet outlook about the evolution of economic history and a comparation between different industrialization models in order to recompose the economic systems: capitalism and collettivism.




Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/D/1EEL2BASE/2018



Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



82

Prerequisites none


Professors: Gennaro Sangiuliano / Guido Tortorella Esposito





Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/E/1EEL2BASE/2018

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT (8 ECTS) STORIA DEL PENSIERO ECONOMICO

Course contents: The history of economic thought to the “classics” to major contemporary economists.

Code: 670

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none



Learning Outcomes: To provide students with major analytic and comparative tools to interpret the evolution of the economic thought.

Textbooks: 1) Ernesto Screpanti, Stefano Zamagni, Profilo di storia del pensiero economico. Terza edizione aggiornata e ampliata, I volume, Carocci, 2017

2) Ernesto Screpanti, Stefano Zamagni, Profilo di storia del pensiero economico, Terza edizione aggiornata e ampliata II volume, 2015


HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT AND POLICY (8 ECTS)

Course contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Keynes’s theory of employment, interest and money; 3. Marshall’s partial equilibrium theory and industrial analysis; 4. Walras and Pareto on general equilibrium theory and the role of psychology in economics; 5. Classical political economy and Marx; 6. Schumpeter on entrepreneurship, economic development and the future of capitalism. 7. Recent theories of economic development; 8. Macroeconomics after Keynes.

Code: AQ7

83

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basilar knowledge of micro and macroeconomics.

Assessment: Written exam followed by an associated oral exam entailing the recording of the grade at the time of the oral exam

Professors: Carlo Cristiano / Annalisa Rosselli

Learning Outcomes: The course will provide an opportunity for better understanding how economic theories have dealt with major economic issues, especially growth, technology and innovation, unemployment and the role of the state in the economy. The main purpose is to acquaint the student with a comparative approach to a wide, although inevitably selected set of major theories in the history of economic thought. The period considered covers almost two centuries, but with a more specific focus on the last one hundred years, in the attempt to show that economics as it exists today is a relatively recent acquisition, and that it does not take to go very far in time to show that economics has underwent a process of significant change before becoming what it is today. In order to immediately introduce this concept, the course will start from a comparison between current mainstream economics and Keynes. The economics of Marshall and Walras will provide the subject for a comparison between general and partial equilibrium theories and their methodological presuppositions at the beginning of the marginal revolution. The course will then focus on the evolution of classical political economy from Smith to Mill and Marx. The part on Schumpeter will present a conceptualization of the dynamic of capitalism, innovation, growth and entrepreneurship that had a long‐lasting influence on economics. This part will include a comparison with the different visions of the evolution of capitalism that can be found in Smith, Marshall, and Marx. The final part will focus on the recent past, and in particular on the theories of economic development during the second half of the last century and on macroeconomics after Keynes.

Textbooks: 1) A. Roncaglia, The Wealth of Ideas. A History of Economic Thought, Cambridge University Press, 2005

2) J.M. Keynes, ‘The General Theory of Employment’, Quarterly Journal of Economics, February 1937, pp. 209‐23

3) J.M., Keynes, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, 1936 (any edition)

4) S.G. Medema and W.J. Samuels, The History of Economic Thought: A Reader, Routledge, 2003

5) L. Bruni and R. Sugden, ‘The road not taken: how psycology was removed from economics, and how it might be brought back’, Economic Journal, 2007, pp. 146‐173G.

6) Stigler, 1951, ‘The division of labor is limited by the extent of the market’, Journal of Political Economy, 59, 3, pp. 185‐93

7) J.A. Schumpeter Theory of economic development, any editionJ.A. Schumpeter, Capitalism, socialism and democracy, any edition

8) O. Hirschman, 1981, «Rise and Decline of Development Economics». In Essays in Trespasssing. Economics to Politics and beyond, Cambridge University Press.

9) M.P. Todaro and S.C. Smith, Economic development, 11th edition, Addison, Wesley, 2012, pp. 109‐132

10) E. Screpanti and S. Zamagni, An Outline Of The History Of Economic, 2nd

84

ed., Oxford University Press, 200511) M. Friedman, ‘The role of monetary policy’, The American Economic

Review, 58, 1, 1968, pp. 1‐17 12) Minsky, Hyman P., ‘Finance and Profits: The Changing Nature of American

Business Cycles’ (1980). Hyman P. Minsky Archive. Paper 63. http://digitalcommons.bard.edu/hm_archive/63

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/AQ7/0/L21BBBASE/2018

HR MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS) Organizzazione e gestione delle risorse umane

Course contents: Introduction to HRM.People, Strategy and Organization. Organizational Behaviour. Job Analysis and Staffing. Recruiting and Selection. Employees Evaluation. Learning and Development. Compensation Systems

Code: 618

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring




Assessment: ‐ Midterm exam (written test): 50% ‐ Final (oral) exam: 50%

Professors: Gabriele Gabrielli

Learning Outcomes: Provide a complete overview of the major issues influencing people management in complex organizations. Main objective of the course is the understanding of the strategies, policies and management tools of Human Resource Management adopted by organizations to support their development. The course, based on rigorous theoretical and methodological approaches, allows students to look at various HR practices within the employment cycle (e.g. recruitment and selection, compensation management, performance management, training and development, highlighting the critical role of HRM in predicting employees' behavior, attitudes, and performance.

Textbooks: 1) G. Gabrielli, S. Profili “Organizzazione e gestione delle Risorse Umane ‐ II Edizione”, ISEDI, Torino, 2016 (the following chapters are excluded: 2,3,12,13,16).


INDUSTRIAL ECONOMY (8 ECTS) Economia industriale

Course contents: Part 1. Background. 1. The discipline of Industrial Organization. 2. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 3. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization. 4. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 5. Theory of the firm. Part 2. Basic elements. 5. Alternative theories of demand.

85

6. Production costs. Scale economies. Part 3. Supply‐side market structure. 7. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 8. Entry barriers. 9. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 10. Product diversification. 11. Vertical integration. Part 4. Firms conducts 12. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 13. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 14. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 15. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinky demand curve. 16. Game theory: basics. 17. A dynamic competition model in imperfect markets. Part 5. Industrial policy. 18. Aggregate demand and productivity. 19. The industrial policy in Italy. The government intervention: an historical perspective (1945‐1980). 20. The crisis of productivity and economic growth (1995‐2010). 21. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities. 22. Public and private property of firms. Privatization. 23. Protectionism.

Code: 027

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics

Assessment: Written exam (80%) / Oral exam (20%)

Professors: Ernesto Cassetta / Umberto Monarca

Learning Outcomes: The course is designed to provide students an introduction to Industrial Organization and to develop abilities to perform case studies and sectoral analysis. Industrial Organization represents the analytical framework for: strategic planning of firms operating in competitive markets; antitrust and competition policy; economic regulation; industrial policy.

Textbooks: Carlo Scognamiglio Pasini (CSP.), Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2012, suggested chapters. Dennis W. Carlton e Jeffrey M. Perloff (CP.), Organizzazione industriale, McGraw‐Hill, 2013, suggested chapters. Chang, H.J. (2008), “Cattivi Samaritani. Il mito del libero mercato e l'economia mondiale”, UBE, Milano.



Course contents: Part 1. Background.

86

1. The discipline of Industrial Organization. 2. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 3. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization. 4. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 5. Theory of the firm. Part 2. Basic elements. 5. Alternative theories of demand. 6. Production costs. Scale economies. Part 3. Supply‐side market structure. 7. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 8. Entry barriers. 9. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 10. Product diversification. 11. Vertical integration. Part 4. Firms conducts 12. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 13. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 14. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 15. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinky demand curve. 16. Game theory: basics. Part 5. Industrial policy. 18. Aggregate demand and productivity. 19. The industrial policy in Italy. The government intervention: an historical perspective (1945‐1980). 20. The crisis of productivity and economic growth (1995‐2010). 21. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities. Part 6. Selected topics 1. Multinational firms 2. Innovation 3. Italian industrial system

Code: 027

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites This course has no formal prerequisites, but solid background in microeconomics is highly desirable.

Assessment: participation, written and oral exam. There will be an intermediate written evaluation contributing 50% to the mark of the written exam. The oral exam can increase or decrease the grade obtained in the written exam by maximum 3 points.

Professors: Francesco Rullani

Learning Outcomes: The course is designed to provide students an introduction to Industrial Organization and to develop abilities to perform case studies and sectoral analysis. Industrial Organization represents the analytical framework for: strategic planning of firms operating in competitive markets; antitrust and

87

competition policy; economic regulation; industrial policy.

Textbooks: Carlo Scognamiglio Pasini (CSP.), Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2012, suggested chapters. Or, alternatively, oppure, in alternativa, John Lipczynski, John O. Wilson, John Goddard, Economia industriale. Pearson, 2016. Other readings: Barba Navaretti – Venables (2004), Le multinazionali nell’economia mondiale, Il Mulino, suggested chapters Fagerberg‐Mowery‐Nelson (2007), Innovazione, Imprese, Industrie, Economie, Carocci editore, suggested chapters Malerba, Economia dell’innovazione (200), Carocci editore, suggested chapters Other suggested readings Professor's slides



Course contents: Part 1. Background. 1. The discipline of Industrial Organization. 2. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 3. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization. 4. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 5. Theory of the firm. Part 2. Basic elements. 5. Alternative theories of demand. 6. Production costs. Scale economies. Part 3. Supply‐side market structure. 7. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 8. Entry barriers. 9. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 10. Product diversification. 11. Vertical integration. Part 4. Firms conducts 12. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 13. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 14. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 15. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinky demand curve. 16. Game theory: basics. Part 5. Industrial policy. 18. Aggregate demand and productivity. 19. The industrial policy in Italy. The government intervention: an historical perspective (1945‐1980). 20. The crisis of productivity and economic growth (1995‐2010). 21. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities.

88

Part 6. Selected topics 1. Multinational firms 2. Innovation 3. Italian industrial system

Code: 027

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring




Assessment: participation, written and oral exam. There will be an intermediate written evaluation contributing 50% to the mark of the written exam. The oral exam can increase or decrease the grade obtained in the written exam by maximum 3 points.

Professors: Valentina Meliciani


Textbooks: Carlo Scognamiglio Pasini (CSP.), Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2012, suggested chapters. Or, alternatively, oppure, in alternativa, John Lipczynski, John O. Wilson, John Goddard, Economia industriale. Pearson, 2016. Other readings: Barba Navaretti – Venables (2004), Le multinazionali nell’economia mondiale, Il Mulino, suggested chapters Fagerberg‐Mowery‐Nelson (2007), Innovazione, Imprese, Industrie, Economie, Carocci editore, suggested chapters Malerba, Economia dell’innovazione (200), Carocci editore, suggested chapters Other suggested readings Professor's slides



Course contents: Part 1. Background. 1. The discipline of Industrial Organization. 2. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 3. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization. 4. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 5. Theory of the firm. Part 2. Basic elements.

89

5. Alternative theories of demand. 6. Production costs. Scale economies. Part 3. Supply‐side market structure. 7. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 8. Entry barriers. 9. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 10. Product diversification. 11. Vertical integration. Part 4. Firms conducts 12. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 13. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 14. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 15. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinkly demand curve. Part 5. Industrial policy. 18. Aggregate demand and productivity. 19. The industrial policy in Italy. The government intervention: an historical perspective (1945‐1980). 20. The crisis of productivity and economic growth (1995‐2010). 21. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities. 22. Public and private property of firms. Privatization. 23. Protectionism.

Code: 027

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring




Assessment: Written exam (60%) / Oral exam (40%)

Professors: Cesare Pozzi


Textbooks: Scognamiglio Pasini C., Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2013, suggested chapters. [CSP] Carlton D.W. e Perloff J.M., Organizzazione industriale, McGraw‐Hill, 2013, suggested chapters. [CP] Chang H.J., Cattivi Samaritani. Il mito del libero mercato e l'economia mondiale, UBE, Milano, suggested chapters. [CH] Gobbo F. e Pozzi C., «Liberalizzazione e politica industriale», Economia e Politica Industriale, n. 2, 2005, Franco Angeli, Milano. Gobbo F. e Pozzi C, «Privatizzazioni: economia di mercato e falsi miti», Economia italiana, n. 3, 2007, Roma.

90

Pozzi C., Quaglione D. e Sarra A., L’industria della carta in Italia tra globalizzazione e politiche industriali, Il Mulino, 2013, suggested chapters.



Course contents: PART I Background. Introduction to the Industrial Organization discipline. 1. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 2. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization. 3. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 4. Theory of the firm. PART II Basic elements. 5. Theories of demand. 6. Production costs. Scale economies. PART III Supply‐side market structure. 7. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 8. Entry barriers. 9. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 10. Product diversification. 11. Vertical integration. PART IV. Firms conducts 12. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 13. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 14. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 15. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinky demand curve. 16. Game theory: basics. PART V. 17 Industrial policies. Aggregate demand and productivity. Industrial policy in Italy. The crisis of productivity and economic growth. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities. PART VI. Selected topics 18. Multinational firms 19. Innovation 20. Italian industrial system

Code: 027

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring

91



Prerequisites This course has no formal prerequisites, but a background in microeconomics is highly desirable.

Assessment: Participation in the course, class‐room exercises and written and oral exam. Intermediate written examination (optional) held at week . In case of a positive evaluation it will have a 50% weight on the final evaluation mark. The oral examination (covering the all course programme) can increase or decrease the mark obtained in the final written examination by three points maximum.

Professors: Rinaldo Evangelista


Textbooks: A. Carlo Scognamiglio Pasini, Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2011 (as an alterntive to the Scognamiglio's volume the following textbook can be used: J. Lipczynski, J.O.S. Wilson, J. Goddard, Economia Industriale, Pearson, 2017). B. Other suggested readings and Professor's slides


INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Introduction to the theory of international

Code: AA7

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics Macroeconomics


Professors: Stefano Manzocchi

Learning Outcomes: Provide conceptual instruments needed to understand the current globalization phase

Textbooks: 1) International Economics: Global Edition (9e) : 9780273754091

I'd like to request an inspection copy

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/AA7/0/L21BBBS/2018

INTERNET LAW: SOCIAL MEDIA AND DISCRIMINATION (8 ECTS) Diritto di internet: social media e discriminazione

Course contents: The course is characterized by a great interconnection between a methodological part and a more operative one. Students will be provided with the technical tools and regulatory frameworks for the creation and operation of major digital platforms in which is held the public debate and will analyze the balance of rights and freedoms, the concepts of e‐government, e‐administration and e‐democracy, access and participation in electronic legal and administrative proceedings, the new forms of political participation, web journalism and forms of discrimination on the web.

Code: T024

92

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none


Professors: Pietro Santo Leopoldo Falletta

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to consolidate student's knowledge about the connections between the legal phenomenon and that of the network, especially with regard to the instruments of governance of the web.The goal is to enable students to learn about the ways in which the fundamental categories of the legal system and the new models of political participation are structured and adapt on the web.

Textbooks: 1) S. Rodotà, il diritto di avere diritti, Laterza 2012 (capitoli indicati) 2) M. Castells, Comunicazione, potere e contro‐potere nella network

society, su Reset.it, 28 aprile 2010 3) C. Caruso, Ai confini dell’abuso del diritto: l’hate speech nella

giurisprudenza della Corte Europea dei Diritto dell’Uomo, in L. MEZZETTI Y A. MORRONE, Lo strumento costituzionale dell’ordine pubblico europeo, G. Giappichelli, 2011

4) S. Maistrello, Giornalismo e nuovi media. L’informazione al tempo del citizen journalism, Apogeo, 2010 (capitoli indicati) P. Falletta, La Corte di Giustizia, ancora una volta, contro le multinazionali del web, in http://federalismi.it/document/23122015164910.pdf

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T024/0/2PSL2SP/2018

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Von Neumann’s architecture. Languages, compilers and interpreters. Data types and foundmental data structures. Input/Output on screen and file. Control flow. Analyzing the computational complexity of an algorithm. Functions. Recursion. Object‐oriented programming. Exception handling. How the internet works. Protocols. The HTTP protocol. Introduction to the HTML language. Introduction to relational databases. Creating dynamic web pages, graphics and animations. The Python language and standard library. The Django web development framework. Overview of JavaScript.

Code: TDS03


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites This course does not assume any prior programming experience. However, students should be familiar with the operating system they use. In particular, they should be able to download a file from the web, create a folder, copy or move a file in a folder, extract a compressed file, and install a program on the system they own.

Assessment: Practical lab exam (64%, or 32% + 32% for students taking advantage of the middle term exam); theoretical written or oral exam (36%).

Professors: Luca Allulli

Learning Outcomes: This course will introduce the foundations of computer programming, with the goal of presenting the constructs of a typical imperative programming language, and of developing an attitude to think computationally. To this aim, the Python

93

programming language will be taught, and used to express simple algorithms. The concepts and competences learned with Python will be applied in other contexts, such as that of the World Wide Web, where the JavaScript language allows to create dynamic applications that run in a web browser. Students will gain further competences related to the web, such as the HTML language, used to define web pages; how to dynamically generate pages with data stored on a relational database; graphics and animations.

Textbooks: TBD


ITALIAN PRIVATE LAW (8 ECTS) Diritto privato

Course contents: I. Preliminary Notions

Methodological, historical and economic introduction to private law: private law in the theory of the legal system

Legal sources II. Basic concepts

Rights, duties, poker and other characterizations of legal and factual relationships

Acts and facts

Publicity of legal facts

Limitation periods III. Actors in legal relationships

Physical persons

Legal persons IV . Property, Iura in rem, possession V. Obligations

Sources

General discipline

General contract law

Most important typical contracts

Liability: pre‐contractual, contractual, delictual.

Other sources VI. Remedies VII. Family law, gifts, law of successions.

Code: 674

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: In order to test students’ proficiency, there will be a midterm written test, which, if positively evaluated, will count up to 30%of the comprehensive grade, and a final oral exam, to be fixed according to the faculty general schedule. The exam aims to verify the overall control of the discipline by the student, as well as his/her ability to understand techniques of legal solutions as applied to social problems.

94

Professors: Roberto Pardolesi

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students with the basic notions and principles of the discipline of private parties’ relationships, with particular attention to the law and economics approach, which will be fostered in dedicated seminars.

Textbooks: 1) F. Di Ciommo, Manuale di diritto privato, parte I, Torino, Giappichelli, ed. 2010.

2) V. Roppo, Diritto privato, Estratto, Torino, Giappichelli, 2010. Italian civile code, updated version.



Course contents:

Introductory study. The rule of law.

The sources of law.

The notion of private law.

The interpretation of the law and the analogy.

General profiles of the human rights, family and succession law. Real estates: property, possession, real estates.

Bonds: performance, breach, the events of obligation, monetary obligations and solidarity, protection of credit and obligation guarantees. Contracts: the contract in general, formation and events of the contract, the individual nominal contracts.

The tort, other sources of obligations.

Rights protection. The transcript, the mortgaging, patrimonial guarantee defense actions, the prescription.

Code: 674

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Interview with the Professor. An intermediate written exam is scheduled.

Professors: Roberto Carleo / Silvio Martuccelli

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at providing students with the basics of private law that will be useful in economic studies and in the professions they will decide to undertake.

Textbooks: Consultation of the civil code and the main special laws ‐ is chosen by the student. The program encompasses the entire subject matter in the manuals of institutions of private law, except for the sections on the company and the companies, banking contracts and stock exchange, debt securities, bankruptcy and insolvency procedures, the relationship employment and the right to organize For the exam it is recommended: 1) R. CARLEO, S. MARTUCCELLI, S. RUPERTO (a cura di), Istituzioni di diritto privato, Dike Giuridica Editrice, Roma, 2017, or, to student’s choice, one of the other texts be agreed with Professor. In addition to the manual, the student will have to study five lessons (student's choice ) taken from the text:

95

2) Various Authors, Dieci lezioni introduttive a un corso di Diritto Privato, UTET, 2006.



Course contents: I. Getting Started ‐ Methodological introduction , historical and giuseconomica to private law : private law in the legal system theory ‐ Sources and form of private law II. Core concepts ‐ Subjective legal situations and mere fact considered by the law ‐ Facts and legal acts ‐ The private self‐defense ‐ The publicity of legal facts ‐ Prescription and decay III . The subjects of the legal relationship ‐ The natural person ‐ The person ' ficta ' IV . Properties , lower real rights and possession V. Bonds ‐ The sources of obligations ‐ The regulation of obligations in general ‐ The contract generally ‐ The single most important typical contracts ‐ Civil liability ( pre‐contractual , contractual and non‐contractual ) ‐ Other acts or facts sources of obligation ‐ The judicial protection of rights . VII . Family, donations and successions

Code: 674

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: To assess the learning of the learner and allow passing the final exam is scheduled an interview to be held according to the schedule set by the Faculty. During the interview the teacher will assess the knowledge of the subject by the student, as well as its understanding and application of the working mechanisms of private law depending on the resolution of specific issues

96

Professors: Francesco Di Ciommo

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students with the basics of that part of the legal system is intended to regulate relations between individuals, through the use of comparative law and economic analysis of civil law.

Textbooks: 1) F. Di Ciommo, Manuale di diritto privato, Giappichelli Editore, Torino, 2010. 2) E. Roppo, Manuale di diritto, Editio minor, Giappichelli Editore, Torino, 2011. Handouts for students about the case law.



Course contents:

Introductory notions. Juridical rule. Sources of private law. Notion of private law. Interpretation of law and analogy. General profiles of persons, family and succession law. Real rights. Possession

Obligations: performance, default, obligation’s occurrences, money and solidary obligations, protection of credit and guarantees of obligation. Contracts: contract in general, conclusion and occurrences of contract, the single nominate contracts.

Tort law, the other sources of obligations. Protection of rights. Real rights of guarantee, actions in defense of patrimonial guarantees, lapse of right. Consumer contracts

Code: 674

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none


Professors: Valerio Di Gravo

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at providing the students with those fundamental notions of private law which will be useful for their economic studies and for the professions they will decide to go in for.

Textbooks: 1) Carleo, Martuccelli, Ruperto, Istituzioni di diritto privato, Dike, lat edition. Excluding these chapters : chapters from 1 to 4 of section I; paragraphs 8 – 12 and 14 ‐18, chapter 1, section II; chapter 1 and 2 of section 3; paragraphs 2 and 3 of chapter 3, section II, part IV; chapter 4, section II, part IV.

2) Zatti Colussi, Lineamenti di diritto privato, Cedam, last edition. Exluding these chapters: capitoli da 1 a 3; §§ da 5 a 10 del capitolo 6; capitolo 7; §§ 3 e 4 del capitolo 10; capitolo 11; capitolo 14; §§ 1 ‐2 e da 4 a 9 del capitolo 27; capitolo 28; §§ 2 ‐3 del capitolo 29; capitoli da 31 a 33; capitoli da 35 a 50; capitolo 52; capitolo 53.

3) Galgano, Istituzioni di diritto privato, Cedam, ultima edizione. Sono escluse le seguenti parti: capitoli da 1 a 2; §§ 2 e 4 del capitolo 7; capitolo 8; §§ da 7 a 10 del capitolo 18; capitoli da 24 a 27.

4) Torrente – Schlesinger, Manuale di diritto privato, Giuffrè, ultima edizione. Sono escluse le seguenti parti: capitoli da I a V; §§ 48 – 52 e §§ 57 – 60 del capitolo VII; capitoli XI e XII; §§ 145 – 146 del capitolo XIV; capitolo XV; §§ 380 – 381 del capitolo XLII; §§ 387 – 389 del capitolo XLIII; §§ 391 – 396 del capitolo XLIV; §§ 397 – 399 del capitolo

97

XLV; capitolo XLVI; capitolo XLVII; § 423 del capitolo XLIX; cap. L; §§ da 429 a 435 del capitolo LI; capitoli LII e LIII; capitoli da LVI a LXXXI.

5) Autori vari: Dieci lezioni di Diritto Privato, UTET ,2006: sono obbligatorie le seguenti lezioni: la norma giuridica (n. 1); l’interpretazione della legge (n. 2); l’accertamento giudiziale del fatto (n. 8).



Course contents: The course of lessons will deal with the most relavant topics of the Italian private law (with some reference to the european private law), such as: general part and principles; person's rights; family law; succession law; property law; obligations and contracts; torts; civil liability of debtor and warranties.

Code: 674

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites nothing

Assessment: Oral examination. Chance for an intermediate written examination. The intermediate examination has regard to: general part of private law; family law, wills, property law. The intermediate examination will have 50% incidence on the final exam. Students, who cannot partecipate to the intermediate examination can ask to do it till the end of the next week. Students who are not satisfied for the result, could reject it.

Professors: Onofrio Troiano

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to introduce Italian students to the basic knowledge of private law and give them the capacity of understanding and using properly the legal alnguage and the method of interpretation.

Textbooks: 1) F. Di Ciommo, Manuale di diritto privato, parte I, Torino, Giappichelli, ed. 2010.

2) V. Roppo, Diritto privato, Torino, Giappichelli, 2015. Italian civil code, version 2016.


LAW AND ECONOMICS (8 ECTS) Diritto pubblico dell’economia

Course contents: General part: 1. Constitution and constitutionalism; 2. Civil society, Law, State; 3. The division of powers; 4. The sources of law; 5. Interpretation of Law, 6. The Legislative branch; 7. The Executive branch; 8. The Judiciary; 9. The Public administration; 10. The administrative discretion. Special section: 1. Historical profiles of the evolution of public economy: From the State as a controller to the State as a regulator. General aspects of the economic role of the public in the era of globalization ‐ Structuring federal or quasi‐federal administrative authorities. 2. The basic principles of fiscal policies reporting in the Italian Constitution and the Treaty establishing the European Community. The so called Economic Constitution. 3. The European single market. The organization and the tools for its implementation: The Four freedoms; EU competition rules and State Aid regulation. 4. Internal market and

98

national competition law. 5. The public intervention in the economy: the model of the state owned company. The tools of public economic law at the time of Massimo Saverio Giannini and the next evolution. 6. Public utilities. Concept and traditional arrangements. The regulation of the special sectors: from national to local services. The new paradigm of universal service. 7. The phenomena: privatization, liberalization, regulatory norms. Independent administrative authorities.

Code: A57

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of the modern history and of the history of philosophy; Italian language and literature as a tool for the study of law. Law is a discipline deeply connected to historical sciences.

Assessment: The midterm exam will be written and will weigh on the final result for 30% The final examination will be oral and will focus on the course’s program.

Professors: Giancarlo Montedoro

Learning Outcomes: The course in "PUBLIC LAW ECONOMY" in the first part is similar to the traditional course based on institutional public law topics (Constitution and constitutionalism, separation of powers, sources of law, interpretation of the rules) in the second part is intended to provide a summary in order to different models which takes place through regulatory intervention in the economy. We will study the different models of public enterprise, its special arrangements as well as the events of the privatization. One of the most significant profiles, from this point of view, concerns the gradual liberalization of the first brought under the reserve public and progressively oriented towards a system regulated and increasingly competitive. It will be important to understand the impact on our product system integration Community: Community freedoms, state aid and competition rules are the basic pillars of the "new economic constitution." Particular attention will be paid to the analysis of change imposed the instruments of public economic law from the current global recession and the crisis phenomena in financial markets.

Textbooks: For the general part: 1) a manual of choice between P. CARETTI – U. DE SIERVO, Diritto

costituzionale e pubblico, II edizione, Giappichelli editore, 2014; R. BIN – G. PITRUZZELLA, Diritto pubblico, XIII edizione, Giappichelli editore, 2015 or other text to be agreed with the student.

For the special part:

2) A monography chosen from G. MONTEDORO, Il giudice e l'economia, Luiss University press, Roma, 2015; M. Pellegrini (a cura di), Corso di diritto pubblico dell'economia, CEDAM, Padova, 2016.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/A/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: The course has two sections. The first will show the Italian Constitutional principles and the foundations of public law, having regard to the features of our national system and the ones of the business environment. The second will go deep into certain specific topics of public business law, with regard to domestic and EU

99

legal order, taking into account the current issues (competition and market regulation, privatization, public finance, independent authority, welfare, European harmonization and globalization, monetary policy, European system of financial supervision).

Code: A57

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none


Professors: Valerio Lemma / Illa Sabbatelli

Learning Outcomes: The main goal of this first‐year course is the knowledge of the legal terms required to approach the law studies and a basic juridical awareness aimed to understand the relationships among institutions, law and economics. There will be a systematic approach, in order to help the students to have the tools required to analyze the principles and the relationships that rule the institutions of business law, being them public or private, and international, European or domestic.

Textbooks: 1) VV.AA., Corso di diritto pubblico dell’economia, edited by M. Pellegrini, Cedam, Padova, 2016 (selected chapters)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/B/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: the course has two sections. The first will show the Italian Constitutional principles and the foundations of public law, having regard to the features of our national system and the ones of the business environment. The second will go deep into certain specific topics of public business law, with regard to domestic and EU legal order, taking into account the current issues (competition and market regulation, privatization, public finance, independent authority, welfare, European harmonization and globalization, monetary policy, European system of financial supervision).

Code: A57

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites No one


Professors: Marco Sepe

Learning Outcomes: The main goal of this first‐year course is the knowledge of the legal terms required to approach the law studies and a basic juridical awareness aimed to understand the relationships among institutions, law and economics. There will be a systematic approach, in order to help the students to have the tools required to analyze the principles and the relationships that rule the institutions of business law, being them public or private, and international, European or domestic.

Textbooks: 1) AA.VV., Corso di diritto pubblico dell’economia, a cura di M. Pellegrini, Cedam, Padova, 2016 (excluding the chapters indicated in the lesson); Politi F., Diritto pubblico, Giappichelli, 2017.

100

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/C/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: The course has two sections. The first will show the Italian Constitutional principles and the foundations of public law, having regard to the features of our national system and the ones of the business environment. The second will go deep into certain specific topics of public business law, with regard to domestic and EU legal order, taking into account the current issues (competition and market regulation, privatization, public finance, independent authority, welfare, European harmonization and globalization, monetary policy, European system of financial supervision).

Code: A57

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Midterm exam: written exam, it will weigh on the final vote for the 30% Final exam: oral.

Professors: Mirella Pellegrini

Learning Outcomes: The main goals of this first‐year course are the knowledge of the legal terms required to approach the law studies and a basic juridical awareness aimed to understand the relationships among institutions, law and economics. There will be a systematic approach, in order to help the students to have the tools required to analyze the principles and the relationships that rule the institutions of business law, being them public or private, and international, European or domestic.

Textbooks: 1) VV.AA., Corso di diritto pubblico dell’economia, edited by M. Pellegrini, Cedam, Padova, 2016 (having regard to the contents mentioned in the course)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/D/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: The first part of the course is devoted to show the basis of juridical system and the most important law’s fields of study. It wants also to focuses on basics of the theory of law (legal entity, juridical systems, system of the sources of the law and parameters of implementation and judicial review). The first part of the course will describes also the main forms of State and forms of Government, with a particular focus on the most important institutional changes of contemporary State, such as federalizing process and international interdipendences. The central part of the course deal with Italian legal system and Italian Constitution. More specific, this part will deal with: relationships between citizens and Public authorities; organization and functions of constitutional entities; separationof powers and the system of check and balances. The last part of the course wants to explain the most important models of Constitutional economics and to analyze the economic rights provided for by Constitutional law and the interdipendecs between institutional entities, regulations and economic players.

Code: A57

Major: Core subject

101

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Is requested a good knowledge of the economic and legal basics.

Assessment: Written exam on the central part of the course and oral examination on the special part

Professors: Giuseppe Di Gaspare

Learning Outcomes: The course wants to show principles and basics concerning public law (forms of State and forms of Government) Italian Constitutionalism (the Italian Parliament, the Executive, Constitutional Powers, fundamental rights, jurisdicition) and public administration. A special part of the course is devoted to an illustration of the Constitutional economic and its evolution/integration within the European Union (economic rights, public policies and Constitutional restrinctions, regulation and control of the most important economic fields)

Textbooks: Bibliography Mandatory part – F. POLITI, Diritto pubblico, IV ed., 2015, pp. 27‐56; pp. 87‐445; con esclusione delle parti del testo in corpo ridotto e note bibliografiche. – G. DI GASPARE, Diritto dell’economia e dinamiche istituzionali, 2 ed., 2015, pp. 1‐141; pp. 157‐178. I seguenti argomenti con riferimento ad entrambi i testi:

‐ pubblica amministrazione: F. POLITI, Diritto pubblico, IV ed., 2015, pp. 299‐323; G. DI GASPARE, Diritto dell’economia e dinamiche istituzionali, 2 ed., 2015, pp. 60‐65, pp. 136 ‐141; pp. 301‐306; pp. 234‐238;

‐ Spesa pubblica, debito pubblico, politica fiscale: F. POLITI, Diritto pubblico, IV ed., 2015, pp. 225‐230; G. DI GASPARE, Diritto dell’economia e dinamiche istituzionali, 2 ed., 2015, pp. 167‐178; pp. 181‐186, pp. 202‐203, pp. 306‐313, pp. 417‐419.

Optional Part Choose 3 on 4 of the following issues: Evoluzione Mercato comune europeo, globalizzazione, mercati finanziari:

‐ G. DI GASPARE, Diritto dell’economia e dinamiche istituzionali, 2 ed., 2015; pp. 145‐146; pp. 179‐181, pp. 205‐209, pp. 227‐229, pp. 251‐256, pp. 259‐265;

‐ Il lavoro quale fondamento della repubblica ‐ Fallimenti del mercato

‐ Esternalizzazioni Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/E/1EEL2BASE/2017

LAW AND ECONOMICS (CORPORATE AND BUSINESS LAW; ANTITRUST AND REGULATION) (10 ECTS)

Course contents: With reference to Italy, United Kingdom and USA contents are: main rules of business and company law addressed under a functional approach by dealing with legal as well as economic principles. In particular: sole proprietorships as organizations; partnerships; companies limited by shares (private and public companies); agency problems and governance structures in companies; directors' duties and liability; protection of minority shareholders. Competition theory and market structure; goals of competition policy;

102

interface between competition law and sector‐specific regulation; market power; restrictive agreements; the economics of collusion; horizontal cooperation and vertical restraints; single‐firm conduct; the economics of market power and abuse of dominance; concentrations: unilateral and coordinated effects; efficiencies. Rules as well as case law will be examined.

Code: T021

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic principles of private and civil law. Good understanding of microeconomics.

Assessment: Computer based written exam.

Professors: Sabrina Bruno / Gianluca Faella

Learning Outcomes: The formative objective of the course is to teach fundamentals of: (i) business and company law from an international perspective, by focusing on Italian, UK and US jurisdictions; (ii) antitrust and economic regulation, by focusing on EU, Italian and US jurisdictions. Basic principles of private and civil law. Good understanding of microeconomics.

Textbooks: 1) Klein, Coffee, Partnoy, Business Organization and Finance, Foundation

Press, 2010 (Chapters 1,2,3). 2) Kraakman, Armour, Davies, Enriques, Hansmann, Hertig, Hopt, Kanda,

Rock, The Anatomy of Corporate Law. A comparative and Functional Approach (Chapter 1), Oxford University Press, 2017.

3) Cases and materials on professors' homepages. Van Den Bergh, Camesasca, Comparative Competition Law and Economics, Edward Elgar, 2017.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/T021/A/L21BBBASE/2018

LAW AND ECONOMICS (CORPORATE AND BUSINESS LAW; ANTITRUST AND REGULATION) (10 ECTS)

Course contents: Economic Analysis of:

‐ Contracts Law ‐ Antitrust Law ‐ State Budget Law ‐ Decision Making Process ‐ EU regulation of financial markets

Code: T021

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic principles of private and public law.

Assessment: Discretional Mid Term ExamOral and written Final Exam.

Professors: Valentina Milani / Laura Segni

Learning Outcomes: The formative objective of the course is to teach fundamental principles of the economic analysis of Law, with focus on either contractual, public and antitrust law and a section dedicated to the EU financial regulation

103

Textbooks: Text book: 1) Alan Devlin, Fundamental Principles of Law and Economics, London‐New

York, Routledge 2015, PARTS 1, 2, 5, 8, 9 2) Slides uploaded twice a week on the homepage after every relevant

lesson 3) Cases and materials provided by the Professors

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T021/B/L21BBBASE/2018

LEGAL SYSTEM IN THE DIGITAL AGE (6 ECTS)

Course contents: See Objectives above

Code: TDS07


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: written test

Professors: Francesco Di Ciommo / Giuseppe Pinelli

Learning Outcomes: The course offers an introduction to the European and Italian legal systems, with special regard to private law issues in the particular perspective of the new dimensions created by information technology. It aims to allow students to become familiar with the fundamental categories and principles of the said area of law, developing at the same time a proper knowledge of legal terminology, so as to enable participants to cope with an international context.

Textbooks: 1) G. Iudica e P. Zatti, Language and Rules of Italian Private Law: An Introduction, latest ed., Cedam. 2) J.S. Lena and U. Mattei (eds.), Introduction to Italian Law, Kluwer, 2002. 3) Slides


MACROECONOMICS AND ECONOMIC POLICY (8 ECTS) Macreconomia e politica economica

Course contents: Introduction to macroeconomics. Production and factor markets. Consumption and investment. The full employment equilibrium. Money and inflation. The open economy and the exchange rate. Theories of long‐run unemployment. Economic growth over the long run. The business cycle and the the fix price model. The open economy with fixed prices.

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Elementary notions in microeconomics and algebra.

Assessment: Control of homeworks and midterm and final written exam

104

Professors: Pietro Reichlin

Learning Outcomes: The course is an introduction to macroeconomics, the discipline that tries to understand the time evolution of macroeconomic variables, such as national income, consumption, savings, investment, interest rates, money and capital. We will seek answers to the following questions. What determines economic growth? Why market economies experience recessions and expansions? What determines unemployment and inflation? Which policies (fiscal or monetary) should governments implement to stimulate economic activity, reduce unemployment and curb excessive inflation?

Textbooks: 1) A.B. Abel, B.S. Bernanke, D. Croushore, L. BottazziMacroeconomia, ISEDI, 2016.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/A/1EEL2BASE/2018

MACROECONOMICS AND ECONOMIC POLICY (8 ECTS) Macroeconomia e politica economica

Course contents: 1. Introduction to macreconomics, data definition, measurement and analysis. 2. Domestic Product, the production function, the market for inputs and the long‐run equilibrium. 3. Money and Inflation 4. The Open Economy dimension 5. Economic Growth 6. Unemployment 7. Economic fluctuations, price stickiness, the aggregate demand and supply. 8. The IS‐LM model and the effects of monetary and fiscal policy 9. The Open Economy in the short‐run, the exchange‐rate regimes. 10. Aggregate Supply 11. Public Debt

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics, Mathematics

Assessment: 1. Problem Sets 2. Final Exam (written)

Professors: Alessandro Pandimiglio

Learning Outcomes: The course is an introduction to macroeconomics, which seeks an understanding of the dynamics of aggregate time series: consumption, the gross domestic product, investment spending, interest rates, the stock of money and capital. We will learn how economists answer questions like: What determines economic growth, wealth and welfare in the long‐run? Why are modern economies subject to cycles in which recessions are followed by expansions? What drives inflation and unemployment? What kinds of economic policies (monetary and/or fiscal) can be pursued in order to increase national income and reduce inflation and unemployment?

Textbooks: 1) Mankiw, N.G, Taylor, M. P. Macroeconomia, 2015, sixth edition, ed.

105

Zanichelli

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/B/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents:

Introduction‐ Defining the macroeconomics variables. The Short Run, the Medium Run and the Long Run

PART I ‐The Short Run: The goods market, the financial markets and the IS‐LM model. Fiscal and monetary policies in the short run. The open economy in the short run.

PART II – The Medium Run: The labour market and the natural rate of unemployment. The IS‐LM_PC model

PART III – The Long Run: Saving, capital accumulation and growth. The role of technological progress.

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomic Principles

Assessment: Students attending the course are requested to hand in problem sets. There will be nine problem sets during the semester. Each problem set will be graded out of 2 points. Points will be awarded using the following scale: (a) problem set handed in and complete: 2 points; (b) problem set handed in but insufficient effort: 1 point; (c) problem set not handed in or handed in late: 0 points. The overall grade for the exam taken in the May‐June session is obtained by adding the average score obtained in the problem sets (max two points) to the grade taken in the final written exam (or the weighted average of the mid‐term (40%) and final (60%) exams).Those students who do not pass the written exam (or do not accept the assigned grade) in the first session of the exam, will be not allowed to use the extra points of the problem sets in second session.

Professors: Giovanna Vallanti

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to provide the methodological and theoretical tools to understand how the economies work and to explain the past and current economic developments. We will focus on the stylised facts of business cycle fluctuations and economic growth, the determinants of unemployment and inflation. We will also discuss whether and to what extent policy can improve macroeconomic performance.

Textbooks: 1) Macroeconomia. Una prospettiva europea. Blanchard, Amighini and Giavazzi, ed. 2016. Il Mulino. (The chapters from the text book will be supplemented by other reading selected by the lecturer).

2) Esercizi di macroeconomia. Guida allo studio del testo di Olivier Blanchard di D. W. Findlay, ed. il Mulino

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/C/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: 1. Introduction to macreconomics, data definition, measurement and analysis.

106

2. Domestic Product, the production function, the market for inputs and the long‐run equilibrium. 3. Money and Inflation 4. The Open Economy dimension 5. Economic Growth 6. Unemployment 7. Economic fluctuations, price stickiness, the aggregate demand and supply. 8. The IS‐LM model and the effects of monetary and fiscal policy 9. The Open Economy in the short‐run, the exchange‐rate regimes. 10. Aggregate Supply 11. Public Debt

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomic Principles

Assessment: 1. Problem Sets 2. Final Exam (written only)

Professors: Salvatore Nistico'

Learning Outcomes: The course is an introduction to macroeconomics, which seeks an understanding of the dynamics of aggregate time series: consumption, the gross domestic product, investment spending, interest rates, the stock of money and capital. We will learn how economists answer questions like: What determines economic growth, wealth and welfare in the long‐run? Why are modern economies subject to cycles in which recessions are followed by expansions? What drives inflation and unemployment? What kinds of economic policies (monetary and/or fiscal) can be pursued in order to increase national income and reduce inflation and unemployment?

Textbooks: 1) “Macroeconomia”, by N.G. Mankiw and M.P. Taylor, V edition, Zanichelli.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/D/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: 1) Course introduction. Overview of macroeconomic variables and data analysis. 2) Goods and financial markets: the IS‐LM model 3) Open economies: the Mundell‐Fleming model 4) The labor market 5) General economic equilibrium: the AS‐AD model 6) The natural rate of unemployment and the Phillips curve 7) Inflation, production and monetary growth 8) The long‐run: models of economic growth 9) Economic policy issues: financial and sovereign debt crisis

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring

107




Assessment: Written examination Grading will be based on a final written exam. The exam is based on the topics covered during the lectures and classes, the chapters of the textbooks and the supplementary readings assigned during the course. Attending students can do two mid‐term exams (50% of the program each), the first one during the week 9‐13 April and the second one during the first examination date of the summer session.

Professors: Tatiana Cesaroni

Learning Outcomes: The course provides an overview of the basic principles of macroeconomics and political economic analysis. The first part of the course will be focused on the following macroeconomic issues: the determination of output, employment, unemployment, interest rates, and inflation. The second part will be devoted to the introduction of the basic models of macroeconomics, to the analysis of business cycle fluctuations and economic growth. Finally, we will look at the effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policies on macroeconomic performance.

Textbooks: 1) Mankiw N.G. and M.P. Taylor, Macroeconomics, European edition, Palgrave ed. 2014

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/E/1EEL2BASE/2018

MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS) Economia e gestione delle imprese

Course contents: 1. The Business as a system and the significance of its relation with the environment ‐ Environment conditions and Business performance ‐ External environment analysis (the competitive forces) ‐ The concept of strategic grouping ‐ The contents of the competitive environment and the instruments for Business analysis 2. The Business as a set of resources ‐ the relevant resources and the competences ‐ the strategy based on the resources 3. The competitive strategies ‐ the competitive advantage ‐ Le competitive strategies 4. The strategic planning ‐ corporate planning ‐ Business planning ‐ Planning at a functional level 5. The Business functions ‐ the management of operations ‐ innovation as a strategic function

108

‐ marketing ‐ finance and value creation

Code: 509

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic concepts of Business Administration, with particular reference to the analysis of the Business performance and microeconomics with specific reference to the cost and revenue functions.

Assessment: Oral and Written Exam

Professors: Luca Pirolo

Learning Outcomes: Provide participants with the ability to: 1. interpret and understand the functioning of an business organization and the ways it interacts with the external environment; 2. use the instruments of analysis and elaborate the business strategy in competitive contexts and different markets; 3. evaluate the competitive position of a Business and the use of the instruments for bettering it; 4. elaborate the strategic choices linked to the principal business functions.

Textbooks: 1) Fontana, Caroli, "Economia e Gestione delle Imprese", McGrawHillDidactic material supplied by the lecturer



Course contents:

The external forces The internal forces Value Chain and Business Strategies Organization Theory and Structure ‐ Human Resource Management Marketing Innovation Management Operations Management Financial Management

Code: 509

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Economics and Business. Fundamentals of Capital Budgeting.

Assessment: Attending students (75% of the lessons):1 Intermediate Teamwork Assignment (Business Case, 30%)Midterm exam (35%)Final written exam (35%)Non‐attending students (abroad for the Erasmus Programme or attending less than 75% of the lessons):Final written exam (100%).

Professors: Maria Isabella Leone

109

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to analyse the most relevant issues and challenges faced by business managers. It aims at developing personal capabilities, skills and attitudes to understand and cope effectively with the competitive challenges in the external environment. Students will first understand the need for a strategic orientation for firm performance. The course will then deepen the understanding of how each managerial function (Organisation, Marketing, Innovation Management, Operations, and Finance) contributes to the value creation. Finally, financial evaluation methods accounting for the value of strategies are introduced and employed. At the end of the course, student will acquire the ability to integrate different dimensions of a problem and to apply both logic and judgement in analysing situations.

Textbooks: Fontana F., Caroli M.G., Economia e Gestione delle Imprese, McGrawHill (4° o 5° Edizione)



Course contents: 1. The Business as a system and the significance of its relation with the environment ‐ Environment conditions and Business performance ‐ External environment analysis (the competitive forces) ‐ The concept of strategic grouping ‐ The contents of the competitive environment and the instruments for Business analysis 2. The Business as a set of resources ‐ the relevant resources and the competences ‐ the strategy based on the resources 3. The firm and the institutional environment: strategic tripod ‐ Institutional based view 4. The competitive strategies ‐ the competitive advantage ‐ Le competitive strategies 5. The strategic planning ‐ corporate planning ‐ Business planning ‐ Planning at a functional level ‐ Business modeling 6. Organizational design and HRM ‐ Iter‐organizational relationships and networks 7. The Business functions ‐ the management of operations ‐ innovation as a strategic function ‐ marketing ‐ finance and value creation

Code: 509

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic concepts of Business Administration, with particular reference to the analysis of the Business performance and microeconomics with specific reference to the cost and revenue functions.

Assessment: Written Exam (50%) Team work (on business planning (50%)

Professors: Matteo Giuliano Caroli / Carlo Gotta

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to: deepen the main theorethical frameworks for strategic analysis with a focus on complementarieties between the different approaches; develop diagnostic and problem‐solving capabilities for strategic problems in diverse competitive environments. By the end of the course, the student will be able to provide a clear representation of strategic choices within the different business functions: including, management of operations, innovation, marketing and finance.

Textbooks: 1) Economia e gestione delle imprese (a cura di) F. Fontana e M. Caroli: “Economia e gestione delle imprese”. McGraw‐Hill. Articoli e materiali

110

indicati dal docente.



Course Contents: the firm as a complex system; the competitive environment; resources and competences; competitive and cooperative strategies; strategic planning; strategic issues in marketing, finance, operations, human resources and organization; strategic management of innovation

Code: 509

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Attending students: just the written exam, oral exam is facultative Non‐attending students (less han 80% of class attendance): written and oral exam.

Professors: Roberto Dandi

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to explain how companies behave strategically to reach a competitive advantage. Also, to explain the strategic issues in managing the organizational functions, as marketing, finance, human resources and organization, operations

Textbooks: 1) Caroli Fontana, Gestione delle imprese ‐ fifth edition, Mc Graw Hill and other documents



Course contents: 1. The Business as a system and the significance of its relation with the environment ‐ Environment conditions and Business performance ‐ External environment analysis (the competitive forces) ‐ The concept of strategic grouping ‐ The contents of the competitive environment and the instruments for Business analysis 2. The Business as a set of resources ‐ the relevant resources and the competences ‐ the strategy based on the resources 3. The firm and the institutional environment: strategic tripod ‐ Institutional based view 4. The competitive strategies ‐ the competitive advantage ‐ Le competitive strategies 5. The strategic planning ‐ corporate planning ‐ Business planning ‐ Planning at a functional level ‐ Business modeling 6. Organizational design and HRM ‐ Iter‐organizational relationships and networks 7. The Business functions ‐ the management of operations ‐ innovation as a strategic function ‐ marketing ‐ finance and value creation

Code: 509

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic concepts of Business Administration, with particular reference to the analysis of the Business performance and microeconomics with specific

111

reference to the cost and revenue functions.

Assessment: Written Exam Team work

Professors: Federica Brunetta

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to: deepen the main theorethical frameworks for strategic analysis with a focus on complementarieties between the different approaches; develop diagnostic and problem‐solving capabilities for strategic problems in diverse competitive environments. By the end of the course, the student will be able to provide a clear representation of strategic choices within the different business functions: including, management of operations, innovation, marketing and finance.

Textbooks: 1) Economia e gestione delle imprese (a cura di) F. Fontana e M. Caroli: “Economia e gestione delle imprese”. McGraw‐Hill.

2) Articoli e materiali indicati dal docente.


MARKET ECONOMY AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (8 ECTS) Economia dei mercati e degli intermediari finanziari

Course contents: • Financial intermediation • Interest rates and asset valuation • European Central Bank • financial markets • Banks: activities, regulation and balance sheet • Other financial institutions • Basel 2 and 3 and risk management

Code: AK7

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites NONE

Assessment: Mid term exam (50% of final valutation) Final written exam

Professors: Francesco Cerri

Learning Outcomes: The course provides competences on financial markets, instruments (bonds and derivatives) and financial institutions. It describes models, functions and typologies of each area of interest and focuses on risk management tecniques.Each aspects reflects the law and regulation of financial system.

Textbooks: Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Mario Anolli, Barbara Alemanni Economia degli Intermediari finanziari Mc Graw‐Hill Terza Edizione 2011

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/A/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents:

Analysis of the nature and behaviour of the financial markets;

The theory of intermediations and the role of financial institutions

112

Regulation, economics and risk management of financial institutions

Analysis of instruments (bonds, stocks, derivatives) exchanged in the financial markets

Code: AK7

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: written examination

Professors: Mario Comana

Learning Outcomes: Presentation of the basic notions about the financial intermediations channels and mechanism; transmit the competences regarding the financial institutions management, regarding the profitability and financial dynamic and the management of risks; learn the contractual forms of lending and borrowing both from the technical and juridical point of view.

Textbooks: 1) Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Mario Anolli, Barbara Alemanni, Economia degli intermediari finanziari, McGraw Hill, Quarta edizione, 2015

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/B/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: Analysis of the features and functioning of financial markets; theory of financial intermediaries; financial intermediaries: risk and regulation; management, risk and regulation; analysis of the characteristics of financial instruments traded on the markets.

Code: AK7

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Written Mid Termi (40%) Written Final Exam (60%)

Professors: Alfredo Pallini

Learning Outcomes: Provide the basic knowledge of the mechanisms of financial intermediaries and the functioning of financial markets; transfer skills related to management conditions of financial intermediaries, with particular reference to matters relating to the profitability and the risks; learn the technical, legal, financial profile and operations issues of financial instruments traded in the markets.

Textbooks: 1) A. Saunders, M.Millon Cornett, M. Anolli, B. Alemanni: Economia degli Intermediari Finanziari; Mc Graw Hill, Fourth edition, 2015.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/C/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: • Financial intermediation • Interest rates and asset valuation • European Central Bank

113

• financial markets • Banks: activities, regulation and balance sheet • Other financial institutions • Basel 2 and 3 and risk management

Code: AK7

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: written exam ( multiple choices and open questions)mid term (50% if positive mark) final exam:written (100% or 50%) if a student is unable to participate at the mid‐term, they will carry out the final examination without any penalty

Professors: Daniele Previtali

Learning Outcomes: The course offers insights in markets (money, bond, equity, currency and derivatives), instruments (securities and derivatives) and financial intermediaries (commercial and investment banks, insurance companies, pension funds, mutual funds, SIM). The focus is on the functioning models of the financial markets, the characteristics and functions of financial instruments, the nature and behaviour of financial intermediaries and the methods of measuring and managing the risks (credit, liquidity, interest rate, etc.) to which they are exposed. These elements are part of the legislative and regulatory framework (e.g. Basel 2/3, MIFID 2, IFRS 9) that characterises the financial system.

Textbooks: 1) Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Mario Anolli, Barbara Alemanni Economia degli Intermediari finanziari Mc Graw‐Hill Terza Edizione 2011

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/D/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: • Financial intermediation • Interest rates and asset valuation • European Central Bank • financial markets • Banks: activities, regulation and balance sheet • Other financial institutions • Basel 2 and 3 and risk management

Code: AK7

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites N.A.

Assessment: written exam ( multiple choices and open questions)mid term (50% if positive

114

mark) final exam:written (100%) or oral (50%)

Professors: Claudio Boido

Learning Outcomes: The course provides competences on financial markets, instruments (bonds and derivatives) and financial institutions. It describes models, functions and typologies of each area of interest and focuses on risk management tecniques.Each aspects reflects the law and regulation of financial system.

Textbooks: 1) Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Mario Anolli, Barbara Alemanni Economia degli Intermediari finanziari Mc Graw‐Hill Terza Edizione 2011

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/E/1EEL2BASE/2018

MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Marketing Management is a process aiming at creating value for consumers, firms and stakeholders. It is drawing together the analysis of the context and decision‐making, at the strategic and operational level. We are going to focus on the pillars of Marketing Management: market analysis and marketing research; marketing strategies; marketing policies; marketing planning. Topics to be addressed are: ‐ the study of markets and of consumers and organizational buying behavior; ‐ tools and methods for marketing research and marketing information systems; ‐ the development and management of customer relations; ‐ marketing strategy and the decisions concerning targeting and positioning; ‐ marketing policies and the choice of the marketing mix; ‐ marketing planning; ‐ marketing metrics; ‐ a few special topics (notably, marketing in the digital economy; marketing and sustainability).

Code: 439

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No prerequisites are required

Assessment: Group Projects 40%; Written exam mid term 30%, final 30%

Professors: Alberto Marcati

Learning Outcomes: This Course is about Marketing Management, and is therefore about models, processes, tools and techniques related to Marketing analysis, planning and implementation. The aim of the Course is to offer a basic knowledge platform and to focus on a few, core, topics for a better and more advanced understanding. It is designed for students that are going to pursue further their education in Marketing, but also for students that are going to move to new and different subjects in management, but are interested in getting a sound basis in Marketing.

Textbooks: 1) P. Kotler, K. Keller, F. Ancarani, M. Costabile, (2012), Mark7ting Management, Pearson Italia


115

MARKETING (8 ECTS)


Code: 439

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall




Assessment: Group Projects 40%; Written exam mid term 30%, final 30%

Professors: Daniel Edward Korschun / Alberto Marcati


Textbooks: 1) P. Kotler, K. Keller, F. Ancarani, M. Costabile, (2012), Mark7ting Management, Pearson Italia


MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Course contents: ‐ market analysis, both in B‐to‐B markets and B‐to‐C markets ‐ behavior of consumers, individuals, families and organizations ‐ marketing research ‐ marketing strategy, and thus segmentation, targeting and positioning ‐ product, brand, channel, communication and price management ‐ marketing planning processes and models ‐ marketing performance measurement ‐ digital marketing transformation ‐ sustainability, at the economic, environmental and societal level

Code: 439

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 3

116

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No preliminary knowledge is needed. However, basic knowledge of statistics and management will make understanding the topics of the course easier.

Assessment: Group work and Report on cases and business presentations. Written exam

Professors: Michele Costabile

Learning Outcomes: The marketing management course focuses on the fundamentals of marketing management, and thus on models, processes, tools, and tecniques that are paramount for analysis, decision‐making and and operation management. The goal of the course is to provide students withe the basic knowledge of marketing, by providing a a multidisciplinary overview that enables to rigourously deal with market exchanges and competition. This approach is further enhanced with a detailed investigation of the analytical and quantitative tools that are necessary in today's marketing practice. After taking the course, students will be read for more advanced marketing management courses or for more general management courses

Textbooks: 1) P. Kotler, K. Keller, F. Ancarani, M. Costabile, (2017), Marketing Management, 15a Edizione, Pearson Italia

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/439/C/1EEL2BASE/2018

MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Marketing management is a set of processes aimed to the creation of economic and social value for consumers, citizens, companies and organizations. The course will deal with analytic and decision processes as well as with the implementations of decisions and metrics to assess economic and market performance. Starting from the deep meaning of marketing, both as a relevant scientific discipline and as a vital activities of companies and organizations, the course will focus on analysis of marketing potential, marketing research, marketing strategies, management of the main marketing processes as well as on special topic that are particularly "hot" in today's marketing debate. In more detail, the course aimes to develop students' ability to understand: • the way in which companies analyze market demand, both in BtC and in BtB contexts; • the behavior of consumers, individuals, families and organizations; • the methods through which marketing research activities are carried out; • the process of analysis and definitions of marketing strategies (the segmentation‐targeting‐positioning trilogy); • the management of product, brands, channels, marketing communication and pricing; • the models and processes of marketing planning; • the models and toold used to measure marketing performance; • the approach and models to manage the digital revolution behind marketing management; • the idea of economic, environmental and social sustainability and the way to manage all these dimensions.

Code: 439

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No prerequisities are mandatory. However, familiary with basic concepts of

117

economics and statistics is certainly useful to increases absortive capacity of students and speed up the process of learning marketing theories, models, tools and techniques which will be analyzed in this course.

Assessment: The assessment method is composed of the following components: 1) final exam (individual), which accounts for 40% 2) case discussion and business report (in groups), which accounts for 30%; 3) mid term, which accounts for 30%. The exam will be made up of multiple choice questions and short essays. In addition, the instructor might also give students the possibility to take a brief oral exam.

Professors: Matteo De Angelis

Learning Outcomes: The course deals with marketing management foundations, such as processes, models, tools and techniques that support analyses, decision and management of marketing activities. The objective of the course is to provide students with basic and fundamental marketing knowledge. This will be done, however, by integrating multidisciplinary concepts that allow students to have a rigorous approach to the study of marketing processes. Such a rigorous approach will be deployed through the study of the analytic and quantitative tools that qualify contemporary marketing. Therefore, the course will be particularly appealing for both those students who are interested in gaining the needed background to successfully deal with more advanced and specialized marketing courses and those students interested in specializing in business management areas other than marketing, general management included.

Textbooks: 1) P. Kotler, K. Keller, F. Ancarani, M. Costabile, 15° edition (2017), Marketing Management, Pearson Italia


MARKETING (8 ECTS)


Code: 439

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



118


Assessment: Projects/ cases/ exercises 20%; Written exam 80%

Professors: Maria Giovanna Devetag


Textbooks: 5) P. Kotler, K. Keller, F. Ancarani, M. Costabile, (2012), Marketing Management, Pearson Italia


MARKETS AND STRATEGIES (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The course will focus on trying to flesh out a set of complicated answers to a very simple question: “what allows certain firms to persistently earn positive economic profits, while others deliver negative returns and ultimately are forced to exit the market?” The answers will involve analysing the basic competitive structure of different types of markets, and trying to understand the ultimate determinants of a firm's profitability and of persistence of differentials in firms' profits industry‐wide. Topics covered will include: • Market structure and competition • Resource based view of the firm • Sources of competitive advantage • Technological change and innovation • Business strategies in global markets • Socially oriented companies and CSR

Code: AB2

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Knowledge of English, basic knowledge of economics and general and management principles.

Assessment: ‐ Written exam 60% ‐ Team work executed during the course 40%

Professors: Maria Giovanna Devetag

Learning Outcomes: The goals of the course are: • To introduce participants to market analysis and strategic management • To show how to apply a set of tools that are useful in strategic analysis • To enhance participants’ creativity and problem solving abilities • To present companies’ best practices across a broad range of industries and settings • To improve familiarity with current challenges and issues in strategy developmentThe course will have a strongly interactive approach; students will be asked to form groups and present papers. Class discussion will follow paper

119

presentation

Textbooks: Selected chapters from:

1) Tidd, J. and Bessant, J. (2014) Strategic Innovation Management, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

2) Grant, R. (2016), Contemporary Strategy Analysis, 9th edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

3) Articles and cases listed in the Extended Program

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB2/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

MATHEMATICS (8 ECTS) Matematica

Course contents: Natural, rational, real and complex numbers. Algebraic equations. Fundamental theorem of algebra. Vecotrs and matrices: linear combinations, linear independence, dimension and basis. Determinant and characteristic. Linear systems; theorems of Cramer and of Rouché‐Capelli. Elements of analytic geometry in two and three dimensions. Topology of the line and of the n‐dimensional euclidean spaces. Functions of one and several real variables: generalities. Exponential and logarithms; circular functions (recalls of trigonometry). Sequences and limits thereof; indeterminate forms. Neper's number. Limits of functions; infinitesimals and comparing between them; asymptotes; continuous functions. Derivatives: definition, calculation and applications. Differential, Taylor's polynomial. Partial derivatives. Total differential. Maxima and minima for functions of one and several variables. Constrained optimization. Gradient. Definite and indefinite integral; calculation methodes. Improper integrals.

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Elementary algebra and trigonometry. Logarithms.

Assessment: A written proof is compulsory. The corresponding mark (up to 24) can be freely confirmed. The oral proof is on demand: the final mark is then at all independent from the result of the written part.

Professors: Fabrizio Cacciafesta

Learning Outcomes: To supply the students a set of Mathematical tools that enable to understand and solve a numebr of problems, both theoretical and of interest for economy and management

Textbooks: 1) Fabrizio Cacciafesta, Matematica Generale, ed. Giappichelli (second edition, 2007)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/A/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: Numbers. The real numbers R and density of Q. Absolute value, distance between numbers, the maximum and minimum of a set, infimum and supremum of a set. Real functions. Domain, range and inverse. Graph of a real function, monotone functions (increasing or decreasing), convex or

120

concave functions, maximum and minimum (local or global) of functions. Graphs of elementary functions: constant, linear, affine, quadratic monomial, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric functions. Algebraic operations between functions, composition of functions, piecewise defined functions. Suquences. Limits and continuity. Definition of limit, right and left limits, continuous functions. Theorems on limits. Special limits for infinite and infinitesimal. functions. Theorems on continuous functions: Weierstrass, zeros, Darboux, fixed point, injectivity and monotonicity. Differentiability. Definition of derivative, differential and tangent line; derivative of elementary functions, rules for the derivative computation, higher order derivatives. Theorems: Fermat, Lagrange, constant function, characterization of the monotonicity, characterization of the convexity, sufficient conditions for the existence of a local extreme. Bernoulli‐de L'Hopital theorem and Taylor expansion. Summation sign and examples. Sum of the terms of arithmetic and geometric progressions. Riemann sums and Riemann integrable functions. Riemann integral. The primitive function and the indefinite integral. Fundamental theorem of calculus. Integration methods for linearity, by substitution and by parts. Examples. Components of the vector space R^N, fundamental vectors. Vector operations: addition, multiplication by a scalar, their property and their graphical interpretation. Linear combination of vectors. Subspaces generated by a set of vectors. Definition of space space generated by a set of vectors. Subspaces in R^2. Applications to some financial problems. Functions of many variables. Graphic and contour lines. Partial derivatives and gradient. Second order derivatives. The Hessian matrix. Extreme values theorems. Sufficient and necessary conditions of first and second order. Lagrange multipliers theorem. Examples and applications in economics.

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic topics of mathematics usually conducted at secondary schools level

Assessment: The final assessment is based on a written test and and oral exam

Professors: Marco Papi

Learning Outcomes: This course is designed to enable all students to function successfully in a number‐related world, to give students a basis to increase their mathematical knowledge. In addition the course attempts to present mathematics as an organised body of knowledge that will provide students with a sound basis for later use in economics and business applications

Textbooks: 1) Author: Knut Sydsaeter, Peter Hammond, Arne Strøm. Title: Metodi matematici per l'analisi economica e finanziaria. Editor: Pearson

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/B/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: Natural numbers, Integers, Rationals and Reals. Vectors and Matrices. Linear systems. Topology of reals' line. Real functions. Elementary functions. Sequences. Limits. Continuous functions. Derivative. Integral. Series.

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic Algebra, first and second degree equations and inequalities, trigonometry

121

Assessment: written mid‐term evaluation (weight 40% of total written test) Oral and written exam

Professors: Maria Sole Staffa

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to give the mathematical instruments to solve economic and financial problems

Textbooks: 1) Guerraggio ‐ Matematica ‐ Pearson

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/C/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: ‐The real numbers ‐Functions ‐Limits ‐Continuous functions ‐Theorems on continuous functions ‐The exponential function, the logarithmic function, trigonometrical functions ‐Derivatives. Derivation rules ‐Stationary points. Maxima and minima ‐Concavity , convexity ‐Taylor polynomials ‐the integral: definition and properties ‐The fundamental theorem of calculus ‐Functions of two (or more ) variables. Differentiability.Minima and maxima ‐Constrained problems and applications ‐Vectors. Linear independence. Basis. ‐Matrices. Rank of a matrix. Square matrices.determinant and the inverse matrix. ‐Linear systems. Existence of solutions. The Rouche Capelli theorem ‐Linear systems:solution methods. Applications

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites The course will teach to the students how to build and develop a correct conceptual mathematical framework useful to describe and solve problems in economics disciplines. Prerequisites are not required.

Assessment: There is a written examination followed by an oral one.

Professors: Sergio Scarlatti

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide to the first year students in Economics the basic mathematical tools that they will need to handle a large set of applied problems in economics, finance and insurance. At the end of the course students must be able to solve standard exercises which often appear in applications. The final learning objectives are the following ones: ‐ full understanding of basic mathematical reasoning and associated tools ‐ correct usage of tools to solve specific simple problems

Textbooks: Course main text (G): 1) Angelo Guerraggio, "Matematica" (2009) second edition. 2) Esercitazioni: Castellani – Gozzi “Matematica di base per l’Economia e l’Azienda – Esercizi e testi d’esame svolti”, ed. Esculapio Bologna

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/D/1EEL2BASE/2018

122


Course contents : Functions of one variable: limits, continuity, derivatives, integrals, optimization. Functions of two variables: continuity, partial derivatives, optimization. Systems of linear equations. Vectors and matrices.

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic algebra, first and second degree equations and inequalities, rational equations and inequalities, first and second degree systems of equations and inequalities, equations and inequalities involving absolute values, logarithmic, exponential and irrational terms. Elements of set thoery. Elements of logic. Elements of trigonometry. Sums. Division by polynomials. Elements of geometry: lines, circles, parabolas. ellipses and huyperbolas. Videos and additional materials available on the website learn.luiss.it.

Assessment: Students must pass a written and an oral exam, according to the rules described on the teacher's web page. An optional midterm exam will be arranged.

Professors: Marco Dall'Aglio / Giovanni Alessandro Zanco

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the students with the basic tools needed in economics, management, finance and insurance. Students get also acquainted with setting up and solving mathematical problems, with the aid of many examples. By the end of the course, students must successfully tackle and solve non trivial mathematical exercises, together with some notable applied problems in economics.

Textbooks: 1) Metodi Matematici per l'analisi economica e finanziaria, Pearson Italia 2) Additional material on the website.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/E/1EEL2BASE/2018

MATHEMATICS (8 ECTS)

Course contents:

Basics of logic and combinatorics.

Functions of one real variable: limits, continuity, derivatives, approximation by Taylor’s polynomials.

Integrals of functions of one real variable.

Linear algebra: vectors, matrices, eigenvectors and eigenvalues, inner products, basic factorizations and decompositions.

Systems of linear equations.

Code: TDS02


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic mathematical knowledge from high school

Assessment: Written and oral exam.

123

The written exam (as each of the midterm partial exams) will consist of two parts: a first list of multiple‐choice questions on basic notions and a second list of exercises similar to those explained during the course. To be admitted to the oral exam the student must obtain the passing mark in both parts.

Professors: Marco Dall'Aglio / Giovanni Alessandro Zanco

Learning Outcomes: The course will provide students with basic knowledge of functions of one real variable, systems of linear equations and linear algebra

Textbooks: 1) Stewart “Calculus early Transcendentals” 2) Lay “Linear Algebra and its applications”

3) Notes given by the instructor Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/TDS02/0/1DSL2BASE/2018

METHODOLOGY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES (8 ECTS) Metodologia delle scienze sociali

Course contents: General Part:

‐ Criticism of induttivism . The logic of problems. Research always starts off from a nucleous of initial hypotheses. Creativity and the science. Popper‐ Hempel model. Explication and Understanding. Criticism of Psychologism. Critical Rationalism. The abuse of reason.

Special part: ‐ Mandeville, Scottish Moralists and the birth of social sciences. The unintended consequences

of intentional human actions. The evolutionary theory of social institutions. Evolutionism and utilitarianism. The french positivistic sociology versus political economy. The theory of the general economic equilibrium and the Austrian criticism. Austrian influence on Max Weber. Market and economic calculation. Knowledge, market and entrepreneurship. Rationality and economic develpment.

Code: 644

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall




Assessment: oral exam

Professors: Lorenzino Infantino

Learning Outcomes: The course points to have knowledge of the epistemological foundations of social sciences and, in particular, of economic science. All economists, who spent their intellectual energy in the ground of methodology, showed very cleary the link between methodological premises and theoretical propositions. Such a link exists even if it is not declared. Every scholar, consciously or not, uses a methodology. To cast light on this it means to face with the problems which generate a theory.

Textbooks: 1) L. Infantino L., L’ordine senza piano, Armando, Roma, 2008 2) L. Infantino L., Individualismo, mercato e storia delle idee, Rubbettino,

Soveria Mannelli, 2008. 3) L. Infantino, Ignoranza e libertà, Armando, Roma, 1999 (solo i capitoli 1‐2‐

3). 4) L. Infantino, Potere, Rubbettino, Soveria Mannelli, 2013 (capitoli 1, 3, 4,

5). Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/644/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

124

MICROECONOMICS (8 ECTS) Microeconomia

Course contents: THEORY OF DEMAND Consumer preferences (axiomatic approach, cardinal and ordinal utility function, indifference curves). Utility maximization, individual utility and market demand; Comparative statics (price effects, substitution and income; normal goods, inferior goods and Giffen goods. Demand elasticity. Labour supply. Intertemporal choice and financial markets. Choice with uncertainty. Expected utility function. Risk aversion. THEORY OF PRODUCTION Technology: input and output; technological constraints; property and technology; returns to scale; short period and long period. THE OBJECTIVES OF THE FIRM The organization of the firm; profit maximization in the short period and in the long period; demand curves of factors of production. Cost minimization in the short period and in the long period. Firm’s cost functions; total cost, fixed costs and variable costs; average costs and marginal costs. Costs in the short period and in the long period. 97 MARKET FORMS Perfect competition; firm’s supply under perfect competition; industry supply. Equilibrium in the short period and in the long period. Monopoly: profit maximization; linear demand curve and monopoly; inefficiencies and net loss; natural monopolies. Monopolistic behaviour: price discrimination; product differentiation; monopolistic competition. Oligopoly: the choice of a strategy; quantity leadership; price leadership; the problem of the follower; Cournot duopoly; collusion. Game theory: payoffs matrix; Nash equilibrium; mixed strategies; prisoner’s dilemma. GENERAL ECONOMIC EQUILIBRIUM Edgeworth box and equilibrium of pure exchange; Pareto efficiency. General economic equilibrium with exchange and production. Welfare theorems. Externalities and public goods.

Code: T019

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites The student must possess some basic notions of algebra and of calculus.


Professors: Fabiano Schivardi

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide the basic concepts and tools to understand and interpret the main economic phenomena at the microeconomic level. The course is divided in three parts. The firs part discusses the issues related to the choice of consumption and production. The second part deepens the analysis of the different forms

125

of market and of the strategic behaviour of the economic agents, with particular emphasis on the applications related to oligopolistic markets. The third part examines the issues associated with uncertainty, asymmetric information and externalities and it introduces the theory of general equilibrium.

Textbooks: 1) D.A. Besanko – R.R. Braeutigam, Microeconomia, McGraw‐Hill (ultima edizione).

2) To find more information, it may also refer to H.R. Varian, Microeconomia, Cafoscarina (ultima edizione) e A. Pandimiglio e M. Spallone, Problemi di microeconomia, Cedam (2011).

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/A/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: The Theory of consumer behaviour

Code: T019

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic algebra

Assessment: Written Exam

Professors: Daniela Teresa Di Cagno

Learning Outcomes: Aim of the course is furnishing the basic theoretical concepts related to individual choices

Textbooks: 1) D.A. Besanko‐R.R. Braetigam, Microeconomics, McGraw‐Hill Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/B/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents:

Preferences and consumers’ choice: budget constraint, utility function, indifference curves; utility maximization and individual demand functions; income effect and substitution effect; optimal choice with income ex‐pressed in form of good endowments; demand elasticity; demand‐ supply equilibrium,

Intertemporal choice: the discounted utility model. Choice under uncertainty: the expected utility model; attitude towards risk.

The firm and technology: produc‐tion function, marginal and average product; isoquants and isocosts; returns to scale; revenue curves, cost curves in short and long run: profit maximization, cost minimization.

Market structure: perfect competition, monopoly and oligopoly (Bertrand, Cournot and Stackel‐berg) Introduction to game theory: simultaneous and sequential games, dominant strategies, Nash equilibrium, subgame‐perfect Nash equilibrium.

General equilibrium: Edgeworth box and Pareto efficiency under different market structures, first and second welfare theorems.

Market failures, externalities and public goods

126

Code: T019

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites The student must possess some basic notions of algebra and of calculus.

Assessment: The final exam is composed of a mid‐term test of 45 minutes, roughly covering the first half of the program and whose weight is at least the 30% of the final grade + a second test (to be held only at the first "appello"), still of 45 minutes, covering the residual part of the program. OR A final 90‐minute test covering the entire program.

Professors: Paolo Giordani

Learning Outcomes: The goal of this course is the one of providing students with the tools necessary to understand individual consumption and production choices under different institutional setups and under both certainty and uncertainty. During the course, we will analyze the functioning of the market and its allocative properties. This knowledge constitutes the basic framework necessary to continue studying economics. Moreover, it helps the student in analyzing economic phenomena in order to build up an informed and personal opinion of economic reality.

Textbooks: 1) Varian, H. (last.ed.), Microeconomia, Cafoscarina. Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/C/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: Suppply and demand. Consumption, Production, Costs, Market structures, Notions of Game Theory, Risk and Information, General euilibrium, Externalities and public goods

Code: T019

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic notion of linear algebra and calculus

Assessment: Written examination. Attending students will also have the possibility to have a mid term exam. Moreover problem sets will be distributed to attending students, who could get 1 or 2 bonus points by solving them.

Professors: Roberto Basile

Learning Outcomes: The course will provide a simple but rigorous introduction to microeconomics.

Textbooks: 1) D.A. Besanko – R.R. Braeutigam, Microeconomics, McGraw‐Hill Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/D/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: The Theory of consumer behaviour

127

Code: T019

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic algebra

Assessment: Written Exam. The final exam is composed of a mid‐term test of 45 minutes, which will be on the program covered up to the test, whose weight is 40% of the final grade + a second test (to be held only at the first "appello"), still of 45 minutes, covering the residual part of the program. OR a final 90‐minute test covering the entire program. Students attending the course are requested to hand in problem sets. There will be eight problem sets during the semester. Problem sets will be graded as follows: 1 point if 4 complete problem sets are handed in within the due date (which will be indicated each time); 2 points if 8 complete problem sets are handed in within the due date (which will be indicated each time). The overall grade for the exam taken in May‐June session is obtained by adding the points obtained for the problem sets to the grade taken in the final written exam. Those students who do not pass the written exam (either “insufficiente” or “ritirato”) or do not accept the assigned grade in the first session of the exam will be not allowed to use the extra points of the problem sets in second session. Those students who fail the mid‐term exam (either “insufficiente” or “ritirato”) or do not accept the assigned grade will not be allowed to use the 1 extra point obtained; those students who fail the second test (either “insufficiente” or “ritirato”) or do not accept the assigned grade will lose 1 extra point. In order to attend the mid‐term exam students must book using the “learn.luiss.it” platform; booking will be possible within the time span specified on the platform. Any other information about the mid‐term test or the problem sets can be found on the platform.

Professors: Giuseppina Gianfreda

Learning Outcomes: Aim of the course is furnishing the basic theoretical concepts related to individual choices

Textbooks: 1) D.A. Besanko‐R.R. Braetigam, Microeconomics, McGraw‐Hill Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/E/1EEL2BASE/2018

MICROECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Preferences and consumers’ choice: budget constraint, utility function, indifference curves; utility maximization and individual demand functions; income effect and substitution effect; optimal choice with income expressed in form of good endowments; leisure‐labor choice; Intertemporal choice: the discounted utility model. Choice under uncertainty: the expected utility model; attitude towards risk. The firm and technology: production function, marginal and average product; isoquants and isocosts; returns to scale; revenue curves, cost curves in short and long run: profit maximization, cost minimization. Market structure: perfect competition, monopoly and oligopoly (Bertrand, Cournot and Stackelberg). Introduction to game theory: simultaneous and sequential games, dominant strategies, Nash equilibrium, subgame‐perfect Nash equilibrium. General equilibrium: Edgeworth box and Pareto efficiency under different

128

market structures, first and second welfare theorems. Market failures, asymmetric information, externalities and public goods

Code: TDS01

Major: Management and Computer science

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic notions of algebra and calculus.

Assessment: Written exam with multiple choices, true/false questions, problems. There will be a mid‐term exam for attending students.

Professors: Simona Iammarino / Luigi Marengo

Learning Outcomes: The goal of this course is to provide students with the tools necessary to understand the economics behaviours of consumers, producers and markets. Special emphasis will be given to the functioning and malfunctioning (market failures) of the markets mechanisms.

Textbooks: A. Goolsbee, S. Levitt, C. Syverson, "Microeconomics", Worth Publishers (Macmillan learning)


MONETARY AND CREDIT ECONOMICS (8 ECTS) Economia monetaria e creditizia

Course contents: The course investigates the functions of money, the role played by financial intermediaries and monetary policy management and transmission in modern economies, with emphasis on comparing the actions of the FED and the ECB.

Code: A96

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics and Macroeconomics, Statistics and Mathematics.

Assessment: Written mid‐term (30% of the final mark) and final written exam.

Professors: Stefano Marzioni

Learning Outcomes: Understanding the main relationships between money, credit and the economy. Institutional analysis of central banks and financial regulatory authorities

Textbooks: 1) Di Giorgio G., Lezioni di economia monetaria, Cedam, Padova, ultima edizione (in particolare i capitoli 1‐5)

2) Di Giorgio G., A. Pandimiglio e S. Nisticò, Problemi di Economia e Politica Monetaria, Cedam, Padova.

3) Articles recommended by the teacher during lessons.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A96/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

NEWSMAKING (4 ECTS)

Course contents: The course, which entitles participants to 4 credits, will revolve around four key areas of newsworthiness: 1. Selection of the news 2. Hierarchization of the news 3. Treatment of the news 4. Theming. The objective of the course held by Professor Giorgino is to investigate the relationship between information and society within an ever‐changing framework due to the digital revolution.Information, as a product of

129

journalism, has a significant effect on the method of transfer and acquisition of knowledge in the late modern era.Information is the cause and effect of many political and legal processes, such as the relational dynamic that exists between the quantity of data available and the quantity and quality of democracy.It is influential in terms of agenda setting in the legislative proposal and executive action, but also in many economic processes, starting from the inevitable intertwining with marketing strategies. Great attention will be paid to Newsmaking. By Newsmaking, a term developed by American scientific literature, we mean the subject area "media organization" in sociology of communication, together with the epistemological areas "influence of society on the media" and "influence of media on society."Together with an explanation of the main theories about the four phases of Newsmaking(1. Selection of the news 2. Hierarchization of the news 3.Treatment of the news 4. Theming) the main part of the course will deal with the analysis of the content of various news media, taking into account the plurality of languages available to the journalist. In other words it will explore selection, hierarchization, treatment and theming of material for all types of news. Content analysis will also be comparative in order to know better the main models of journalism, both old and new, most present in the scenario of news media.

Code: T042


Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites To enrol, students require no special basic training, because this matter involves everyone, above all as consumers of information products: readers, viewers and listeners. It can be followed, therefore, by all students.

Assessment: Oral examination.

Professors: Francesco Giorgino

Learning Outcomes: What facts become news? Why are some events deemed newsworthy by journalists and others are not brought to the attention of the mass audience? And furthermore: why is some information presented with particular emphasis so as to be deemed of importance by directors and deputy directors and editorial chiefs of news media, while other information is given only limited coverage? These are some of the questions this course in Newsmaking will answer.

Textbooks: The course material will be presented on analytical slides covering the main theoretical issues addressed in class, reference to textbooks and scientific journals dealing with the macro issues of journalism and of information (books and magazines that will be recommended at the beginning of the course), daily papers, online newspapers, editions of tv and radio news broadcasts, news agency reports and press releases.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T042/0/L21BBBASE/2018

NUDGING: BEHAVIORAL INSIGHTS FOR REGULATION AND PUBLIC POLICY (6 ECTS)

Course contents: • In the first module we will review behavioral notions and insights relevant for public policy design. In particular we will review the notion of bounded rationality and its relevance for public policy, i.e. how policy makers can use boundedly rational (biased) judgment and decision making to nudge citizens towards better choices, and how to cognitively empower citizens to overcome bias. • In the second module we will look at the main instruments for evidence‐based public policy: experiments and policy tools based on behavioral insights and useful to promote behavior change through evidence‐driven public policy. Students will learn how to design and run experiments, in order to create evidence validating and justifying the use of behavioral insights in public policy design. • In the third module, students will delve into a specific topic and build a project around it. Macro‐areas from which topic will be chosen include some or all of: sustainability, consumer protection, privacy, financial

130

literacy, behavioral ethics, disclosure and conflict of interest, corporate governance, risk perception and management, public consultation. Students are encouraged to propose relevant topics not included in the above list. By the end of the second module, students will have selected a topic among the ones discussed in class. The topic will be developed into a group project to be presented to the rest of the class class during the third module of the course.

Code: T076

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring




Assessment: Grading will be based on class participation (20%), project work (40%), and a final exam or paper (40%).

Professors: Fabrizio Cafaggi / Giacomo Sillari

Learning Outcomes: This course aims at providing a hands‐on introduction to evidence‐based regulation and public policy. The course will be heavily discussion‐ and participation‐based, and will be organized in three modules: fundamentals of behavioral insights; nudging and experimental tools; applications to specific topics. At the end of this course students will have earned an understanding of what behavioral sciences and behavioral insights are, and how they can, should and should not be applied to public policy. Students will learn theoretical and practical tools during the first part of the course and they will then be asked to put such instruments to use in designing a public policy and ways to gather evidence validating it. Project work will target a specific issue chosen from the macro‐areas discussed in the weeks preceeding students' presentations: students will provide a hypothesis of policy recommendation based on behavioral insights and will provide an experimental design intended to validate the hypothesis put forth in the project.

Textbooks: 1) The textbook is Dilip Soman, The Last Mile, University of Toronto Press, of which we will read about two chapters per week. Instructors also provide a list of readings for students interested in specific topics (including suggested readings above). The reading list for the group project (see suggested readings for weeks 7) will have to be discussed with and approved by the instructors. Students who successfully complete their project work and the final exam will likely have learned the readings marked by stars.


PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: FIRST PART ‐ What is a firm and how the firm interacts with stakeholders and shareholders ‐ Balancing the interests of multiple stakeholders SECOND PART: the role of financial information ‐ Understanding the accounting methodology with reference to data gathering, processing, classification and recording ‐ Understanding the techniques at the basis of financial reporting preparation

131

‐ Identifying the areas which areas which are particularly subject to managerial discretion ‐ Evaluating financial statements items, according to accounting principles (IAS/IFRS) ‐ The role of financial information for external purposes: for investor analysis ‐ The role of financial information for internal purposes: for managerial analysis and for decision making.

Code: TDS08


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Students must also have the basic knowledge of english accounting terms (account payables, account receivables, inventory, fair value, unearned revenues, pre‐paid costs, etc.)

Assessment: ‐ Oral Exam ‐ Class Participation ‐ Group assignments The exam is a final oral exam and counts 70% of the grade (structured with multiple choices, exercises and open questions). The remaining 30% is related to the project group assignment For Not Attending Student, the exam is a final oral exam and counts 100% of the grade.

Professors: Francesco Paolone / Belen Villalonga

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide the role of performance measurements in supporting managers in the definition of strategy and in their day‐to‐day activities. It is important for firms to generate successful strategic ideas, to motivate managers to implement strategies, to identify and manage strategic risks and, finally, to create stakeholders' trust. In these respects, performance measurements play a crucial role through the reporting systems that serve to communicate actual performance to both managers and stakeholders in a way that fosters learning from experience, supporting the generation of stakeholders' trust. The course is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to analyze and discuss financial statements and evaluate their effects on performance. We analyze the main concepts of financial statement according to IAS/IFRS framework.

Textbooks: Reference book to be defined Slides Readings and papers with a case study analysis (to be defined)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/TDS08/0/1DSL2BASE/2018

POPULATION ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINIBILITY (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course models, lays out and discusses some among the many perspectives on sustainability that exist. This exercise reveals a wide spectrum of contrasting conceptual presumptions and significant value disagreements, which are usually left implicit and whose structure is sometimes under‐theorized. The course makes them explicit and explores their structure. By laying out different models in full analytical clarity, it identifies basic points of dispute by diagnosing their conceptual and axiological origin.

132

Throughout, the course contextualizes such disputes within the framework of controversial sustainability issues, to test whether inter‐model theoretical disagreement is indeed as radical as to inevitably result in irreconcilable policy proposals, or whether there might be ways, at least in some cases, to coherently link different models in view of integrated policy. Whenever theoretical integration appears possible and justified, the course will advance reasoned suggestions on what its policy implications may look like. Such proposals will take the form of exemplary cases studies and thought experiments; or they will be interactively elicited in class.

Code: T038

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring




Assessment: Presentations and Final paper to be defended during Oral Exam

Professors: Marcello Di Paola / Antonio Golini

Learning Outcomes: The study of sustainability has a relatively brief but much contested history. The field comprises a vast array of debates and invites contributions from numerous disciplines. While no one doubts that sustainability is in some way important, disagreement is widespread on fundamental questions such as what sustainability is and how it is to be pursued. Most agree that sustainability has to do with some balancing of economic, social, and environmental concerns, but disagree on what that balancing should look like. This drives the configuration of distinct models of sustainability, which in turn foster different understandings of the sustainability project and different ways to frame sustainability issues. They also individuate different variables as fundamental to explain the structure and etiology of such issues, and deliver different prescriptions as to how to tackle them. While this variety undoubtedly works to enrich intellectual debate, the contrasting signals that it sends make it an obstacle to coherent theorizing. Because the way we think about things changes the way we describe and measure them, and policy needs descriptions and measurements, contrasted theorizing may ultimately hinder timely and effective policy. Mapping sustainability theory is thus an important step towards a better navigation of its practice. If sustainability is to be effectively pursued, it is crucial that debates be conducted, and policies configured, having clearly in view the complex, multifarious, layered, and often contradictory perspectives that inform the different ways in which sustainability is conceptualized. Ultimately, the course aims at clarifying, refining, and at times suggesting conceptual and axiological bases for sustainability theory and practice. In other words, it wants to clarify what we think sustainability may be, on what grounds we should pursue it, and how.

Textbooks: As cited


PUBLIC ECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Measuring the size of the public sector. Fundamentals of welfare economics. Income inequalities.

133

Code: T029

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall





Professors: Emanuele Brancati / Valentina Meliciani

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to analyse the role of the public sector in the economy. The course will explore the reasons behind government intervention, the design of taxation and public expenditure policies, public deficits and debt. Particular attention will be devoted to the trade‐off between efficiency and equity and to income inequalities. Case studies and references to real‐world programs and policies are an important part of the course ensuring that students understand the policy applications of what they learn.

Textbooks: 1) Economics of the Public Sector, Fourth Edition, Stiglitz and Rosengard, Norton.

2) Professor's slides. 3) Survey papers.


PUBLIC FINANCE (8 ECTS) Scienza delle finanze

Course contents:

Public finance, the balance of the State and the Italian financial act.

The reasons of public intervention, welfare economics and market failure. Public incomes, taxonomy of taxes, main taxes of the Italian fiscal system, distorting effects of taxes, efficient and equitable taxations.

The Italian Health Care system. The Social Security system. The third pillar.

Code: 062

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites no


Professors: Angelo Cremonese / Alessandra Taccone

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to introduce the students to the main contents of public economics and finance, focusing on the role of taxation; the themes concerning the different kinds of taxes and duties will be deepened, as well as their connection to the offer of public goods and services.The course will explore the design of taxation system, public expenditure policies, public debt and deficit notion. Particular attention will be paid to trade‐off between efficiency and equity and to analyze the economic effects of taxation.

Textbooks: Adopted texts: 1) ROSEN H. S. (2014), SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE, MCGRAWHILL‐ P. BOSI

(2015), CORSO DI SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE, IL MULINO ‐ P. BOSI, M.C.

134

GUERRA (2016), I TRIBUTI NELL’ECONOMIA ITALIANA, IL MULINO2) Suggested readings‐ CREMONESE A. (2006) LA SPESA PUBBLICA PER LA

SANITA', QUADERNI DPTEA N. 151, LUISS GUIDO CARLI ‐ CREMONESE A. (2006) IL SISTEMA SANITARIO ITALIANO: UNA CONFIGURAZIONE REGIONALE DEL MODELLO PUBBLICO, QUADERNI DPTEA N. 152, LUISS GUIDO CARLI ‐ CREMONESE A. (2006) L’IMPOSTA PROGRESSIVA SUL REDDITO DELLE PERSONE FISICHE E LA TASSAZIONE PROPOZIONALE DEI REDDITI DI CAPITALE, QUADERNI DPTEA N. 153, LUISS GUIDO CARLI ‐ EMMANUELE F. M. E. (2008), IL TERZO PILASTRO. IL NON PROFIT MOTORE DEL NUOVO WELFARE, EDIZIONI SCIENTIFICHE ITALIANE‐ TACCONE A. (2006), IL DIBATTITO SULLA TASSAZIONE DELLE SOCIETÀ, QUADERNI DEPTEA N. 143, LUISS GUIDO CARLI



Course contents: Taxation and public expenditure systems in the OECD countries; the market failure; the economic effects of taxes; the economic effects of public expenditure; the public debt; the taxation of the digital economy; the economic theory of tax evasion and the empirical evidence.

Code: 062

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites A basic knowledge of microeconomics is required


Professors: Mauro Marè

Learning Outcomes: To provide the basic tools of public sector economics; in particular, the economic effects of taxes (income tax, VAT, etc.) and public exenditure (pensions, health). Some special issues will be addressed, such as the economics of digital economy and the the economics of tax evasion.

Textbooks: 1) Ernesto Longobardi, Economia Tributaria, McGraw Hill, 2010



Course contents: The course will focus on public finance and its role in the income redistribution process. The course will also analyse the social and economic impact of fiscla policy in an international framework.

Code: 062

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Having attended macro and microeconomics might be preferable


Professors: Roberta De Santis

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to make students understand the main aspects of the public intervention in the economy

135

Textbooks: 1) Stiglitz J., "Economia del settore pubblico vol I", Hoepli Milano (last edition)



Course contents: In the course we introduce the economic theory of taxation, efficiency, public intervention, and we cdescribe the Italian system (federalism, public debt, and taxes).

Code: 062

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Microeconomics, macroeconomics, math, finance and statistics.


Professors: Mauro Mare' / Chiara Oldani

Learning Outcomes: Moving from the knowledge acquired in previous compulsory courses, the course will: a) describe targets and tools of public intervention; b) analyse the effects of public intervention; c) show the criteria for the evaluation and comparison of public intervention; d) introduce the principles of public finance; e) describe the capability to use fiscal tools, with particular attention to Italy.

Textbooks: 1) Ernesto Longobardi, Economia Tributaria, Mc Graw Hill, 3a edizione, 2017

2) Paolo Bosi, Scienza delle Finanze, Il Mulino, 2015 (cap.2, 4, 5, 8)



Course contents: Taxation and public expenditure systems in the OECD countries; the market failure; the economic effects of taxes; the economic effects of public expenditure; the public debt; the taxation of the digital economy; the economic theory of tax evasion and the empirical evidence.

Code: 062

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites A basic knowledge of microeconomics is required


Professors: Mauro Milillo

Learning Outcomes: To provide the basic tools of public sector economics; in particular, the economic effects of taxes (income tax, VAT, etc.) and public exenditure (pensions, health). Some special issues will be addressed, such as the economics of digital economy and the the economics of tax evasion.

Textbooks: 1) Ernesto Longobardi, Economia Tributaria, McGraw Hill, 2010


136

REVISION, PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND TECHNICAL VOCATIONAL TRAINING (8 ECTS) Revisione, deontologia e tecnica professionale

Course contents: PART ONE Consolidated annual report: preparation and presentation Computation of income taxes and the preparation of the fiscal consolidation PART TWO The CNDCEC ‐ National Council of Professional and Expert Accounting: Legislative Decree June 28, 2005 n. 139. Basics of professional deontology THIRD PART Statutory audit: Legislative decree N. 39, of 27 January 2010 modified by D.Lgs 135/2016 that introduced the Directive on statutory audit 2006/43/CEAnalysis of an International Auditing standard

Code: AL7

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites General knowledge of business administration and accounting

Assessment: Oral exam. In mid‐course, an intermediate written test is envisaged, which may, for 50%, contribute to the definition of the final vote.

Professors: Alessandro Mechelli

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students the main operative instruments required to be chartered accountant, developing in particular the issues related to auditing, consolidated financial statement as well as the professional deontology.

Textbooks: 1) L. Potito, Le operazioni straordinarie nell'economia delle imprese. Quinta edizione rivista, aggiornata e ampliata. Giappichelli, 2016.

2) L. Cadeddu, A. Portalupi. La revisione legale dei conti, 2015 (Normativa di riferimento, Principi di revisione, Incarichi professionali, Responsabilità del revisore, Il sistema di controllo interno) Documents issued by CNDCEC.

3) Other teaching materials (slides and readings) will be shown and distributed by teacher during the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AL7/0/1EEL2BASE/2018

SERVICES MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Understanding the dematerialization of consumption and its impact on global economy. v Creating service products and building brand equity. v Services environment: feelings as a main driver of customer responses. v The human factor: management of human resources for service advantage. v Understanding demand and managing capacity: the psychology of waiting time. v Service pricing strategies. v The services integrated marketing communication plan. v The impact of internet on service distribution. v Customers participation in creating a service blueprint. v Customer loyalty strategies: creating actual value for the customers. v Service recovery: dealing with complaining customers.

Code: T062

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring

137



Prerequisites Knowledge of basic marketing concepts.

Assessment: For attending students: Teamwork: assignments, cases, essays, (40%) Individual: class participation (10%) Individual: written (re‐)examination with essay questions (50%) For non attending students: Individually written (re‐)examination with essay questions (100%)

Professors: Rumen Ivaylov Pozharliev

Learning Outcomes: The services sector plays a key role in the economy of both developed and developing countries as its contribution to the employment and GDP increases each year. The rapid growth of technology (e.g. M‐commerce, social networks, apps, artificial intelligence, and biometrics) has caused major changes in consumer behavior and lifestyles. The modern‐day consumer demands personalized offerings that can satisfy not only his functional, but also his emotional needs. Services are taking leading role in understanding and fulfilling contemporary customer demands. Companies from all sectors start to use new marketing tools, business strategies and technologies in response to the changing market environment and with the ultimate goal to satisfy the constantly increasing in complexity customers needs. This course aims to provide students with general understanding of the unique challenges inherent in today’s increasingly service‐intense and knowledge‐based economy. Students are introduced to the latest concept, strategies, and tools for innovation and management of services. The main focus in this course will be on the customer experiences: co‐creation of value, building loyalty, and service recovery. Learning Objectives v Understand the key characteristics of services marketing. v Learn how to develop marketing strategies that capitalize on these key characteristics. v Apply the acquired knowledge to solve business problems related to these characteristics (e.g. customer relationship development, services recovery, and customer loyalty).

Textbooks: For attending students: ‐ J. Wirtz and C. Lovelock (2016), “Services Marketing: People,

Technology, Strategy”, World Scientific Publishing, 8th Edition Selected articles from academic and business journals

For non attending students: ‐ J. Wirtz and C. Lovelock (2016), “Services Marketing: People,

Technology, Strategy”, World Scientific Publishing, 8th Edition Selected articles from academic and business journals


SOCIAL SCIENCE AND PUBLIC POLICIES (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Enacting good policies as an interdisciplinary effort: in order to build better policies and to solve societal problems, a deep understanding of how policies are created, when they need to be introduced and how to assess their consequences is required. This class will cover theoretical and practical tools necessary in the policy‐making process. It will draw from several social sciences that are usually covered in a Political science or PPE bachelor (economics, political science, sociology) and cognitive sciences, selecting topics that are most relevant for drafting and assessing policies.

138

These building blocks will be inserted in most recent guidelines and best practices for better regulation. We will learn how to quantify costs and benefits in order to decide when to pass (and when not to pass) a regulation. We will try to understand how different regulatory instruments works, what are their trade‐offs. We will understand also why there are policy failures, what are the incentives of the political actors involved, and where distortions in policy making come from.

Code: T078

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic understanding of microeconomics, sociology and political science.

Assessment: Oral examination: 40% Group project: 40% Class participation (both in class and online): 20%

Professors: Rosamaria Bitetti

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to create a bridge between theoretical insight from the major social sciences and the process of public policies creation in the real world. It will provide the students with a deeper understanding of the theoretical basis for daily political and regulation choices, as well as building a toolbox for future policy analysts and policy makers.

Textbooks: A collection of short academic essays, feature articles, official documents and guidelines will be available online in the Learn Platform, building a “Public Policy and Social Science Students’ Reader”. Advance reading for each week topic is encouraged, the Reader is a required material for the final examination. Further optional readings and case materials will be posted on the Luiss Learn platform weekly as well.


SPORT LAW (6 ECTS) Diritto dello sport

Course contents: The Course offers both educational and professional contents: 1) Educational contents: relationship between organization of sports, the State and the European Union, and also between their regulations and the different justice systems; analysis of international and national sports law system; analysis of the evolution of the relationship between clubs and sport professionals; sports employment law and European and Italian case‐law; the "White Paper on Sport"; civil and criminal liability in sports; doping; sponsorship; TV rights. 2) Professional content: practical Teacher‐Students meetings, aimed at stimulate the interest of student with regard to prospective work opportunities in sports: A) as Sports Law Lawyers (through several case‐law classes, with simulations of court proceedings relevant to real Sports justice cases‐law, where students are required to act as Lawyers of the parties and carry out the relevant debates, explaining the arguments of the parties, or to act as Judges, making the relevant decisions and explaining the motivation); or B) as Sports Managers (through several classes held by Sports Managers, Managers of Sports Federations or Clubs, as well as by The chairman of the Italian Olympic Committee (CONI) Giovanni Malagò, as teaching staff; these ones shall be practical classes aimed at bringing to students concrete experience of top Italian Sports Managers.

Code: 627


139

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No specific requirements, but a general knowledge of the following are recommended: Administrative Law, employment Law, European Union, Civil, Commercial and Criminal Law.

Assessment: Oral midterm and oral final exams ‐ assessment of Students attitudes during Court proceeding simulations.

Professors: Enrico Lubrano / Giovanni Malago'

Learning Outcomes: Firstly, the Course is aimed at studying Sports Law and in particular the different fields of the same (as interdisciplinary subject matter), through the analysis of the relevant regulations and main recent cases‐law of Sports Administrative Law, Sports Employment Law, European Sports Law, as well as Civil Law, Commercial Law and Crime Law. In addition, the Course intends to provide students with a realistic perspective on Sports career opportunities, not only as lawyers, but also as Sports Law managers. On this basis, at the end of the Course, the most deserving students will be awarded with internship programs in Law Firms (focusing on Sports Law), Sports Institutions and Sport Clubs.

Textbooks: 1) “Diritto dello Sport” (Lubrano‐Musumarra).

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/627/0/L21BBBASE/2018

STATISTICS (8 ECTS) Statistica

Course Contents: Theoretical lessons: Statistical variables. Frequency distributions. Data Graphical representations. Mesures of position. Variability. Random experiment and events. Probability axioms and theorems. Conditional probability. Independence. Univariate and bivariate random variables, discrete and continue random variables. Common probability distributions. Central limit theorem. Introduction to random sampling. Point Estimation. Interval Estimation. Statistical hypothesis testing. Correlation. Simple linear regression. Practical lessons dealing with real‐world examples

Code: 456

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall


140


Prerequisites none

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists in a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm written exam will be held in the week scheduled for the intemediate tests. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam during the first session will then concern the topics covered in the second part of the course only. Besides, two assignments aimed at implementing a statistical analysis of real data (to be done using EXCEL) will be due during the course: the first one to be completed by the day of the midterm written exam and the second one by the end of the course. These assignments are compulsory for regular students and optional for non regular students. The related assessment can’t be refused. The final grade of the exam is computed by summing up the average mark obtained in the two written exams (weight 50% each) and the average mark obtained in the two real‐data assignments, with weights equal to 80% and 20%, respectively. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions.The student who doesn’t pass or refuses the vote in the first exam of the winter session is required to take the full written test in the second exam and will be evaluated entirely on it (neither the midterm written test nor the assessment of the assignment of analysis of real data will be considered).In the subsequent exam sessions, the candidate will be evaluated exclusivelyin the written test.

Professors: Gianluca Cubadda

Learning Outcomes: The main aim is to endow students with basic statistical tools for collecting and analysing univariate and bivariate data. Descriptive statistics provide methods for data explorative analysis. Probability theory provides models for phenomena which are subject to uncertainty. Statistical inference provides methods for analysing data obtained from random experiments.

Textbooks: 1) A.C. MONTI (2008), Introduzione alla Statistica, ESI.


141


Course contents: Theoretical lessons: Statistical variables. Frequency distributions. Data Graphical representations. Mesures of position. Variability. Random experiment and events. Probability axioms and theorems. Conditional probability. Independence. Univariate and bivariate random variables, discrete and continue random variables. Common probability distributions. Central limit theorem. Introduction to random sampling. Point Estimation. Interval Estimation. Statistical hypothesis testing. Correlation. Simple linear regression. Practical lessons dealing with real‐world examples

Code: 456

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists in a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm written exam will be held in the week scheduled for the intemediate tests. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam during the first session will then concern the topics covered in the second part of the course only. Besides, two assignments aimed at implementing a statistical analysis of real data (to be done using EXCEL) will be due during the course: the first one to be completed by the day of the midterm written exam and the second one by the end of the course. These assignments are compulsory for regular students and optional for non regular students. The related assessment can’t be refused. The final grade of the exam is computed by summing up the average mark obtained in the two written exams (weight 50% each) and the average mark obtained in the two real‐data assignments, with weights equal to 80% and 20%, respectively. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions.The student who doesn’t pass or refuses the vote in the first exam of the winter session is required to take the full written test in the second exam andwill be evaluated entirely on it (neither the midterm

142

written test nor the assessment of the assignment of analysis of real data will be considered).In the subsequent exam sessions, the candidate will be evaluated exclusivelyin the written test.

Professors: Pier Luigi Conti






Code: 456

Major: Core subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists of a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self‐service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm written exam will be held in the week scheduled for the intermediate tests. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam during the first session will then concern the topics covered in the

143

second part of the course only. Besides, two assignments aimed at implementing a statistical analysis of real data (to be done using EXCEL) will be due during the course: the first one to be completed by the day of the midterm written exam and the second one by the end of the course. These assignments are compulsory for regular students and optional for non‐regular students. The related assessment can’t be refused. The final grade of the exam is computed by summing up the average mark obtained in the two written exams (weight 50% each) and the average mark obtained in the two real‐data assignments, with weights equal to 80% and 20%, respectively. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions. The student who doesn’t pass or refuses the vote in the first exam of the winter session is required to take the full written test on the second exam and will be evaluated entirely on it (neither the midterm written test nor the assessment of the assignment of analysis of real data will be considered). In the subsequent exam sessions, the candidate will be evaluated exclusively in the written test.

Professors: Marianna Brunetti






Code: 456

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None.

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a

144

picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists in a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm written exam will be held in the week scheduled for the intemediate tests. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam during the first session will then concern the topics covered in the second part of the course only. Besides, two assignments aimed at implementing a statistical analysis of real data (to be done using EXCEL) will be due during the course: the first one to be completed by the day of the midterm written exam and the second one by the end of the course. These assignments are compulsory for regular students and optional for non regular students. The related assessment can’t be refused. The final grade of the exam is computed by summing up the average mark obtained in the two written exams (weight 50% each) and the average mark obtained in the two real‐data assignments, with weights equal to 80% and 20%, respectively. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions. The student who doesn’t pass or refuses the vote in the first exam of the winter session is required to take the full written test in the second exam and will be evaluated entirely on it (neither the midterm written test nor the assessment of the assignment of analysis of real data will be considered). In the subsequent exam sessions, the candidate will be evaluated exclusively in the written test.

Professors: Livia De Giovanni


Textbooks: 1) A.C. MONTI (2008), Introduzione alla Statistica, ESI. Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/456/D/1EEL2BASE/2018


Course contents: Theoretical lessons: Statistical variables. Frequency distributions. Data Graphical representations. Mesures of position. Variability. Random experiment and events. Probability axioms and theorems. Conditional probability. Independence.

145

Univariate and bivariate random variables, discrete and continue random variables. Common probability distributions. Central limit theorem. Introduction to random sampling. Point Estimation. Interval Estimation. Statistical hypothesis testing. Correlation. Simple linear regression. Practical lessons dealing with real‐world examples

Code: 456

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None.

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists in a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm written exam will be held in the week scheduled for the intemediate tests. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam during the first session will then concern the topics covered in the second part of the course only. Besides, two assignments aimed at implementing a statistical analysis of real data (to be done using EXCEL) will be due during the course: the first one to be completed by the day of the midterm written exam and the second one by the end of the course. These assignments are compulsory for regular students and optional for non regular students. The related assessment can’t be refused. The final grade of the exam is computed by summing up the average mark obtained in the two written exams (weight 50% each) and the average mark obtained in the two real‐data assignments, with weights equal to 80% and 20%, respectively. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions. The student who doesn’t pass or refuses the vote in the first exam of the winter session is required to take the full written test in the second exam and will be evaluated entirely on it (neither the midterm written test nor the assessment of the assignment of analysis of real data will be considered). In the subsequent exam sessions, the candidate will be evaluated exclusively in the written test.

Professors: Stefano Grassi

146


Textbooks: 1) A.C. MONTI (2008), Introduzione alla Statistica, ESI. Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/456/E/1EEL2BASE/2018

STATISTICS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: ‐ Elements of probability theory and main probability distributions. ‐ Descriptive statistics: data sets description and summarization; correlation in bivariate data

sets. Statistical inference: sampling statistics; point estimation and confidence intervals; hypothesis testing.

‐ Linear regression. Code: TDS05


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites One semester of Math prior to taking the course.

Assessment: Written exam.

Professors: Marco Perone Pacifico

Learning Outcomes: The goal of this course is to produce statistically educated students, which means that students should develop statistical literacy and the ability to think statistically.

Textbooks: Suggested readings: 1) Ross, Sheldon M. Introductory statistics. Academic Press. 2) Agresti, Franklin and Klingenberg. Statistics: The Art and Science of Learning from Data. Pearson. 3) Ross, Sheldon M. Introduction to probability and statistics for engineers and scientists. Elsevier.


TAX LAW (8 ECTS) Diritto tributario

Course contents: This course consists of a “general module” and a "special module". In the general module, the fundamental issues of tax law are examined. In particular, the notion of tax, the constitutional principles and other sources ‐ including international and European ones ‐ of the tax law, the interpretation of tax law, the effectiveness of the tax rules in time and space, the characteristics and the history of the tax duty, the subjects involved in tax relations, the tax assessment and collection. In the special module, the main issues concerning tax provisions, with particular reference to Personal Income Tax (IRPEF), Company Income Tax (IRES) and Value Added Tax (IVA) are examined.

Code: 766

Major: Elective

147

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basics of Constitutional Law, Commercial Law and Civil Law.

Assessment: Oral exam 100%

Professors: Livia Salvini

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to provide students with a depth knowledge on the main fundamental issues concerning Tax Law, as well as on the main Italian Taxes, with particular reference to Personal Income Tax (IRPEF), Company Income Tax (IRES) and Value Added Tax (IVA). The course also aims to develop students' skills necessary to analyze laws, to relate general tax principles to single taxes and to acquire advanced techniques.

Textbooks: 1) Russo‐Fransoni‐Castaldi, Istituzioni di diritto tributario, Giuffrè, 2016. 2) For a further analysis, the following support materials (available on the

homepage of the course under the heading course materials) are suggested: ‐ SALVINI L., Federalismo fiscale; ‐ MELIS G., Il principio di capacità contributiva.

3) It is also required the use of the fondamental fiscal law updated to 2018.


TAX LAW (8 ECTS) Diritto Tributario

Course contents:

The tax revenues.

Constitutional principles in tax matters.

Sources of tax law.

Tax law and its scope.

The constitutive elements of the a tax obligation.

Tax liability execution.

Tax sanctions system.

The income taxation system and VAT.

Code: 766

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Private and public law principles.


Professors: Fabio Marchetti

Learning Outcomes: The course is finalized to provide to students a thorough knowledge of main principle tax law subject and a bird’s eye view on in force Italian fiscal system

Textbooks: 1) Pasquale Russo, Istituzioni di diritto tributario, ed. Giuffrè, 2016

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/766/B/3GSLMBASE/2018

148


Course contents:

tax law in the Italian tax system – compulsory contribution, levies and the principle of legality – the ability to pay principle – temporal and spatial limits of tax legislations – interpretation and tax avoidance – national, European and international sources – taxable persons – tax obligation – how to enforce tax obligations – tax return, tax settlement and formal controls – tax audit – assessment phase – tax assessment – internal review of administrative acts, ruling and alternative dispute resolution ‐ personal income tax (IRPEF): general principles and schedular income – business income: notion and general principles – Corporate Income Tax (IRES): general principles – VAT

Code: 766

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites /

Assessment: Oral exam: 4 questions on 1) General Principles; 2) Enforcing tax rules; 3) IRPEF/IRES; 4) VAT. To pass the exam the knowledge of the all four topics is required.

Professors: Giuseppe Melis

Learning Outcomes: Firstly, the course is aimed at providing the students with the most relevant general tax law concepts. These concern both the principles and the procedural aspects, with a specific focus on the relationship with the concepts and instruments developed by other branches of law and the relevant case law. Secondly, a part on more specific issues will follow. Personal income tax, corporate income tax and VAT will be analysed in order to provide the students with the knowledge of the basics of the three most important taxes in the Italian tax system.

Textbooks: 1) G. MELIS, Lezioni di diritto tributario, 6° edizione, Giappichelli, (to be published June 2018). Chapters from I to XVI and from XX to XXIII, exclusive of: ‐ chapter III., par. 9; ‐ chapter VIIII, par. 5‐6‐7; ‐ chapter XVI, par. 11‐12.

2) Moreover, the programme does not include the grey boxes. 3) Students have to know the relative legislation, and, therefore, they need

to buy a tax code. The latter must be updated and include (at least): the Constitution, L. 212/2000 ‐ Taxpayer bill of rights act; T.U.I.R. n. 917/86; d.p.r. n. 633/72 – VAT; d.p.r. n. 600/73 – assessment.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/766/C/3GSLMBASE/2018


Course contents:

The tax revenues. Constitutional principles in tax matters. Sources of tax law. Tax law and its scope. The constitutive elements of the a tax obligation. Tax liability execution. Tax sanctions system. The income taxation system and VAT.

Code: 766

149

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Private and public law principles.


Professors: Laura Castaldi

Learning Outcomes: The course is finalized to provide to students a thorough knowledge of main principle tax law subject and a bird’s eye view on in force Italian fiscal system.

Textbooks: 1) Pasquale Russo, Istituzioni di diritto tributario, ed. Giuffrè, 2016

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/766/D/3GSLMBASE/2018

THE WORLD ECONOMY SINCE 1870 (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course is an introduction to the history of the international economy from the mid‐nineteenth century to the present. The integration (and disintegration) of international markets will be one of our focal points. We shall discuss the conditions that favored open versus closed economies and the political economy thereof, but also productivity growth, the evolution of financial institutions, changes in the international monetary systems, income distribution, convergence (and divergence) among individual economies. The analytical framework will be drawn from the theories of growth, international trade and policy.

Code: T081

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: The final grade is based on a) mid‐term written test (multiple‐answer questions and short essay) on material covered in class up to week 7 (40% of the final grade), b) written examination (essay on material covered in class from week 8 to the end of classes (40% of the final grade), c) classroom participation and presentations (20%). Students not taking the mid‐term test and/or not making the classroom presentation will have to take a full written exam (multiple‐answer questions and essay) on the material covered in the entire course (weeks 1‐12)

Professors: Giovanni Toniolo

Learning Outcomes: Not specified

Textbooks: PLEASE NEOT THAT BOTH THE SYLLABUS AND THE ASSIGNED READINGS ARE SUBJECT TO SMALL CAHNGES AND ADJUSTMENTS (PARTICULARLY ON THE LAST PART OF THE COURSE WHICH TAKES INTO ACCOUNT THE LATEST DEVELOPMENTS IN THE WORLD ECONOMY) A FINAL SYLLABUS WILL BE CIRCULATED TO STUDENTS ON THE FIRST DAY OF CLASSES A) TEXTBOOK 1) FINDLAY R. AND O’ROURKE K. (2007), Power and Plenty, Princeton NJ, Princeton U. P. B) REQUIRED READINGS 2) BROADBERRY S. (2015) “Accounting for the Great Divergence”, mimeo 3) CEPR (2015) Rebooting the Eurozone, London

150

4) CHILOSI D. and G.FEDERICO (2015), “Early Globalizations: the integration of Asia in the world economy”, Explorations in Economic History, 1‐18. 5) GORDON R. (2012), “Is US Economic Growth Over? Faltering Innovation confronts the six headwinds”, NBER Working Papers 18315 6) KUZNETS S.(1973), “Modern Economic Growth: Findings and Reflections”, American Economic Review, Vol 63, pp. 247‐258 IMF (2017), World Economic Outlook, Washington D.C. 7) O’ROURKE, (2017) “Two Great Trade Collapses: The Interwar Period & the Great Recession Compared, CEPR Discussion Papers 12286, London 8) O’ROURKE K. and J: WILLIAMSON (1994), “The Nineteenth Century Anglo‐American Factor‐Price Convergence. Were Heckscher and Olhin Right?”, The Journal of Economic History, Vol 54, 892‐916. 9)SUMMERS L. (2014) “Reflections on the new ‘Secular Stagnation Hypothesis’”, Vox, 30 October. 10) TIMMER et al (2013) “Rethinking competitiveness: the global value chain revolution”, Vox, 23 June 11) WILLIAMSON J. (1998), “Globalization, Labor Markets and Policy Backlash in the Past”, Journal of Economic Perspectives, 51‐72

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/T081/0/2PSL2BASE/2018

151

COURSE PROFESSOR SEM. LANG ECTS ACCOUNTING AND BALANCE MUSAIO Fall IT 8

ADVANCED ANALITICS FOR THE BUSINESS

CARLEI Fall IT 4

ALGORITHMS ITALIANO Spring EN 8

AN INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING ROSSI Spring EN 8

APPLIED STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS

LACH/POZZI Fall EN 8

BIOETHICS GARASIC Spring EN 6

BOOKKEEPING AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INCOLLINGO Fall IT 8


MUSCO Fall IT 8


SARCONE Fall IT 8


PINTO Fall IT 8

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MUSAIO Fall IT 8

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DI DONATO Fall IT 8

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION IZZO Fall IT 8

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DI LAZZARO Fall IT 8

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FIORI Fall IT 8

BUSINESS LAW I FARENGA Spring IT 8

BUSINESS LAW I DONATIVI Spring IT 8

BUSINESS LAW 1 LENER Spring IT 8

BUSINESS LAW I MACRI’ Spring IT 8

BUSINESS LAW I DI BRINA Spring IT 8

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION CASALINO Fall IT 8

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION CICCHETTI Fall IT 8

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION SPAGNOLETTI Fall IT 8

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION MOSCHERA Fall IT 8

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION INNOCENTI Fall IT 8

BUSINESS STATISTIC BIGGERI Fall IT 8

CAPITAL MARKETS VITALE Spring EN 8

COMPANY COMMUNICATION AND HR MANAGEMENT

COCOZZA Spring IT 8

COMPUTER SCIENCE ZA Spring IT 6

COMPUTER SCIENCE NALDI Spring IT 6

COMPUTER SCIENCE QUERINI Spring IT 6

COMPUTER SCIENCE BERNASCHI Spring IT 6

COMPUTER SCIENCE LAURA Spring IT 6

CONTROL MANAGEMENT BASTIA Spring IT 8

CORPORATE FINANCE ORIANI Fall IT 8

CORPORATE FINANCE MATTARROCCI Fall IT 8

CORPORATE FINANCE BOZZI Fall IT 8

BACHELOR’S DEGREE SUMMARY TABLE OF COURSES

152

CORPORATE FINANCE MAZZEI Fall IT 8

CORPORATE FINANCE MURRO Fall IT 8

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSABILITY GENTILE Spring IT 6

DIGITAL MARKETING TRANSFORMATION & COSTUMER EXPERIENCE

D’AMBROSIO/PADUA Spring EN 8

DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES AND ORGANIZATIONAL AND SOCIAL CHANGES

ZA Spring IT 8

ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT

DEL GATTO/ IANNACCONE Spring EN 8

ECONOMICAL SOCIOLOGY FALLOCCO Spring IT 8

ECONOMICS AND PUBLIC UTILITIES MANAGEMENT

DANDI Spring IT 8

ELEMENTARY PROBABILITY TROIANI Fall EN 8

ENERGY ECONOMICS BOLLINO Spring EN 8

ENTREPRENEURSHIP, INNOVATION AND TECHNOLOGY

SOUITARIS Spring EN 8

EUROPEAN UNION POLICIES MONTI Spring IT 6

FINANCIAL INNOVATION PELLEGRINI Spring IT 8

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS OLIVIERI Fall IT 8

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS FOSCHINI Fall IT 8

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS MOTTURA Fall IT 8

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS FERSINI Fall IT 8

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS SAVELLI Fall IT 8

FINANCIAL OPERATIONS PREVITALI Spring IT 8

FINANCIAL REGULATION AND DIGITALIZATION

ROCCIA Spring IT 4

FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT JELL‐OJOBOR TBD TBD TBD

GENDER POLITICS DE BLASIO Spring EN 6

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS DI TARANTO Spring IT 6

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS MASCOLO Spring IT 6

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS FERRANDINO/LEPORE Spring IT 6

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS FARESE Spring IT 6

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS SANGIULIANO/ ESPOSITO Spring IT 6

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT DI TARANTO Spring IT 8

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT AND POLICY

CRISTIANO/ROSSELLI Fall EN 8

HR MANAGEMENT GABRIELLI Spring IT 8

INDUSTRIAL ECONOMY CASSETTA/ MONARCA Spring IT 8

INDUSTRIAL ECONOMY RULLANI Spring IT 8

INDUSTRIAL ECONOMY MELICIANI Spring IT 8

INDUSTRIAL ECONOMY POZZI Spring IT 8

INDUSTRIAL ECONOMY EVANGELISTA Spring IT 8

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS MANZOCCHI Spring EN 8

INTERNET LAW: SOCIAL MEDIA AND DISCRIMINATION

FALLETTA Spring IT 8

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

ALLULLI Fall EN 6

ITALIAN PRIVATE LAW PARDOLESI Fall IT 8

ITALIAN PRIVATE LAW CARLEO/MARTUCCELLI Fall IT 8

153

ITALIAN PRIVATE LAW DI CIOMMO Fall IT 8

ITALIAN PRIVATE LAW DI GRAVO Fall IT 8

ITALIAN PRIVATE LAW TROIANO Fall IT 8

LAW AND ECONOMICS MONTEDORO Spring IT 8

LAW AND ECONOMICS LEMMA/ SABBATELLI Spring IT 8

LAW AND ECONOMICS SEPE Spring IT 8

LAW AND ECONOMICS PELLEGRINI Spring IT 8

LAW AND ECONOMICS DI GASPARE Spring IT 8

LAW AND ECONOMICS (CORPORATE AND BUSINESS LAW; ANTITRUST AND REGULATION)

BRUNO/FAELLA Fall EN 10

LAW AND ECONOMICS (CORPORATE AND BUSINESS LAW; ANTITRUST AND REGULATION)

MILANI/SEGNI Fall EN 10

LEGAL SYSTEM IN THE DIGITAL AGE DI CIOMMO / PINELLI Spring EN 6

MACROECONOMICS AND ECONOMIC POLICY

REICHLIN Spring IT 8


PANDIMIGLIO Spring IT 8


VALLANTI Spring IT 8


NISTICO’ Spring IT 8


CESARONI Spring IT 8

MANAGEMENT PIROLO Spring IT 8

MANAGEMENT LEONE Spring IT 8

MANAGEMENT CAROLI/GOTTA Spring IT 8

MANAGEMENT DANDI Spring IT 8

MANAGEMENT BRUNETTA Spring IT 8

MARKET ECONOMY AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

CERRI Spring IT 8


COMANA Spring IT 8


PALLINI Spring IT 8


PREVITALI Spring IT 8


BOIDO Spring IT 8

MARKETING MARCATI Fall IT 8

MARKETING KORSCHUN/MARCATI Fall IT 8

MARKETING COSTABILE Fall IT 8

MARKETING DE ANGELIS Fall IT 8

MARKETING DEVETAG Fall IT 8

MARKETS AND STRATEGIES DEVETAG Spring EN 8

MATHEMATICS CACCIAFESTA Fall IT 8

MATHEMATICS PAPI Fall IT 8

MATHEMATICS STAFFA Fall IT 8

MATHEMATICS SCARLATTI Fall IT 8

154

MATHEMATICS DALL’AGLIO/ZANCO Fall IT 8

MATHEMATICS DALL’AGLIO/ZANCO Fall EN 8

METHODOLOGY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES INFANTINO Fall IT 8

MICROECONOMICS SCHIVARDI Spring IT 8

MICROECONOMICS DI CAGNO Spring IT 8

MICROECONOMICS GIORDANI Spring IT 8

MICROECONOMICS BASILE Spring IT 8

MICROECONOMICS GIANFREDA Spring IT 8

MICROECONOMICS IAMMARINO/MARENGO Spring EN 8

MONETARY AND CREDIT ECONOMICS MARZIONI Spring IT 8

NEWSMAKING GIORGINO Spring IT 4

NUDGING: BEHAVIORAL INSIGHTS FOR REGULATION AND PUBLIC POLICY

CAFAGGI/SILLARI Spring EN 6

PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS PAOLONE/VILLALONGA Fall EN 8

POPULATION ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINIBILITY

DI PAOLA/GOLINI Spring EN 6

PUBLIC ECONOMICS BRANCATI/MELICIANI Fall EN 8

PUBLIC FINANCE CREMONESE/TACCONE Fall IT 8

PUBLIC FINANCE MARE’ Fall IT 8

PUBLIC FINANCE DE SANTIS Fall IT 8

PUBLIC FINANCE MARE’/OLDANI Fall IT 8

PUBLIC FINANCE MILILLO Fall IT 8

REVISION, PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND TECHNICAL VOCATIONAL TRAINING

MECHELLI Spring IT 8

SERVICES MARKETING POZHARLIEV Spring EN 8

SOCIAL SCIENCE AND PUBLIC POLICIES BITETTI Spring EN 6

SPORT LAW LUBRANO/MALAGO’ Fall IT 6

STATISTICS CUBADDA Fall IT 8

STATISTICS CONTI Fall IT 8

STATISTICS BRUNETTI Fall IT 8

STATISTICS DE GIOVANNI Fall IT 8

STATISTICS GRASSI Fall IT 8

STATISTICS PACIFICO Spring EN 8

TAX LAW SALVINI Fall IT 8

TAX LAW MARCHETTI Fall IT 8

TAX LAW MELIS Fall IT 8

TAX LAW CASTALDI Fall IT 8

THE WORLD ECONOMY SINCE 1870 TONIOLO Spring EN 6

155

The master’s degree program in Business Management is a specialized course that provides students with advanced methods of business administration and management. Graduates of the Business Management program are characterized by their advanced understanding of business operations and their ability to develop a systemic and strategic vision. The program has four different areas of specialization:

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND FAMILY BUSINESS : for students interested in launching new projects or running existing small to medium businesses

ORGANIZATION AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: for those interested in the HR side of business

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: for those interested in working in consulting or managing companies of various sizes

INDIVIDUAL STUDY PLAN: for those who are interested in a working as a junior manager or external consultant.

MAJOR IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND FAMILY BUSINESS



Dinamiche Industriali Industrial Dynamics

6

I

IT

Diritto Societario Company Law

6 I IT

Progettazione Organizzativa Organizational design

6 I IT

Matematica Finanziaria (corso progredito) Financial Mathematics (Advanced)

8 I IT

Strategie d’Impresa Business Strategies

8 I IT

Analisi Finanziaria Financial Reporting

8 II IT

Economia per il management Economics for management

6 II IT

Finanza Aziendale Avanzato Advanced Corporate Finance

6 II IT

Management delle Imprese Internazionali International Business Management

8 II IT

MASTER’S DEGREES COURSE STRUCTURE

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

156

SECOND YEAR (2019/2020) Course (2 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

Business Modeling and Planning

6

I

EN Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital 6 I EN

Management and Governance of Family Firms 6 I EN

Management of innovation 6 I EN

Organizing innovation 6 I EN

2 Elective Courses 6+6 I/II IT/EN

MAJOR IN ORGANIZATION AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT



6

I

IT


6 I IT


6 I IT


8 I IT


8 I IT

Analisi Finanziaria e misurazione della performance Financial Reporting

8 II IT

Economia per il management Economy management

6 II IT


6 II IT


8 II IT


Comparative Corporate Governance 6 I EN Diritto del lavoro e relazioni industriali 6 I IT

Comportamento organizzativo 6 I IT

157

People Management and reward 6 I IT


MAJOR IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT



6

I

IT


6 I IT


6 I IT


8 I IT


8 I IT


8 II IT

Economia per il Management Economics for management

6 II IT


6 II IT


8 II IT


Business modeling and planning 6 I EN Digital and organizational innovation 6 I EN

Digital business transformation 6 I IT


Planning and control 6 I EN

Project management 6 I IT


158

INDIVIDUAL STUDY PLAN



6 I IT


6 I IT


6 I IT


8 I IT


8 I IT


8 II IT

Economia per il Management Economics for management

6 II IT


6 II IT


8 II IT

SECOND YEAR (2019/2020) Students who attend the individual study plan must choose 4 elective courses from the list below.

Elective Courses (4 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

Business modeling and planning 6 I EN

Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital 6 I EN Comparative corporate governance 6 I EN

Comportamento organizzativo 6 I IT

Digital and organizational innovation 6 I EN

Digital business transformation 6 I IT

Diritto del lavoro e relazioni industriali 6 I IT

Organizing innovation 6 I IT

Management and governance of family firms 6 I EN


People management and reward 6 I IT

Planning and control 6 I EN

Project management 6 I IT

159

ELECTIVE COURSES: At the end of the I year, students enrolled in any Major are required to choose

other 2 elective courses from all majors' core programs and electives. Students choosing the individual study plan will have to select 4 elective courses. Students from all majors are required to choose at least one course (mandatory or elective) in English.

ADDITIONAL CREDITS FOR ALL THE MAJORS: For the Languages please visit the website of University

Language Center.

Electives (2 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

Competition and high‐tech markets 6 I EN

Digital marketing 6 I EN


Diritto processuale tributario 6 I IT

Economia aziendale dello sport 6 I IT

Economia e gestione dei media 6 I IT

Economics and management of energy business 6 I EN

Equity markets and alternative investments 6 I EN

Experimental and behavioural economics 8 I EN

Fixed income, credit and derivatives 6 I EN

Gestione dei processi commerciali e delle reti di vendita

6 I IT

Impact and integrated reporting 6 I IT

International trade and commercial policies 6 I EN

M&a and investment banking 6 I EN

Machine learning & object driven marketing 6 I EN

Management delle assicurazioni 6 I IT

Marketing big data analysis 6 I EN

Marketing territoriale 6 I IT

Newsmaking & brand storytelling 6 I IT

Real estate finance 6 I EN

Revisione interna,compliance e gest.rischi az.li 6 I IT

Risk management and compliance 6 I EN

Sistemi di remunerazione e gestione risorse umane

6 I IT

Storia della finanza e dei sistemi finanziari 6 I IT

Strategie di comunicazione e tecniche di pubblicita'

6 I IT

The politics of cultural heritage in europe 6 II EN

Activity ECTS

Business English and professional development

4

Internship (o project work) 8

ERS Laboratory 4

Final exam 18

160

This master's program in Accounting, Control and Finance allows students to developed specialized and advanced skills in administration, finance and control while learning to apply them to real life cases.

AFC‐AZIENDALE: Students are prepared primarily for careers with industrial and service

companies

AFC‐PROFESSIONALE: Students are guided towards accounting studios and consulting firms.

MAJOR IN AFC ‐ AZIENDALE


Economia finanziaria internazionale International financial economics

12

I

IT

Diritto Societario e dei Mercati Finanziari Corporate law and capital markets

6 I IT

Metodi quantitativi per l'impresa Quantitative methods for the enterprise

8 I IT

Advanced corporate finance 8 II EN

Principi contabili internazionali International Accounting Standards

6 II IT

Diritto Tributario dell’Impresa Business Tax Law

8 II IT

Corporate Governance and Internal Auditing 6 II IT


Operazioni straordinarie e valutazione d'azienda Corporate transactions and business valuation

6

I

IT

Strumenti di finanziamento per le imprese Business finance tools

6 I IT

Programmazione e controllo Planning and control

8 I IT

2 ELECTIVE COURSES 6+6 I/II IT/EN

ACCOUNTING. CONTROL AND FINANCE

161

MAJOR IN AFC ‐ PROFESSIONALE


Economia finanziaria internazionale International financial economics

12

I

IT

Metodi quantitativi per l'impresa Quantitative methods for the enterprise

8 I IT

Principi contabili internazionali International Accounting Standards

6 I IT


Diritto Societario e dei Mercati Corporate law and markets

6 II IT

Diritto Tribuatario dell’Impresa Business Tax Law

8 II IT

Corporate Governance and Internal Auditing 6 II IT


Operazioni straordinarie e valutazione d'azienda Corporate transactions and business valuation

6

I

IT

Diritto delle crisi d'impresa Business insolvency law

6 I IT

Revisione aziendale, tecnica e deontologia professionale Auditing, business combinations and business ethics

8 I IT


162

ELECTIVE COURSES: At the end of the first year, students enrolled in any Major must

choose 2 elective courses.





Diritto processuale tributario 6 I IT

Economia aziendale dello sport 6 I IT

Economia e gestione dei media 6 I IT




Financial econometrics 6 I EN



6 I IT

Impact and integrated reporting 6 I IT

International corporate finance 6 I EN




Management delle assicurazioni 6 I IT





Revisione interna,compliance e gest.rischi az.li 6 I IT



6 I IT

Storia della finanza e dei sistemi finanziari 6 I IT

Strategie di comunicazione e tecniche di pubblicita'

6 I IT



Activity ECTS

Business English and professional development

4

Internship or project work 8

Ethics, Responsibility, Sustainability Laboratory

4

Final exam 18

163

The MiM is a two‐year, full‐time program that weaves academic excellence, pivotal location, and superb networking prospects, to help graduates kick‐start their international careers as responsible managers, finance executives, entrepreneurs, or business consultants. Using an innovative learning approach that balances academic rigour with managerial relevance, the MiM curriculum consists of core courses that advance students' knowledge in the functional areas of management and elective courses that offer specialized knowledge and real‐life examples in the areas of:

Entrepreneurship and Innovation

International Management

Luxury, Fashion and Made in Italy

Individual Study Plan

MAJOR IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND INNOVATION


International Economics 6 I EN Markets, Regulations and Law 6 I EN Advanced marketing management 8 I EN

Financial Reporting and Performance Measurement 8 I EN

Quantitative methods for management 8 I EN

Organizational design 6 II EN Managerial decision making 6 II EN Corporate Strategy 8 II EN Advanced Corporate Finance 6 II EN


Business modeling and planning 6 I EN Entrepreneurship and venture capital 6 I EN

Intellectual property rights 6 I EN



Organizing innovation 6 I EN

2 Elective Courses 6+6 I/II EN

MANAGEMENT

164

MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT


International Economics 6 I EN

Markets, Regulations and Law 6 I EN

Advanced marketing management 8 I EN

Financial Reporting and Performance Measurement 8 I EN Quantitative methods for management 8 I EN

Organizational design 6 II EN

Managerial decision making 6 II EN

Corporate Strategy 8 II EN

Advanced Corporate Finance 6 II EN

SECOND YEAR (2019/2020)

Course (2 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

Comparative corporate governance 6 I EN International and global marketing 6 I EN

International business 6 I EN

International finance 6 I EN

International human resource management 6 I EN

International operations and supply chain 6 I EN


MAJOR IN LUXURY, FASHION AND MADE IN ITALY



International Economics 6 I EN Markets, Regulations and Law 6 I ENAdvanced marketing management 8 I EN




Managerial decision making 6 II ENCorporate Strategy 8 II ENAdvanced Corporate Finance 6 II EN

165

SECOND YEAR (2019/2020) Courses (2 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

Creative industries and business model innovation 6 I EN

Fashion management 6 I EN

Luxury management 6 I EN


Retail and service experience marketing 6 I EN Tourism management 6 I EN


INDIVIDUAL STUDY PLAN



International Economics 6 I EN Markets, Regulations and Law 8 I ENAdvanced marketing management 8 I EN




Managerial decision making 6 II ENCorporate Strategy 6 II ENAdvanced Corporate Finance 6 II EN

SECOND YEAR (2019/2020)

Courses ( 4 among the followings) Credits

Comparative Corporate Governance 6

International and Global Marketing 6

International Business 6

International Finance 6

International Human Resource Management 6

International Operations and Supply Chain 6

Business Modeling and Planning 6

Intellectual Property Rights 6

Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital 6

Management and Governance of Family Firms 6

Management of Innovation 6

Organizing Innovation 6

Creative Industries and Business Model Innovation 6

Fashion Management 6

166

Students must choose 4 elective courses from the list below.

ELECTIVE COURSES FOR ALL THE MAJORS: At the end of the I year, students enrolled in any Major are

required to choose other 2 elective courses from all majors' core programs and electives. Students

choosing the individual study plan will have to select 4 elective courses.


Luxury Management 6

Management and Governance of Family Firms 6

Retail and Service Experience Marketing 6

Tourism Management 6



Corporate restructuring and turnaround 6 I EN










Neuromarketing 6 I EN




Activity ECTS

Foreign Language 4


Ethics, Responsibility, Sustainiblity Laboratory 4

Final exam 18

167

The master's program in Marketing prepares students for roles as marketing/business/industry analyst, marketing & sales performance specialist, brand/product/communication manager, marketing manager, account/sales manager, account/sales manager, merchandiser/promoter, consultant or researcher. The degree program is divided into two different majors, both of which are offered in English and Italian.

MARKET ANALYTICS & METRICS (HELD IN ITALIAN): was designed to prepare students to analyzing market changes

MARKETING ANALYTICS & METRICS: was designed to prepare students to analyzing market changes

MARKET RELATIONSHIPS & CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT (HELD IN ITALIAN): was designed to train students in maintaining relationships with clients and commerical clients.

MARKET RELATIONSHIP & CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT: was designed to train students in maintaining relationships with clients and commerical clients.

MAJOR IN MARKETING ANALYTICS & METRICS (HELD IN ITALIAN)


Economia Comportamentale e Teoria dei Consumi Behavioural Economics and Theory of Consumption

12

I

IT

Legal Issues in Marketing 6 I IT Analisi del Comportamento di Acquisto Analysis of Purchase Behaviour

8 I IT

Research Methodology for Marketing 6 I EN

Analisi e Misurazione delle Performance di Marketing ‐ Marketing Metrics Marketing Metrics

6 II IT

Gestione del Prodotto e della Marca Product and Brand Management

8 II IT

Research metodology for marketing 8 II EN Organizational Issues in Marketing and Sales 8 II EN


Customer Intelligence e Logiche di Analisi dei Big Data Customer Intelligence And Logical Analysis Of Big Data

6

I

IT

Marketing Plan and Markstrat Simulation 6 I IT 2 elective courses 6+6 I/II IT/EN

MARKETING

168

MAJOR IN MARKET RELATIONSHIPS & CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT (HELD IN ITALIAN)


Economia Comportamentale e Teoria dei Consumi Behavioural Economics and Theory of Consumption

12

I

IT

Legal Issues in Marketing 6 I IT Analisi del Comportamento di Acquisto Analysis of Purchase Behaviour

8 I IT


Comunicazione di marketing e linguaggi dei nuovi media Marketing Communication and Languages of New Media

6 II IT

Gestione del Prodotto e della Marca Product and Brand Management

8 II IT

Web Analytics e Marketing 8 II IT Organizational Issues in Marketing and Sales 8 II EN


Retail and Service Experience Marketing 6

I

IT

Marketing Plan and Markstrat Simulation 6 I IT 2 elective courses 6+6 I/II IT/EN

MAJOR IN MARKETING ANALYTICS & METRICS (HELD IN ENGLISH)


Behavioral Economics & Consumption Theories 12 I ENLegal Issues in Marketing 6 I ENConsumer Behavior 8 I EN


Marketing Metrics 6 II EN

Organizational Issues in Marketing and Sales 8 II ENProduct & Brand Management 8 II ENStatistics for Marketing 8 II EN

169


Customer Intelligence And Big Data 6 I EN Marketing Plan and Markstrat Simulation 6 I EN 2 elective courses 6+6 I/II IT/EN

MAJOR IN MARKET RELATIONSHIP & CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT (HELD IN ENGLISH)


Behavioural Economics and Theory of Consumption 12 I EN Legal Issues in Marketing 6 I EN Consumer Behavior 8 I EN


Marketing Communication and New Media 6 II EN

Product and Brand Management 8 II EN Web Analytics e Marketing 8 II EN Organizational Issues in Marketing and Sales 8 II EN


Retail and Service Experience Marketing 6 I EN Marketing Plan and Markstrat Simulation 6 I EN

2 elective courses 6+6 I/II IT/EN

170

ELECTIVE COURSES : During the second semester of the first year, students enrolled in any

Major must choose 2 courses from the following list.


Business to business marketing 6 I IT


Customer intelligence & big data 6 I EN

Customer intelligence e logiche di analisi dei big data

6 I IT

Digital and organizational innovation 6 I EN



6 I IT




Neuromarketing 6 I EN


Retail and service experience marketing 6 I EN

Retail and service experience marketing 6 I IT


Activity ECTS

Language 4



4

Final exam 18

171

The degree program in Corporate finance, by focusing on the interactions among corporations and

financial markets, reflects objectives common to both departments and covers the areas of financial

economics, financial management, business planning and valuation, mergers and acquisitions (M&A),

capital markets, asset pricing, risk management and derivatives.

Graduates in Corporate Finance will have the opportunity to work within finance divisions of large

corporations, corporate banking and M&A divisions of investment banks, financial advisory and

consulting firms and investment funds.


Cases in business law 6 I EN Corporate governance 6 I EN Financial statement analysis 8 I EN

Quantitative methods for finance 8 I EN


Asset pricing 8 II EN International financial economics 8 II EN M&a and investment banking 8 II EN


Business valuation 8 I EN Risk management 6 I EN

2 elective courses 6+6 I/II IT/EN

CORPORATE FINANCE

172

ELECTIVES COURSES BY AREA: Students have to choose two courses of 6 credits that will be held in

the I semester of the II year. The courses have to be chosen at the end of the I year. Elective courses may be chosen in the following areas: General, Financial Advisory and Investment Banking, Financial Management.

General Electives ECTS Sem. Language

Financial Econometrics 6 I EN

Corporate Restructuring and Turnaround 6 I EN

Business Planning 6 I EN

Corporate Strategy 6 I EN

Financial and Credits Derivatives 6 I EN

Financial Management ECTS Sem. Language

International Tax Planning 6 I EN

International Corporate Finance 6 I EN

Compliance and International Auditing 6 I EN

Financial Advisory and Investment Banking ECTS Sem. Language

Structured Finance 6 I EN

Advanced Cases in Business Valuation 6 I EN


Activity ECTS

Language 4

Internshio or project work 8


4

Final exam 18

173

The courses are listed by alphabetical order. Should the description of a given course not be available at the time of publication of this brochure and therefore not be included herein, it will be published on the university website in the cattedre online section, which students are accordingly advised to check from time to time.

ADVANCED CASES IN BUSINESS VALUATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Step 1: Financial Methods Discounted Cash flow Cost of Capital Step 2:Other methods Market Methods Asset‐Based Methods Net Income MethodMixed Methods Economic Value Added Method Adjusted Present ValueMethod Step 3: Valuation of Shareholdings Step 4: Valuation of Groups Step 5: Valuation of M&A and LBO operations Step 6: Valuation ofDistressed firms Step 7: Valuation of Intangibles Relief from RoyaltiesMethod Multi Period Excess Earnings Method Real Option Method

Code: EM12

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Financial mathematics Accounting Fundamentals of Corporate FinanceCapital Budgeting, Cost of Capital, Financial Structure Others Excelapplication of mathematics

Assessment: Written Test: Mandatory

Professors: Marco Vulpiani

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide candidates with main tools toperform advanced business valuation. The lessons generally will deal withexplanation of main theoretical valuation models, identification ofvaluation issues and analysis of possible approaches fromacademic/professional best practises.

Textbooks: 1) M. Vulpiani, "Special Cases of Business Valuation", 1st edition, McGrawHill.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/EM12/0/LM19WBASE/2018

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE (6 ECTS) Finanza aziendale avanzata

Course contents: Step 1: Financial Methods Discounted Cash flow Cost of Capital Step 2:Other methods Market Methods Asset‐Based Methods Net Income MethodMixed Methods Economic Value Added Method Adjusted Present ValueMethod Step 3: Valuation of Shareholdings Step 4: Valuation of Groups Step 5: Valuation of M&A and LBO operations Step 6: Valuation ofDistressed firms Step 7: Valuation of Intangibles Relief from RoyaltiesMethod Multi Period Excess Earnings Method Real

MASTER’S DEGREE COURSES DESCRIPTION

174

Option Method

Code: SGP

Major: Business Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Italian

Prerequisites Financial mathematics Accounting Fundamentals of Corporate FinanceCapital Budgeting, Cost of Capital, Financial Structure Others Excelapplication of mathematics

Assessment: Written Test: Mandatory

Professors: Marco Vulpiani

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide candidates with main tools toperform advanced business valuation. The lessons generally will deal withexplanation of main theoretical valuation models, identification ofvaluation issues and analysis of possible approaches fromacademic/professional best practises.

Textbooks: M. Vulpiani, "Special Cases of Business Valuation", 1st edition, McGrawHill.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGP/A/19HLMBASE/2018

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE (8 ECTS)

Course contents: ADVANCED CAPITAL BUDGETING 1) Free cash flow models 2) Sensitivity analysis 3) Real Options VALUING BONDS AND STOCKS 1) Valuing bonds 2) Valuing stocks RISK AND THE COST OF CAPITAL 1) Capital markets and the pricing of risk 2) Applications and estimation of Capital asset pricing model 3) Alternative models of systematic risk CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND VALUATION 1) WACC 2) Adjusted Present Value 3) Flow to Equity 4) Business Valuation

Code: M170

Major: Accounting, Control and Finance

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



English

Prerequisites Financial Mathematics and quantitative methods, Accounting and performance measurement, Basics of capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Financial structure, Excel functions

Assessment: Written test mandatory, Oral exam optional, Individual work executed during the course (e.g. assignments, paper writing, etc) optional

Professors: Pierluigi Murro

175

Learning Outcomes: The course has the objective to lead the students to build operative, Excel‐based, models for capital budgeting decisions, bond and stock valuation, calculation of the cost of capital, company valuation.To reach this objective, the course will strengthen the theoretical and methodological bases of the students and present data cases to apply theories and methods to real world problems.

Textbooks: 1) Berk J., DeMarzo P., Corporate Finance, Second Edition, Pearson International Education, 2011

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M170/0/LM19ABASE/2018

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE (6 ECTS) Finanza aziendale avanzata

Course contents: ‐ Investment decision rules; ‐ financial statements analysis and key ratios with focus on net debt, cash flow and

financial ratios; ‐ CAPM – How to calculate the WACC of a company; ‐ capital structure and leverage; debt: bank debt vs bonds; ‐ Equity Public Placement; ‐ Equity Private Placement; ‐ valuing firms; ‐ financial planning; ‐ M&A; ‐ derivatives; ‐ case studies and practice exercise

Code: SGP


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Italian

Prerequisites Knowledge of basics of finance and financial mathematics

Assessment: Written test (multiple choice) and oral exam

Professors: Luigi Gubitosi

Learning Outcomes: Objective of the course is to consolidate the knowledge of corporate finance with theoretical lessons, case studies and practice exercises with the aim to provide the skills required to solve and manage financial troubles.

Textbooks: 1) Berk, De Marzo – Finanza Aziendale 1 e 2 ‐ Pearson Materiale didattico

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGP/B/19HLMBASE/2018


Course contents: ADVANCED CAPITAL BUDGETING 1) Free cash flow models 2) Sensitivity analysis 3) Real Options VALUING BONDS AND STOCKS 1) Valuing bonds 2) Valuing stocks ROSK AND THE COST OF CAPITAL 1) Capital markets and the pricing of risk

176

2) Applications and estimation of Capital asset pricing model 3) Alternative models of systematic risk CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND VALUATION 1) WACC 2) Adjusted Present Value 3) Flow to Equity 4) Business Valuation

Code: M222

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



English

Prerequisites Financial Mathematics and quantitative methods Accounting and performance measurement Basics of capital budgeting Cost of capital Financial structure Excel functions

Assessment: written test mandatory oral exam optional individual work executed during the course (e.g. assignments, paper writing, etc) optional

Professors: Raffaele Oriani / Rosella Santella

Learning Outcomes: The course has the objective to lead the students to build operative, Excel‐based, models for capital budgeting decisions, bond and stock valuation, calculation of the cost of capital, company valuation. To reach this objective, the course will strengthen the theoretical and methodological bases of the students and present data cases to apply theories and methods to real world problems.

Textbooks: 1) Berk J., DeMarzo P., Corporate Finance, Second Edition, Pearson International Education, 2011

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M222/A/19MLMBASE/2018


Course contents: ADVANCED CAPITAL BUDGETING 1) Free cash flow models 2) Sensitivity analysis VALUING BONDS AND STOCKS 1) Valuing bonds 2) Valuing stocks RISK AND THE COST OF CAPITAL 1) Capital markets and the pricing of risk 2) Applications and estimation of Capital asset pricing model CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND VALUATION 1) WACC 2) Adjusted Present Value 3) Flow to Equity 4) Business Valuation

Code: M222

177

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



English

Prerequisites Financial Mathematics and quantitative methods Accounting and performance measurement Basics of capital budgeting Cost of capital Financial structure Excel functions

Assessment: written test: mandatory oral exam: optional individual work executed during the course (e.g. assignments, paper writing, etc): optional

Professors: Rosella Santella


Textbooks: 1) Berk J., DeMarzo P., Corporate Finance, Fourth Edition, Pearson International Education, 2017

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M222/B/19MLMBASE/2018


Course contents: ADVANCED CAPITAL BUDGETING 1) Free cash flow models 2) Sensitivity analysis VALUING BONDS AND STOCKS 1) Valuing bonds 2) Valuing stocks ROSK AND THE COST OF CAPITAL 1) Capital markets and the pricing of risk 2) Applications and estimation of Capital asset pricing model 3) Alternative models of systematic risk CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND VALUATION 1) WACC 2) Adjusted Present Value 3) Flow to Equity 4) Business Valuation

Code: M264

Major: Corporate Finance

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



English

Prerequisites Financial Mathematics and quantitative methods Accounting and performance measurement Basics of capital budgeting

178

Cost of capital Financial structure Excel functions

Assessment: written test mandatory oral exam optional individual work executed during the course (e.g. assignments, paper writing, etc) optional

Professors: Alexander Peter Groh / Raffaele Oriani


Textbooks: 1) Berk J., DeMarzo P., Corporate Finance, Fourth Edition, Pearson International Education, 2017

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M264/0/LM19WBASE/2018

ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The purpose of this course is to provide students with knowledge and awareness of advanced marketing management, including the evolution of tools and techniques and their utilization to maximize Brand and product value. In addition, the course will focus on marketing themes relevant for the development of specific professional skills. This approach will enable future Marketing Leaders/Managing Directors/BU leaders to (a) identify marketing opportunities (b) select proper tools and methodologies (c) evaluate the interaction among different approaches and (d) efficiently take advantage of marketing to improve company’s performance.

Code: M292

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Basic knowledge of marketing management, marketing strategy, mathematics, microeconomics, statistics, communication management, business economics

Assessment: Students must choose in advance the exam type (attending student ‐ non attending student) A. Attending students will be evaluated on: written final test (40%) Team project works (25%) Twitter and Instagram project works (9%) Self‐branding (3%) individual commitment and participation to course activities (exercise, cases etc) (23%) un‐attending students will be evaluated on a written test (weighted 100% of the final mark)

Professors: Marco Francesco Mazzu'

179

Learning Outcomes: • Strengthen basic knowledge of marketing • Understand the drivers of marketing changes, their impact and how to take advantage of them • Discover, learn and start applying advanced marketing approaches and decision‐making tools • Practice different (simplified) marketing techniques across tools and media • Develop the ability to understand drivers (digital and traditional) of value creation and management in the Marketing area • Practice Marketing Management

Textbooks: • Perrey J., Freundt T., Spiellecke D. (2015). Power Brands, Ed. Wiley • Bendle N. T., Farris P. W., Pfeifer P. E., Reibstein D. K. (2015), Marketing Metrics. The Manager’s Guide to Measuring Marketing Performance (3rd Edition), Ft Pr. • Roger D. (2016), The Digital Transformation Playbook: Rethink Your Business for the Digital Age, Columbia University Press • Brand Equity: An Overview – University of Virginia Darden School • Vakratsas D., Ambler T. (1999), How advertising works: What do we really know? – Journal of Marketing • Keller (1993), Conceptualizing, measuring, and managing customer‐based brand equity – Journal of Marketing • McDonald (2006), Strategic Marketing Planning: Theory and Practice – Cranfield University School of Management • Aaker D. A., Joachimsthaler E. (2000), The brand relationship spectrum – California management review • Van Doorn J. (2012), Customer Engagement Behaviour: Theoretical Foundation and Research Directions – Journal of Service Research

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M292/A/19MLMBASE/2018

ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The purpose of this course is to provide students with knowledge and awareness of advanced marketing management, including the evolution of tools and techniques and their utilization to maximize Brand and product value. In addition, the course will focus on marketing themes relevant for the development of specific professional skills. This approach will enable future Marketing Leaders/Managing Directors/BU leaders to (a) identify marketing opportunities (b) select proper tools and methodologies (c) evaluate the interaction among different approaches and (d) efficiently take advantage of marketing to improve company’s performance.

Code: M292

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Basic knowledge of marketing management, marketing strategy, mathematics, microeconomics, statistics, communication management, business economics

Assessment: Students must choose in advance the exam type (attending student ‐ non attending student) A. Attending students will be evaluated on: written final test (40%)

180

Team project works (25%) Twitter and Instagram project works (9%) Self‐branding (3%) individual commitment and participation to course activities (exercise, cases etc) (23%) un‐attending students will be evaluated on a written test (weighted 100% of the final mark)


Learning Outcomes: • Strengthen basic knowledge of marketing • Understand the drivers of marketing changes, their impact and how to take advantage of them • Discover, learn and start applying advanced marketing approaches and decision‐making tools • Practice different (simplified) marketing techniques across tools and media • Develop the ability to understand drivers (digital and traditional) of value creation and management in the Marketing area • Practice Marketing Management

Textbooks: • Perrey J., Freundt T., Spiellecke D. (2015). Power Brands, Ed. Wiley • Bendle N. T., Farris P. W., Pfeifer P. E., Reibstein D. K. (2015), Marketing Metrics. The Manager’s Guide to Measuring Marketing Performance (3rd Edition), Ft Pr. • Roger D. (2016), The Digital Transformation Playbook: Rethink Your Business for the Digital Age, Columbia University Press • Brand Equity: An Overview – University of Virginia Darden School • Vakratsas D., Ambler T. (1999), How advertising works: What do we really know? – Journal of Marketing • Keller (1993), Conceptualizing, measuring, and managing customer‐based brand equity – Journal of Marketing • McDonald (2006), Strategic Marketing Planning: Theory and Practice – Cranfield University School of Management • Aaker D. A., Joachimsthaler E. (2000), The brand relationship spectrum – California management review • Van Doorn J. (2012), Customer Engagement Behaviour: Theoretical Foundation and Research Directions – Journal of Service Research

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M292/B/19MLMBASE/2018

ANALYSIS OF THE BEHAVIOR OF PURCHASE (8 ECTS) Analisi del comportamento d’acquisto

Course contents: Issues in consumer behavior: processes and actions that characterize individuals in their consumer role.

Code: M158

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites no specific prerequisites

Assessment: 50% group work 50% written exam

Professors: Simona Romani

181

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to analyze consumer behavior and specifically processes and actions that characterized individuals in their buying and consumption experiences. Specific contents: 1) Theoretical issues in consumer behavior; 2) Antecedents of buying and consuming. Internal factors (motivations, values, beliefs, experiences, etc.) and external factors (social culture, reference groups, subcultures, culture); 3) Consumer behavior and marketing & policy implications 4) “Topics of interest” proposed by the Marketing Science Institute (MSI) ‐ Research priorities 2016‐2018

Textbooks: Consumer Behavior 7e Wayne D. Hoyer, University of Texas, Austin Deborah J. MacInnis, University of Southern California Rik Pieters, Tilburg University ISBN‐13: 9781305507272 ISBN‐10: 1305507274 additional readings will be provided during the sessions.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M158/0/LM19KMA/2018

ASSET PRICING (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The course will treat the following topics:

Forward, Futures and Swap contracts: properties, markets, use, trading strategies and valuation.

Interest rates, bond pricing and interest rate risk.

Options: markets, properties, use and trading strategies.

Binomial trees models for the valuation of derivative securities.

Wiener processes and Ito’s lemma.

Black‐Scholes‐Merton: the model, pricing and hedging of European options.

Depending on time available: introduction to stochastic models of the term structure of interest rates, pricing of interest rate derivatives and introduction to credit risk.

The extended program provided below is meant to be flexible and adapted to the course dynamics and students’ interest.

Code: M253


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



English

Prerequisites Set by Department

Assessment: Problem sets and class participation (25%), final exam (75%). There will be two problem sets, that students will solve individually, due one week later the assignment date. Together with class participation, they will contribute to 25% of the final grade. Some exercises in the problem sets might require using a software package. The final exam will have either an oral or written form, to be agreed with the students. There will be no midterm exam. Additional exercises will be given at the end of some class. Solving them is not mandatory – as they will not contribute to the final grade – but nevertheless highly recommended, in order to gather additional understanding on the course’s topics and better prepare for the final exam.

182

Solutions will be posted online.

Professors: Paolo Porchia

Learning Outcomes: The purpose of the course is to provide an introduction to asset pricing techniques applied to derivative securities. After an overview of the main derivatives typologies, of their markets and their trading strategies, students will learn pricing and hedging methodologies in a stochastic modeling framework, based on the concept of absence of arbitrage opportunities, starting with binomial trees and introducing the Black‐Scholes‐Merton at a later stage. The course emphasizes a hands‐on approach, so that examples and applications implemented on software packages such as Matlab are also provided. The vast amplitude of the subject matter and time constraints imply that the course gives only a brief overview of stochastic models for the term structure of interest rates, interest rate derivatives and credit risk.

Textbooks: 1) John C. Hull. Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives, 9/E (global edition), Pearson (required)

Other references: 1) Bodie, Kande & Marcus – Investments ‐10th edition. McGraw Hill

Please note that additional readings might be required during the course.


AUDITING, BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND BUSINESS ETHICS (8 ECTS) Revisione aziendale, tecnica e deontologia professionale

Course contents: PART ONE Business combinations and liquidation company. Accounting for business combinations. Presentation of business combinations in the annual report. The civil and tax rules of business combinations and liquidations of companies. PART TWO The program of activities of the delegation of DEONTOLOGY CNDCEC.The Code of Conduct of CNDCEC (sections from I to IV) First update of the Code of Conduct of CNDCEC (5th November 2008)The Code of Conduct of CNDCEC: text coordinated and updated at 1st September 2010The Code of Conduct of CNDCEC: text updated at 1st March 2016 THIRD PART Statutory audit: Legislative decree N. 39, of 27 January 2010 after the amendments of D.Lgs 135/2016, that introduced the EU Directive 2014/56/CE on statutory audit of separate and consolidated accountsAudit procedures and the application of auditing standards:Isa (Italia) 200 (Overall Objectives of the Independent Auditor and the Conduct of an Audit in Accordance with International Standards on Auditing)Isa (Italia) 230 (Audit Documentation)Isa (Italia) 300 (Planning an Audit of Financial Statements)Isa (Italia) 315 (Identifying and Assessing the Risks of Material Misstatement through Understanding the Entity and Its Environment)Isa (Italia) 320 (Materiality in Planning and Performing an Audit)Isa (Italia) 330 (The Auditor's Responses to Assessed Risks)Isa (Italia) 500 (Audit Evidence)Isa (Italia) 505 (External Confirmations)Isa (Italia) 520 (Analytical Procedures)Isa (Italia) 540 (Auditing Accounting Estimates, Including Fair Value Accounting Estimates, and Related Disclosures)Isa (Italia) 700‐706 (Forming an Opinion and Reporting on Financial Statements) Isqc (Italia) 1 (Quality Controls)

Code: M133

Major: Accounting, control and finance (AFC PROFESSIONALE)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

183

Prerequisites General knowledge of business administration and accounting

Assessment: Oral exam.

Professors: Alessandro Mechelli

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students the main operative instruments required to be chartered accountant, developing in particular the issues related to auditing, the technical and professional deontology.

Textbooks: 1) GG. Savioli, Le operazioni di gestione straordinaria, Giuffrè, Milano, 2012.

2) L. Cadeddu, A. Portalupi. La revisione legale dei conti, 2015 (Normativa di riferimento, Principi di revisione, Incarichi professionali, Responsabilità del revisore, Il sistema di controllo interno)

3) Documents issued by CNDCEC. Other teaching materials (slides and readings) will be shown and distributed by teacher during the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M133/0/LM19AAE/2018

BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS & CONSUMPTION THEORIES (12 ECTS)

Course contents: The course is organized in three parts. The first, introductory, module will revolve around the conceptual tools necessary to grasp and master the behavioral approach to economics. In this module we will discuss the main theoretical ideas of behavioral economics, contrasting them with the traditional approach both in the context of choice (prospect theory) and in the context of judgment (heuristics and bias). In the second part of the course we will discuss two application of the behavioral approach, to financial decision making and to intertemporal decision making. Finally, before the third part of the course, students will be offered a portfolio of topics on which they will build their project work. Topics will include food, health, financial literacy, consumer protection, disclosure, behavioral ethics, corporate governance, sustainability, privacy, risk management; students are since now encouraged to come up with their own suggestions. The third part of the course, thus, will offer students the applicative tools necessary to carry out their project. In particular we will delve into nudge theory, that is, the application of behavioral insights to help people make better decisions.

Code: M200

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics and metrics)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam (60%); Project Work (40%)

Professors: Giacomo Sillari

Learning Outcomes: This course offers an introduction to behavioral economics and its applications towards theories of consumption. At the end of the course, students will be expected to have learned the fundamentals of the behavioral approach to judgment and decision making and, most importantly, to have learned the tools and acquired the skills necessary to successfully apply behavioral insights in the context of marketing and consumption.

Textbooks: 1) Dilip Soman, The Last Mile: Creating Social and Economic Value from Behavioral Insights, Rotman‐Utp Publishing 2015 2) Papers and readings assigned in class

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M200/0/LM19KMK/2018

184

BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS & CONSUMPTION THEORIES (12 ECTS)

Course contents:

The course is organized in three parts. The first, introductory, module will revolve around the conceptual tools necessary to grasp and master the behavioral approach to economics. In this module we will discuss the main theoretical ideas of behavioral economics, contrasting them with the traditional approach both in the context of choice (prospect theory) and in the context of judgment (heuristics and bias). In the second part of the course we will discuss two application of the behavioral approach, to financial decision making and to intertemporal decision making. Finally, before the third part of the course, students will be offered a portfolio of topics on which they will build their project work. Topics will include food, health, financial literacy, consumer protection, disclosure, behavioral ethics, corporate governance, sustainability, privacy, risk management; students are since now encouraged to come up with their own suggestions. The third part of the course, thus, will offer students the applicative tools necessary to carry out their project. In particular we will delve into nudge theory, that is, the application of behavioral insights to help people make better decisions.

Code: M200B

Major: Marketing (Gestione dei processi e delle relazioni di markeing)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites none

Assessment: Exam (60%), Project Work (40%), extra‐credit work

Professors: Giovanni Ponti / Giacomo Sillari

Learning Outcomes: This course offers an introduction to behavioral economics and its applications towards theories of consumption. At the end of the course, students will be expected to have learned the fundamentals of the behavioral approach to judgment and decision making and, most importantly, to have learned the tools and acquired the skills necessary to successfully apply behavioral insights in the context of marketing and consumption.

Textbooks: Dilip Soman, The Last Mile: Creating Social and Economic Value from Behavioral Insights, Rotman‐Utp Publishing 2015 Papers and readings assigned in class

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M200B/0/LM19KMR/2018

BUSINESS ECONOMICS OF SPORT INDUSTRY (6 ECTS) Economia aziendale dello sport

Course contents: • Introduction to business economics of sport industry: the environment, client needs and associations; • International and National Regulatory bodies (CIO, Coni, Federazioni); • The sport related industry: goods, services and sport facilities; • The sport industry: amateur sports associations, (ASD), amateur sports clubs (SSD), professional sports clubs (SSP); • Roles and duties in sports business; • Principles of accounting and finance; • Models of accountability in sports business; • The economics of illegal behaviour in sport; • Creating Value and evaluation in sporting business performance; • Social accountability and budgets in the sports industry;

185

Code: EM04

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites none

Assessment: Final exam: Written. Mid‐term: Written: (if passed with an adequate grade, the mid‐term paper will count for 1/3 of the final exam.

Professors: Simona Caricasulo / Fabrizio Di Lazzaro

Learning Outcomes: Students will study the phenomenon of the sports industry, developing both quantitative and qualitive analysis skills, with a particular focus on resources and roles in the industry.

Textbooks: ‐ G. Antonucci, Governance e management delle aziende del "sistema sport" ‐ Rirea 2015;

‐ L. Gelmini, Le società di calcio professionistiche nella prospettiva dell'economia d'azienda, Giuffrè 2014;

or:

‐ G. Gravina, Il bilancio d'esercizio e l'analisi delle performance nelle società di calcio professionistiche, Franco Angeli 2011;

‐ National Accounting principles‐ OIC; ‐ International Accounting principles‐ IAS/IFRS; ‐ Accounting recommendation of FIGC; ‐ Civil code;

Supplementary material provided by the lecturer Recommended reading: G. Esposito, La responsabilità sociale delle organizzazioni sportive, Edizioni SDS 2012;

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/EM04/0/19HLMBASE/2018

BUSINESS FINANCE TOOLS (6 ECTS) Strumenti di finanziamento per le imprese

Course contents: ‐ Loan valuation criteria applied by banks ‐ Arranging and managing a structured financing operation ‐ The reference regulatory framework ‐ The contractual form of financing operations: term sheet, covenants, pricing ‐ Project financing ‐ Real‐estate investment financing ‐ Structured finance operations ‐ Capital markets financing: bond issuances and seasoned equity offerings ‐ Leasing ‐ Debt restructuring ‐ Finance facilities

Code: M289

Major: Accounting, control and finance (AFC AZIENDALE)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall

186



Italian

Prerequisites Corporate finance

Assessment: Written exam with open‐ended and closed‐ended answers; exercises on creditworthiness, ratios, covenants

Professors: Mario Comana

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide participants with knowledge about the most advanced and refined tools of corporate financing, via both intermediaries and financial markets. Participants will learn how to detect the most appropriate tool to face a firm's financing needs, quantify its debt capacity based on payback‐related cash flows, build up the contractual form of the operations, and to define their correct pricing

Textbooks: There is not any single reference textbook. For each lecture, slides and teaching notes will be provided. Additional readings will be announced in class.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M289/0/LM19AAC/2018

BUSINESS INSOLVENCY LAW (6 ECTS) Diritto delle crisi d’impresa

Course contents: Regulation of the judical court's administrative procedures, preordained to the resolution of the crisis both for purposes of reorganization and recovery and for the compulsory liquidation

Code: A21

Major: Accounting, control and finance (AFC PROFESSIONALE)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites Knowledge of commercial law

Assessment: Oral exam. In addition, during the course will be conducted seminars for the solution of practical cases with the active participation (individual or groups) of students; these activities will contribute to the formation of the final evaluation

Professors: Sergio Di Amato

Learning Outcomes: Basic knowledge of the rules of procedures to face the crises; capability to consult legislative texts; acquisition, through the examination of court cases, the awareness of the practical significance of theoretical knowledge

Textbooks: 1) Nigro Vattermoli, Diritto delle crisi d'impresa, Il Mulino, fourth edition; 2017

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A21/0/LM19AAE/2018

BUSINESS MODELLING AND PLANNING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: After analyzing the core elements of the business strategy and introducing the business model concept, the course will focus on Business Model Canvas theory, deepening its rationales, structure and distinctive features.Subsequently, the course will focus on the current technological revolution and its significant implications on the business model, in terms of offering innovation, go to market, operational model, talent management, and stimulation of continuous innovation.The main business planning tools will also be covered, with particular reference to the business plan, the various techniques for its articulation and construction and its role in the development and implementation of

187

the business model.Through case histories and business games, several practical cases will be analyzed and discussed with the students, who will have to demonstrate that they have fully understood the underlying logic of the value generation and the opportunities related to the digital transformation.

Code: M221

Major: Business Management (Entrepreneurship and family business/Individual study

plan/Strategic management)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Basic elements of business administration and accounting.

Assessment: ‐ Oral examination: 50% of total mark‐ Evaluation of business games and classroom workshops: 50% of total mark

Professors: Donato Iacovone

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students with all the elements needed to create and develop a winning business model and its continuous innovation, with a particular focus on the current technological transformation and its impact on the value generation, in terms of context changes and new opportunities.At the same time, the course aims to analyze and explore business planning practices as a tool for planning and driving the implementation of the business model in line with the defined goals.

Textbooks: 1) Alexander Osterwalder e Yves Pigneur, Creare modelli di business. Un manuale pratico ed efficace per ispirare chi deve creare o innovare un modello di business, FAG 2012.

2) Further teaching materials will be illustrated during the course and distributed to the students.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M221/0/19HLMHI/2018

BUSINESS STRATEGY (8 ECTS) Strategie d’impresa

Course contents: ‐ Corporate Strategy fundamentals. ‐ Back to basics: Industry, Resources and competences, Managerial Innovation. ‐ Institutions based rents and Corporate Social Responsibility. ‐ Diversification strategy. ‐ Divirsified company management: horizontal strategies and interrelations. ‐ Portfolio Matrix ‐ Vertical integration. ‐ Collaboration strategy: Build or Borrow? ‐ Firm restructuring and divestment strategies. ‐ The executive compensation. ‐ Corporate Governance impact. ‐ The economic dimension of the corporate strategy. ‐ Coporate strategy evaluation. ‐ Exercises ‐ Business Presentations ‐ Business Case Simulation

Code: SY3


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall

188



Italian

Prerequisites Business Economics and Management, Industrial Economy, Corporate Finance

Assessment: The evaluation is composed by: ‐ Final exam grade ‐ (75%). The final exam is written (90 minutes) and mandatory. Upon successful completion of the written test the vote can be recorded, or rejected, losing the credit score. In case of unsuccesful completion credit score will be lost. ‐ Business game simulation grade (25%) Final exam grade for students not attending lectures ‐ The final exam is written (120 minutes).

Professors: Enzo Peruffo

Learning Outcomes: Course objectives are: a) provide theoretical and conceptual instrumentation required for the understanding and the definition of the corporate strategies adopted by the firms, b) describe the critical success factors of external growth operations (M & A and alliances) and divestment, c) provide complete framework of analysis that takes into account the optimization choices in portfolio management implemented by multibusiness firms and their strategic and financial reflections, d) active participation in business game simulation.

Textbooks: Teaching materials provided by the lecturer. 1) Fontana F., Boccardelli P., 2015, Corporate Strategy, Una prospettiva

organizzativa e finanziaria per la crescita, HOEPLI 2) Peruffo, E. 2018 Le Strategie di Turnaorund nell'era digitale: modelli di

analisi e sviluppo. McGraw‐Hill Reading list 3) Fontana F., Caroli MG, 2012 Economia e Gestione delle imprese. Milano, McGraw‐Hill 4) D. Besanko, D. Dranove, M.Shanley, 2002, Economia dell’industria e strategie d’impresa, UTET Libreria, Torino

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SY3/B/19HLMBASE/2018

BUSINESS STRATEGY (8 ECTS) Strategia d’impresa

Course contents: Corporate Strategy fundamentals. Back to basics: Industry, Resources and competences, Managerial Innovation. Institutions based rents and Corporate Social Responsibility. Diversification strategy. Divirsified company management: horizontal strategies and interrelations. Portfolio Matrix Vertical integration. Collaboration strategy: Build or Borrow? Firm restructuring and divestment strategies. The executive compensation. Corporate Governance impact. The economic dimension of the corporate strategy. Coporate strategy evaluation. Exercises Business Presentations Business Case Simulation

Code: SY3


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Italian

189

Prerequisites Business Economics and Management, Industrial Economy, Corporate Finance

Assessment: The evaluation is composed by: ‐ Final exam grade ‐ (75%). The final exam is written (90 minutes) and mandatory. Upon successful completion of the written test the vote can be recorded, or rejected, losing the credit score. In case of unsuccesful completion credit score will be lost. ‐ Business game grade (25%) Final exam grade for students not attending lectures ‐ The final exam is written (120 minutes).

Professors: Paolo Boccardelli

Learning Outcomes: Course objectives are: a) provide theoretical and conceptual instrumentation required for the understanding and the definition of the corporate strategies adopted by the firms, b) describe the critical success factors of external growth operations (M & A and alliances) and divestment, c) provide complete framework of analysis that takes into account the optimization choices in portfolio management implemented by multibusiness firms and their strategic and financial reflections, d) active participation in business game simulation.

Textbooks: Teaching materials provided by the lecturer. Fontana F., Boccardelli P., 2015, Corporate Strategy, Una prospettiva organizzativa e finanziaria per la crescita, HOEPLI Capron L., Mitchell W., Build, Borrow or Buy. Harvard Business Review Press. 2012 Reading list Fontana F., Caroli MG, 2012 Economia e Gestione delle imprese. Milano, McGraw‐Hill D. Besanko, D. Dranove, M.Shanley, 2002, Economia dell’industria e strategie d’impresa, UTET Libreria, Torino

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SY3/A/19HLMBASE/2018

BUSINESS TAX LAW (8 ECTS) Diritto tributario dell’impresa

Course contents: The course is finalized to examine the corporate taxation, with specific reference to income tax (IRPEF and IRES). Furthermore, particular attention will be given to national and international tax planning. Therefore, the course will be divided in two parts. The course first part will be concern company tax system: • IRPEF taxpayers (company income holders) and IRES taxpayers; • Residence for tax purposes and the so‐called “relocation abroad”; • Company income computation rules: “derivation principle”, others general principles, tax relevant revenues and costs, IAS‐adopters company income computation rules. The second part will be concern national and international tax planning: • fiscal aspects about extraordinary corporate transactions; • national and international tax consolidation; • CFC rule; • transfer pricing; • world wide income taxation and the principle of source for non‐resident tax system: the permanent estabilishment; • Agreements for the avoidance of double taxation, specifically company and financial income; • internal and international tax avoidance.

Code: M205


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring


Language of Italian

190

instruction:

Prerequisites none

Assessment: Oral exam (100%).

Professors: Fabio Marchetti

Learning Outcomes: The course is finalized to provide to students a thorough and a professional knowledge tax law subject, with specific reference to most relevant interest sectors for economics graduating students. Main themes that will be analyzed are company income and national and international tax planning. The course will be organized to ensure both the analysis of corporate taxation, both national tax planning (extraordinary corporate transactions, national tax consolidation regime) and international tax planning (double taxation Conventions, transfer pricing, international tax consolidation regime).

Textbooks: 1) Francesco Tesauro, Istituzioni di diritto tributario, UTET, Last edition Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M205/0/LM19ABASE/2018

BUSINESS TO BUSINESS MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Characteristics of the BtoB markets; 2) Marketing and marketing‐mix strategy (product‐service, price, distribution, communication with also a focus on digital); 3) Relationships with customers and CRM 4) Sales force management. 5) Case studies and real‐world applications related to: marketing research, strategic marketing plan, marketing‐mix.

Code: EM01

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites Knowledge of basic marketing, economics and business management, business administration; basic computer skills (word, excel, power point).

Assessment: Oral examination. Team work.

Professors: Gian Luca Gregori

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to develop knowledge related to the marketing processes of Companies operating in BtoB markets, adopting the perspective of creating value for the customer. The themes will be developed from both a theoretical and an practical point of view. In particular, the principles, the models and the techniques useful for the elaboration of strategic plans for BtoB markets will be examined and the schemes and tools related to the following activities will be provided to the students: 1. Market analysis; 2. Marketing strategy formulation; 3. Marketing‐mix management (product‐service, price, distribution, communication); 4. Measurement of the results of marketing actions; 5. Management of customer relationships.

Textbooks: 1) Annalisa Tunisini, MARKETING B2B. Capire e gestire le reti e le relazioni tra imprese. HOEPLI, 2017

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/EM01/0/LM19KMR/2018

BUSINESS VALUATION (8 ECTS)

Course contents: I ‐ From Capital Budgeting to Valuation with Leverage • Valuing Assets: a Bird’s Eye View of Alternative Methods • Intrinsic Valuation: the WACC, the APV and the FTE Methods • Relative Valuation

191

• Contingent Claim Valuation at a Glance II ‐ Core Valuation Techniques: Key Issues • Frameworks for Valuation and Terminal Value • Estimating the Cost of Capital • Moving from Enterprise Value to Value per Share • Valuation by Parts III ‐ Special Issues in Business Valuation • The Valuation of Small and New Businesses • The Valuation of Intangibile Assets Companies • Valuing High Growth Companies (“start‐ups) • Value Enhancement: A DCF Valuation Framework IV ‐ Business Valuation: The Anatomy of IPOs and M&A Operations • IPOs and M&A Transactions: Distinctive Features and Value Drivers • The Valuation of IPOs and M&A Transactions V ‐ Harvard Cases on Business Valuation • Alibaba • Facebook • Sanofi‐Aventis Acquisition of Genzyme • Tesla

Code: M246


Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



English

Prerequisites Prerequisites • Financial Mathematics and Quantitative Methods • Accounting and Performance Measurement • Basics of Capital Budgeting • Cost of Capital and Financial Structure • Excel Functions

Assessment: Assessment Method • Written Exam (mandatory) • Individual work (e.g. assignments, paper writing, etc.) done during the course (optional)

Professors: Alfio Torrisi

Learning Outcomes: Course Learning Goals The objective of this course is to enable students to master valuation methodologies applied by all market players (Consultants, Financial Advisors, Investment Funds, Investment Banks et similia) engaged in “Business Valuation” in their core operational activity. In particular, we will analyse two core areas where valuation plays a key‐role: “Acquisition Analysis/Transactions”; ”Corporate Finance”, whose objective is the maximization of firm value. In the latter case, corporate finance decisions (where to invest, how to finance investments and dividend policies) and their link to value creation are key to the process of firm value maximization to the

192

benefit of both shareholders and debt holders. In doing that, we will use a blend of theory and practice, based on the analysis of core valuation techniques (theory) and on a number of important company IPOs and M&A transactions (cases) which have been carried out in recent years; this approach will enable students to build operative, Excel‐based, models for stock valuation, and enterprise valuation.

Textbooks: Required Textbooks: • Damodaran A., Investment Valuation, 3rd Edition, Wiley & Sons, 2014 (hereafter DA/IV) • Rosenbaum J. and J. Pearl, Investment Banking (Valuation, Leveraged Buyouts and M&A), 2nd Edition, Wiley&Sons, 2013 (hereafter R&P) • Koller T.,Goedhart M., Wessels D., Valuation; Measuring and Managing the Value of Companies, 6th Edition, Wiley & Sons, 2015 (hereafter MKC); • Harvard Cases ‐ Harvard Business Publishing (hereafter HBP); Recommended References/Textbooks: • Berk J., DeMarzo P., Corporate Finance, 4th Edition, Pearson International Education, 2017 (hereafter BDM); • Damodaran A., Applied Corporate Finance, 4th Edition, Wiley & Sons, 2014 (hereafter DA/ACF); “written for practitioners”, but “used also by students”; • Hazelkorn T., Zenner M. and Shivdasani A., Creating Value with M&A, Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 2004 (hereafter JACF) • McKinsey&Company, Valuing High‐Tech Companies ‐ February 2016, (hereafter MKC1); • Vulpiani M., Special Cases of Business Valuation, McGraw‐Hill, 2014 (hereafter VM) • Walkenbach J., Excel 2010 Bible, Wiley Publishing, 2010;


CASES IN BUSINESS LAW (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The content of the course includes the following: (1) Introduction to business law and overview of the means of conducting business; (2) the main players in business law (companies, entrepreneurs, venture capitalists etc.); (3) the intangible assets (Intellectual Property, Trademarks, Patents, Insignia etc.) and their use and protection under multiple jurisdiction; (4) the market regulation (unfair competition, antitrust, privacy) and the relevant regulatory authorities; (5) a module on corporate governance, including a functional approach to corporate law and key applications to business transactions (such as M&A, shareholder activism, tunnelling); (6) elements of project financing and preferred industries of application thereof; (7) business structures in cross‐boarder operations and regulation thereof; (8) Dispute Resolutions: Arbitration, mediation and ADR. Foreign Investments and ICSID Arbitration.

Code: M249


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites No prerequisites.

Assessment: The format of the exam will be oral.

Professors: Riccardo La Cognata / Alessio Maria Pacces

193

Learning Outcomes: Doing business requires a solid knowledge and a good handling of the legal framework governing commercial transactions and business operations. Furthermore, in a globalized market, such skills often overtake the boundaries of a sole jurisdiction and challenge the operators to confront themselves with complex business operations which involve multiple jurisdictions, whose obstacles are also represented by cultural barriers and different economic systems, as well as the influence of regulatory entities and global geo‐political trends. Inefficiencies and losses are behind every corner, if business operations are undertaken without the necessary academic and professional training. The competencies to be developed aim to enable the students to govern the basic tools of business law not only on a domestic platform, but also with a look to the international practice, and thus achieve knowledge on a more comprehensive running of an enterprise. The final objective is to enable the students to think independently about business situations, identifying the strategic and legal issues involved in business transactions. Specifically, the course is designed to: ‐ challenge students to think critically about various facets of business operations and global competition; ‐ familiarize students with the problems and perspectives of doing business; ‐ negotiate and conceive agreements that may maintain validity also under multiple jurisdictions; ‐ foster an appreciation of the external forces that influence and shape the business manager’s job; ‐ make students understand corporate governance and the rules also on an international platform, in particular with regard to the monitoring of management, the role of fiduciary duties, and the market for corporate control; ‐ assist students in acquiring the skills necessary to analyse, assess, design and implement business strategies, programs and plans.

Textbooks: 1) ALESSANDRO DE NICOLA AND MARCO CARONE, Italian Business Law, (EGEA) 2) S. GATTI, Project Finance in Theory and Practice: Designing, Structuring, and Financing Private and Public Projects, 3rd Edition, (AP) 3) PACCES, Controlling the Corporate Controller’s Misbehaviour, Journal of Corporate Law Studies (2011) 4) ATANASOV, BLACK, CICCOTELLO, Unbundling and Measuring Tunnelling, University of Illinois Law Review (2014) 5) ENRIQUES, GILSON, PACCES, The Case for an Unbiased Takeover Law (with an Application to the European Union), Harvard Business Law Review (2014) 6) PACCES, Shareholder Activism in the Capital Market Union (forthcoming 2017) Hand‐outs and excerpts


COMMUNICATION STRATEGY AND ADVERTISING TECHNIQUES (6 ECTS) Strategie di comunicazione e tecniche di pubblicità

Course contents: 1) Management and Communication: Evolution of the market and theconsumer; Communication in governance; Communication andorganization. 2) The areas of business communication: InstitutionalCommunication; Marketing communications; Organizationalcommunication (notes); Reporting financial information (notes). 3) Thebrand management: Reputation Management; Identity, culture andcorporate image; Brand and

194

communication. 4) The communication mix ‐instruments, systems and vehicles for business communication: • MediaRelations • Advertising • Sponsorships and Events • Digitalcommunication • Media Planning • Market research • Lobbying • Code ofethics and social budget • Sustainability and Green Vision • Themeasurement results • The crisis communication • Social communication• The communication policy

Code: SGJ

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites No one


Professors: Gianluca Comin

Learning Outcomes: The management of the communication is a key element in corporategovernance, which is always looking for consensus and buildingreputation in the context in which it operates. The course addresses theissue of governance of business communication by discussing issuesconcerning institutional communication and marketing, including the useof the most innovative tools. The goal is to transfer skills likely to plan,manage and evaluate the processes of business communication andmarketing communications considering theoretical, managerial tools andoperational techniques, including through analysis of some successfulcase histories.

Textbooks: 1. Pastore A., Vernuccio M., “Impresa e comunicazione. Principi estrumenti per il management”, Second edition, Apogeo, 2008. 2.Optional:Author: Gianluca Comin Title: “L’impresa oltre la crisi" Editor: Marsilio,2016 3.Optional: Author: Gianluca Comin, Donato Speroni Title: "2030. Latempesta perfett" Editor: RIZZOLI, 2012

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGJ/0/LM19ABASE/2018

COMPANY LAW (6 ECTS) Diritto societario

Course contents: The regulation of the corporation and the development, with a practical and detailed approach, of the main issues related the corporate governance and the way to manage the capital

Code: SJL


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites Civil Law

Assessment: Oral exam. However, the attendance to the course will be considered.

Professors: Alessio Di Amato

Learning Outcomes: The target of the course is to develop the main aspects of corporate law and to obtain the skill to analyze and utilize such law. In order to prepare the examination it is required: ‐ for all the subjects the full knowledge of the regulation and of the

195

interpretation problems and of the application of such law, which will have to be reached with the study of the textbook and of the civil code, ‐ with respect to the matter analyzed during the lessons, the study of the material

Textbooks: ‐ Associazione Preite, Il diritto delle società, a cura di G. Olivieri, G. Presti e F. Vella, Il Mulino, ult. ediz.; ‐ F. Di Sabato, Diritto delle società, Giuffrè, ult. ed. ‐ Codice civile e leggi collegate

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/SJL/B/19HLMBASE/2018

COMPANY LAW (6 ECTS) Diritto societario

Course contents: Corporations: from Code of 1942 to reform law Formation of the company. The power of members to establish the rules of operation of the company. Shareholders' agreements Capital, assets and financial statements. Financing of the company. Contributions of members to the company's assets. Shares. The participation in the limited liability company. Financial instruments. Bonds. Constitution of a separate fund dedicated to specific business activities. Organizational models. Shareholders' Meeting. Decisions of members. Directors of the company. Internal and external controls. The events of the organization. Amendments to the bylaws. Right of withdrawal. Increase of the share capital. Reduction of the share capital. Dissolution and winding‐up. Conversion into another business form. Merger. Demerger. The qualifying holdings and groups.

Code: SJL


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites Private law and institutions of commercial law

Assessment: Oral examination 100%

Professors: Giuseppe Niccolini

Learning Outcomes: The course discusses the main issues relating to corporations and it aims to develop the skills needed to interpret and analyze the law consciously. Therefore, with reference to every single argument listed below, the final

196

exam requires a thorough knowledge of the rules and also the knowledge of the interpretative questions and application problems. This is achieved by studying the manual recommended, the Civil Code, the d.lgs. n. 58/98 and, in particular, the case law, discussed during lectures and published online.

Textbooks: ‐ Civil code updated ‐ F. Ferrara jr ‐ F. Corsi, Gli imprenditori e le società, Giuffrè,Milano, 2011.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SJL/A/19HLMBASE/2018

COMPARATIVE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Corporate governance, international corporate governance, board of directors, internal and external controls, institutional investors, proxy advisors, executive compensation, corporate social responsibility, corporate governance and performance.

Code: M276

Major: Business Management (Organization and human resources management/ individual study plan)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Basic knowledge of management, strategy, accounting, organization, finance and corporate law.

Assessment: The final grade is the result of: ‐ a written exam (70%); ‐ a group work (30%); ‐ class participation – contribution to case discussion (up to 2 points).

Professors: Alessandro Zattoni

Learning Outcomes: Students attending this course can learn theories and models allowing them: ‐ to understand corporate governance issues in different companies; ‐ to analyze corporate governance practices in different countries; ‐ to design good corporate governance in a specific firm.

Textbooks: The course readings include cases, readings and presentation as indicated below in the syllabus. Readings may be downloaded from “business source ultimate” (LUISS Library Electronic Resources).

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M276/0/19HLMHH/2018

COMPARATIVE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE (6 ECTS)


Code: M276

Major: Management (Individual study plan/ international management)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Basic knowledge of management, strategy, accounting, organization, finance and corporate law.

197

Assessment: The final grade is the result of: ‐ a written exam (70%); ‐ a group work (30%); ‐ class participation – contribution to case discussion (up to 2 points).

Professors: Alessandro Zattoni

Learning Outcomes: Students attending this course can learn theories and models allowing them: ‐ to understand corporate governance issues in different companies; ‐ to analyze corporate governance practices in different countries; ‐ to design good corporate governance in a specific firm.

Textbooks: The course readings include cases, readings and presentation as indicated below in the syllabus. Readings may be downloaded from “business source ultimate” (LUISS Library Electronic Resources).

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M276/0/19MLMMS/2018

COMPENSATION SYSTEM AND HR MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)


Course contents: Introduction to HRM. Organizational Behaviour. Class of Motivation Theories. Attraction, Retention and Engagement. The Total Reward Approach. Employess Evaluation. Compensation Systems and Strategies. Base Pay, Incentive Pay (short and long term), Management by Objectives Programs, Executive Compensation, Employees Participation to Company Results. Employees' Benefits and welfare.

Code: SFV

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites none

Assessment: ‐ Oral Exam: 100%

Professors: Gabriele Gabrielli / Laura Innocenti

Learning Outcomes: Provide a complete overview of the major issues influencing people management in complex organizations. Main objective of the course is the understanding of issues, choices and components of the compensation system adopted by organizations. The course is focused on both extrinsic and intrinsic rewards for people attraction, retention and engagement. The course is based on rigorous theoretical and methodological approach; some HR practices and compensation policies will be carefully analized through case studies methodology.

Textbooks: 1) Gabrielli G. (2010), People management. Teorie e pratiche per una gestione sostenibile delle persone, FrancoAngeli, Milano. (Chapters 2‐7)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SFV/0/19HLMBASE/2018

COMPETITION AND HIGH‐TECH MARKETS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Basic economics of high tech markets; competition "for" the market; Schumpeterian winner‐take‐all competition; network externalities and learning effects; two‐ and multi‐sided platforms; basics of internet architecture and the evolution towards cloud computing; IP protection in cyberspace and the problem of online piracy; competition policy in high‐tech markets; main antitrust cases (Microsoft,

198

Google, Intel, others); net neutrality, search neutrality, cloud neutrality

Code: M016

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites A good understanding of industrial economics

Assessment: Intermediate written test (40% of final grade); moot court; final written exam In case the student cannot attend the intermediate test or is not satisfied with the result, the final written exam will be integrated by a short oral exam

Professors: Gianluca Faella / Roger Van Den Bergh

Learning Outcomes: Teach students the most recent developments in the economics of high tech markets and the way in which new economic thinking has permeated the decisions of competition authorities in cases such as Microsoft and Google.

Textbooks: One of the handbooks on competition law and economics suggested at the beginning of the coursePapers on specific topics will be distributed during the course

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M016/0/LM19KBASE/2018

COMPLIANCE AND INTERNAL AUDITING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course contents are focused on the increasing responsibilities assigned to Internal audit and Compliance Functions in advisory and assurance activities in order to become trusted advisor for Senior Management and the Board. This implies that the students became familiar to: Internationals analytical Frameworks (IC COSO, ERM COSO). Main international laws and regulations concerning governance and compliance (FCPA, SARBANES OXLEY, ANTIBRIBERY) with focus also on 231/01 Italian decree; International Professional Practices Frameworks Standard (IPPF). The course is divided into four parts The first part: Preliminary definitions of risk considering the market and macroeconomics (The Global Risks Report) and the Guidance (Risk and Control Governance: a value creation perspectives) The second part: Inside the Frameworks ‐ a drilldown into Integrated Internal Control & Enterprise Risk Management The third part: preliminary survey on main International Laws & Regulations on Governance, Risk, and Control Institutional references for Internal Controls, as basis for internal controls and internal auditing with a question: How to design and implement ERM, ICS and compliance in an integrated approach? The four part: Internal Auditing and Compliance in practice ‐ Experiences and Applications

Code: EM11

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites No prerequisites are requested

Assessment: Students are assessed according to the "attending" and "not attending" modalities.

199

Students who choose non‐attending mode (not recommended) are evaluated through a written exam (multiple choice questions and open questions). The maximum score for non‐attending students is 33. Non‐attending students can not take the intermediate exam in November. Students who choose the attending method (recommended mode) are evaluated through 1) the drafting of a group "Course Project" for 35% 2) individual written exam for 65% The written exam consists of multiple‐choice questions only. The maximum score for attending students is 33. The evaluation of the project consists of two basic parts: the presentation of the results and the preparation of a report. Each group must consist of 3‐5 components. The project works will be assigned ,and the group defined , at the end of second part of the course and will concern topic matters or case studies on auditing and compliance .

Professors: Fabio Accardi

Learning Outcomes: The goal of this course is to introduce the students into basic considerations and observations on the models, norms, and standards that should guide practitioners: ‐ when initially carrying out their work activities or services of Internal Auditing and Compliance with the objective to reach managerial position as Chief Audit Executive or Chief Compliance Officer ; ‐ if interested in managerial position in strategy and operations, in order to increase consciousness of the importance of adequate governance of risk and control in order to achieve company objectives. For these reasons, the focus of the course is on the links between enterprises’ strategic contexts, risks, controls and, on the other side, compliance programs and auditing activities executed in these contexts, thus, leaving aside specific technicalities related to these activities. These issues will be addressed with reference to theoretical aspects but above all through analysis of business cases and experiences, also with external testimonials, as a moment of discussion and comparison.

Textbooks: For the characteristics of the course and the operational cut of the same there is no reference to a textbook but to specific readings dealing with issues of risk , internal control and compliance .Basically the reference readings related to international framework are : ‐ “Committee Organizations of the Tradeway Commission (COSO) Enterprise Risk Management Integrating with Strategy and Performance ,Integrated Framework, June 2017– ( Executive Summary) . ‐ “Committee Organizations of the Tradeway Commission (COSO) , Internal Control Integrated Framework , 2013 – ( Executive Summary) ‐ “Committee Organizations of the Tradeway Commission (COSO) Enterprise Risk Management, sept 2004 . Most of the theory and cases of the course are treated in the book (suggested reading) : “Risk and Control Governance – A value creation perspective“ by Fabio Accardi (Preface, Alessandro De Nicola; Introduction Vincenzo Atella; Afterword, Saverio Bozzolan; Series Editor’s Preface, Luigi Maria Sicca) edited in January 2017 by Editoriale Scientifica. Web link: http://www.editorialescientifica.com/shop/catalogo/libri‐in‐lingua‐straniera/risk‐and‐control‐governance‐detail.html, as part of puntOorg book series (General Editor Luigi Maria Sicca) www.puntoorg.net

200

Learning Material by the teacher and testimonials will be illustrated during the course and made available for the students in the course web site .


CONSUMER BEHAVIOR (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Issues in consumer behavior: processes and actions that characterize individuals in their consumer role

Code: SEN

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites no specific prerequisites

Assessment: 50% individual written exam 50% team work

Professors: Simona Romani

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to analyze consumer behavior and specifically processes and actions that characterized individuals in their buying and consumption experiences. Specific contents: 1) Theoretical issues in consumer behavior; 2) Antecedents of buying and consuming. Internal factors (motivations, values, beliefs, experiences, etc.) and external factors (social culture, reference groups, subcultures, culture); 3) Consumer behavior and marketing & policy implications 4) “Topics of interest” proposed by the Marketing Science Institute (MSI) ‐ Research priorities 2016‐2018

Textbooks: Consumer Behavior 7e Wayne D. Hoyer, University of Texas, Austin Deborah J. MacInnis, University of Southern California Rik Pieters, Tilburg University ISBN‐13: 9781305507272 ISBN‐10: 1305507274 additional readings will be provided during the sessions.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SEN/0/LM19KMG/2018

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE (6 ECTS)


Code: M252


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Basic knowledge of management, accounting, finance, and corporate law.

Assessment: The final grade is the result of: ‐ a written exam (60%); ‐ a group work (30%);

201

‐ individual contribution to class (10%).

Professors: Giovanni Fiori / Alessandro Zattoni

Learning Outcomes: Students attending this course can learn theories and models allowing them: ‐ to understand different corporate governance models; ‐ to analyze corporate governance practices in different countries and companies; ‐ to design good corporate governance in a specific firm.

Textbooks: Readings and presentations.


CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND INTERNAL AUDITING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: 1. Introduction lesson_ Historical evolution of CG 2. Italian regulation on Corporate Governance_ The Board of Directors 3 Internal Auditing ‐ ERM and the international frameworks: CoSo Report 4. Corporate Governance code and OCSE Principles 5. The Internal Auditing ‐ the report on corporate governance and internship structures – The information for business cases 6. Agency Theory (type I, II, III) 7. Internal Auditing Shareholding rights 8. The relationship between CG and Compensation 9. Internal Auditing ‐ Risk Assessment 10. Penal responsibility of companies and its effect on CG 11.Internal Auditing – The internal control over financial reporting 12. Relationship between CG and Performance 13. Internal Auditing – The Internal Auditing function and international framework Internal Auditing definition International Professional practice framework 14. Testimony 15. Internal Auditing – The Internal Auditing function and international framework ‐ The nature of internal auditing activity and the organizational framework ‐ The objectives, powers and responsibilities 16. Testimony 17. Internal Auditing – IA International Standards: Risk management, control and governance 18 Earnings Management 19. Internal Auditing – Internal Auditing Process 20. La Corporate Social Responsibility 21. Internal Auditing – Internal Auditing Process (A direct evidence) 22. A Testimony 23. Business cases discussion 24. Business cases discussion

Code: SMR


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Italian

Prerequisites Companies law


Professors: Francesca Di Donato / Simone Scettri

202

Learning Outcomes: The course has the purpose of supplying advanced instruments to student in order to understand the economic implication of corporate governance and internal auditing instruments

Textbooks: 1) A. Zattoni ‐ Corporate Governance (Egea) 2015 2) Documents published on website

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SMR/0/LM19ABASE/2018

CORPORATE LAW AND CAPITAL MARKETS (6 ECTS)

Diritto societario e dei mercati finanziari

Course contents: • Corporations: overview • Limited liability companies (“società a responsabilità limitata”) • Joint‐stock companies (“società per azioni”) in general and listed companies in particular; Management and Control • Extraordinary financing transactions (capital increases and reductions, transformations, mergers and demergers) • Corporate groups • Ownership structures of listed companies • Public takeover bids

Code: M267


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites The specialized content of the course requires and assumes that participating students are familiar with the legal institutes presented in the commercial law course and examined in greater detail during the individual lessons of the corporate law course. It is suggested that before each lesson, students read those parts of the reference texts and/or manual used to prepare for the examination in commercial law that are material to the topic of the lesson. This will enable students to participate more effectively and actively at each lesson. Students must attend at least 50% of the lessons before being allowed to take the oral examination.

Assessment: Attendance to at least 50% of the lessons is required in order to be admitted to the final oral examination.

Professors: Francesco Chiappetta / Giuseppe Niccolini

Learning Outcomes: The course focuses on the rules that govern the “life” of corporations, especially listed companies. It offers an in‐depth view of the different phases of organization and functioning of ccompanies, which are construed as an essential tool for the organization of financing and liability of business activity. In this perspective, the course will use the case‐study method to analyze the structure of corporate bodies in different governance systems; changes in the shareholding, organizational and financial structure; the use of corporate groups.

Textbooks: 1) Francesco Chiappetta: “Diritto del Governo Societario – La corporate governance delle società quotate” – Fourth Edition Edizione, Cedam 2017 a n d

2) AA.VV. “Diritto delle Società –Manuale breve”; Giuffrè last edition

203

with reference to: ‐ Patrimonio, capitale e bilancio ‐ Le Società azionarie > Disposizioni generali. Conferimnti. Azioni ‐ Obbligazioni. Strumenti finanziari partecipativi. Patrimoni destinati ‐ La Società a reposnsabilità limitata ‐ Partecipazioni qualificate gruppi di società ‐ Costituzione ‐ Modificazioni statutarie e recesso ‐ Trasformazione, fusione e scissione ‐ Scioglimento e liquidazione

Familiarity with and study of the didactic material discussed during the lessons will also be required.


CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING AND TURNAROUND (6 ECTS)

Course contents: CRISIS MANAGEMENT AND MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING 1.Secular Stagnation, Transformational leadership and Crisis Management 2.Martec’s law and Singularities 3.Going Concern and Gone Concern RISK ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS AND EARLY WARNING SYSTEMS 1.The evolution of Accounting Indicators 2.The new definitons of Default (90 days past due; 30 days past due) 3.Industrial Planning & Liquity Contingency Plans 4.High Yield Private Company Valuation vs Investment Grade Private Company Valuation DEBT RESTRUCTURING 1.Financial Instruments: senior, mezzanine, equity, convertibles, mandatory convertibles, perpetuals and hybrids 2. Draft Directive on preventive restructuring frameworks, second chance, measures to increase the efficiency of restructuring and amending Directive 2012/30/EU; 3.Cross border group insolvencies under Reg. 2015/848 EU; 4.A comparison between Italian bankruptcy system and German, French and UK systems; 5.Fiduciary duties of the directors in the twilight zone. Wrongful trading. New value doctrine and absolute priority rule. 6.Perspective of bankruptcy reform in Italy. 7.Cases of Debt Restructuring NON PERFORMING EXPOSURE MANAGEMENT 1.Unlikely‐to‐Pay, Non Performing Loans, Distressed Management 2.NPLs Securitizations 3.Distressed Asset Managers (Hedge Funds) 4.Litigation Funds and Restructuring

Code: EM06

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Accounting and Performance Measurements Financial Mathematics and Quantitative Methods Financial Structure and Cost of Capital

Assessment: written test not mandatory; oral exam mandatory

204

Professors: Vincenzo De Sensi / Gianluca Oricchio

Learning Outcomes: The course has two main objectives: involving students (i) on how to take managerial decisions in a crisis situation and (ii) on how to manage effectively a Corporate Turnaround and a Financial Restructuring. The course provides the qualitative decision‐making framework and quantitative tools for crisis management and teaching method is based both on real cases and on business simulation. The legal aspects of Corporate Crisis Law in European Union are also described in the course.

Textbooks: 1) Oricchio, Private Company Valutation. How Credit Risk Reshaped Equity Markets and Corporate Finance Valutation Tools, Palgrave‐MacMillan, Londra 2012;

2) Izzi, Oricchio, Vitale, Basel III Credit Rating Systems. An Applied Guide to Quantitative and Qualitative Models, Palgrave‐MacMillan, London 2012


CORPORATE STRATEGY (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The course addresses strategic issues that managers or consultants confront at the corporate level for a multi‐business firm. For example: In what businesses and industries should the firm compete? How to address technological changes in the industry? What value chain activities should be inside/outside the firm’s boundaries? How should the firm manage alliances and M&As as well as assess their value? What is the appropriate organizational structure to use in order to implement the firm’s corporate strategy? What is the best international strategy to pursue? How do you apply both quantitative and qualitative tools to assess the effectiveness of firms’ corporate strategy?

Code: M295

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



English

Prerequisites Basic knowledge of management, accounting, finance, organizational design, and competitive strategy

Assessment: Assessment Method: Team: Case Analyses 20% Project 20% Individual: Walt Disney Case Quiz 10% Polls 10% Class Participation Extra Points Final Exam 40% TOTAL

Professors: Karynne Turner

Learning Outcomes: The tools learned in this course will help address some of the fundamental questions pertaining to the firm’s corporate strategy. The course activities are

205

designed to help students think about their thinking, a process called metacognition. This, along with the set of tools and techniques learned in the course, will enable students to successfully perceive and adapt to changes in the business environment and be able to make insightful decisions and recommendations throughout their career

Textbooks: 1) Contemporary Strategy Analysis 9th edition, Grant (this book is not required only the coursepack)



Course contents: Corporate Strategy. Industry, resources and competitive advantage. Vertical integration and the scope of the firm. Global strategy and the multinational corporation. Diversification. Implementing corporate strategy. External growth strategy. Corporate governance. Corporate social responsibility.

Code: M295

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



English

Prerequisites basic knowledge of management, accounting, finance, organizational design and competitive strategy.

Assessment: The grade will be the result of: ‐ a written exam (60%); ‐ a work group (30%); ‐ individual contribution to case discussion (10%).

Professors: Hans Van Ees / Alessandro Zattoni

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to present and discuss theoretical frameworks and models that may be used to formulate and implement corporate‐level strategies. In particular, students will develop the competence to understand and analyze strategic decisions on: ‐ Industry, resources and competitive advantage; ‐ Scope of the firm and growth strategy; ‐ Managing multi‐business and international companies.

Textbooks: To be defined



Course contents: This course addresses the topic of strategy at the corporate or group level. It examines the main issues involved in corporate strategy, including: what businesses should be brought together within the company? For each business, how much of the value chain should the company participate in? how should the company add/divest businesses through partnerships/acquisitions/internal development? More specifically, the course will cover the following topics: ‐ Strategy, Economics of Strategy, Organizational Issues ‐ Strategic Tripod ‐ Vertical Integration ‐ Diversification ‐ Global Strategy ‐ Managing the Multibusiness Firm ‐ Build, Borrow or Buy?

206

‐ Divesture ‐ Corporate Entrepreneurship ‐ Current trend in Strategic Management

Code: EM08

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Basic management and strategy concepts are required to engage a strong discussion during the course

Assessment: A. ATTENDING STUDENTS Attending students will be evaluated on the basis of: Project Work (Team) 35% Final Exam (individual) 65% Individual Participation Evaluated trough bonus ‐All students present in at least 75% of classes will be considered as attending. B.NON ATTENDING STUDENTS Non‐Attending students will be evaluated 100% on the final exam

Professors: Enzo Peruffo

Learning Outcomes: The primary aims of this course are to help you assess corporate strategies and obtain superior performance. These skills are particularly useful for those intending to become strategy consultants or investment bankers as well as those who plan to work in, and eventually lead, multi‐business groups. The course builds on many concepts covered in the core Strategy course and links to other courses such as Finance and Organizational Behavior. The increasing complexity of business activities requires that specialists develop the capabilities to perceive the company as a whole, understand its vision, and work effectively with specialists in other functions within the company or with the company’s business partners.

Textbooks: Robert M. Grant. Contemporary Strategy Analysis: Text and Cases Edition, 9th Edition, 2016. Wiley Custom readings indicated by the Professor Additionally: Articles and readings •For specific topics, we will post online additional articles or references to books chapters as an integration or substituion to the book. News •As Master students, it is important that you keep up to date with news from the business world. We encourage student to bring to class discussions points related to recent news and events. Case Discussion and online simulations

207

•This class will make great use of case analysis and simulations to complement theory classes. In these moments, all students must participate and contribute. •We may ask you to bring a laptop per group to certain class meetings •Cases may be part of the exam. Guest speakers •We will welcome speakers during the class. You will always be warned in advance on topics and personal profiles, so that you may participate actively to the class. •Topics treated during these speeches may be part of the exam.


CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS AND BUSINESS VALUATION (6 ECTS)

Operazioni straordinarie e valutazione d’azienda

Course contents: The economic‐financial aspects of the main corporate transactions.The capital configurations and the different methods of business valuation.

Code: M287


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites The course postulates the prior knowledge of the basic concepts of Corporate Finance and Financial Mathematics.

Assessment: Written exam only: this type of exam consists exclusively of a written test and does not include an oral exam. The marks are published on the specified website and the student receives notification of the result of the written exam, which will also be visible on the self‐service website. Upon publication of the results, the student has 3 days to visualise the result and may refuse to accept it within that timeframe. Once the above period has concluded (3 days), the silence‐signifies‐assent rule is applied. At the time of publication of the results, it is indicated in which day, of the next three, the students who request it can visualize the exam task.Upon completion of the result registration process, the student receives a communication containing the final result obtained.

Professors: Eugenio Pinto

Learning Outcomes: The course provides a theoretical and operational overview of corporate evaluation processes and of the main corporate transactions. Objective is to focus on the main evaluation methods and to analyze the most common corporate transaction, in order to promote a critical approach to their use, also in relation to the specific objectives pursued and their particular characteristics.

Textbooks: In order to Corporate Transactions: educational material will be provide by the teacher. In Order to business evaluation: Bini, Guatri (2007) La valutazione delle aziende. Egea


208

CREATIVE INDUSTRIES AND BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: This course provides students with an opportunity to gain knowledge about the commercial side of creative businesses without undermining the importance that creativity and innovation play in creative enterprises. Specifically, this course aims to give students a theoretical and practical understanding of the specific characteristics of different creative industries in terms of how they are organized, the nature of the companies in them, their business models and major issues and challenges they face in their current and future environments. Such challenges include the emergence of new technologies as well as of innovative consumption styles. Therefore, business models in the creative industries (including film and television, design and fashion, music and video games) are becoming one of the most dynamic battlefields. The design and the successful implementation of innovative business models for these industries may become a credible model for commercialization and a viable avenue for revenue generation.

Code: M014

Major: Management (Individual study plan/ luxury, fashion and made in italy)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites None

Assessment: Assessment method: – written test 50% – team work 50%

Professors: Luca Pirolo / Francesca Tauriello

Learning Outcomes: Creative industries are those industries which have their origin in individual creativity, skill and talent and rely heavily on the generation and exploitation of intellectual property. Creative industries rank among the fastest‐growing sectors of the global economy contributing significantly to employment and wealth creation. Despite their importance, professionals working inside organizations competing in such industries are highly rewarded for their creative and intellectual skills but often lack the necessary managerial skills to thrive in such complex and turbulent businesses. This course aims to fill this gap and act as a bridge between the purely creative thinking of artists and the profit‐driven mentality of business‐trained professionals.

Textbooks: This course uses academic papers, industry reports, journal articles, videos and cases, indicated for each class.


CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE & BIG DATA (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course focuses on the main algorithmic tools and quantitative methods for (big) data analytics in customer intelligence. In particular,the course will cover the following topics: ‐ Linear and logistic regression ‐ Clustering ‐ Linear and integer optimization ‐ Recommendation systems ‐ Text analytics and sentiment analysis

Code: M260

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall

209



English

Prerequisites No prerequisites. A basic knowledge of statistics is strongly suggested.



Learning Outcomes: Nowadays, many companies collect huge quantities of customer data, which is becoming a key asset for their strategies. The main objective of this course is to introduce students to the notion of customer intelligence, by providing a basic toolkit of algorithmic and quantitative methods that are able to analyze and extract value from (customer) data. The course aims at introducing (some of) the main algorithmic innovations at a basic level while still trying to remain rigorous. A significant part of the course will be devoted to using these tools to solve a variety of real‐life problems.

Textbooks: Lecture notes and course material will be made available, preferably on the elearning platform.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M260/0/LM19KMG/2018

CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE & BIG DATA (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course focuses on the main algorithmic tools and quantitative methods for (big) data analytics in customer intelligence. In particular, the course will cover the following topics: ‐ Linear and logistic regression ‐ Clustering ‐ Linear and integer optimization ‐ Recommendation systems ‐ Text analytics and sentiment analysis.

Code: M260

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English




Learning Outcomes: Nowadays, many companies collect huge quantities of customer data, which is becoming a key asset for their strategies. The main objective of this course is to introduce students to the notion of customer intelligence, by providing a basic toolkit of algorithmic and quantitative methods that are able to analyze and extract value from

210

(customer) data. The course aims at introducing (some of) the main algorithmic innovations at a basic level while still trying to remain rigorous. A significant part of the course will be devoted to using these tools to solve a variety of real‐life problems.

Textbooks: 1) Lecture notes and course material will be made available, preferably on the elearning platform.


CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE AND LOGICAL ANALYSIS OF BIG DATA (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course focuses on the main algorithmic tools and quantitative methods for (big) data analytics in customer intelligence. In particular, the course will cover the following topics:

‐ Linear and logistic regression ‐ Clustering ‐ Linear and integer optimization ‐ Reccomendation systems ‐ Text analytics and sentiment analysis

Code: M162

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics (italian)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian


Assessment: Competences will be assessed via an oral exam.


Learning Outcomes: Providing multivariate statistical tools for marketing research



CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE AND LOGICAL ANALYSIS OF BIG DATA (6 ECTS)

Customer intelligence e logiche di analisi dei big data

Course contents: The course focuses on the main algorithmic tools and quantitative methods for (big) data analytics in customer intelligence. In particular, the course will cover the following topics: ‐ Linear and logistic regression ‐ Clustering ‐ Linear and integer optimization ‐ Reccomendation systems ‐ Text analytics and sentiment analysis.

Code: M162

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian


Assessment: Competences will be assessed via an oral exam.

211


Learning Outcomes: Nowadays, many companies collect huge quantities of customer data, which is becoming a key asset for their strategies. The main objective of this course is to introduce students to the notion of customer intelligence, by providing a basic toolkit of algorithmic and quantitative methods that are able to analyze and extract value from (customer) data. The course aims at introducing (some of) the main algorithmic innovations at a basic level while still trying to remain rigorous. A significant part of the course will be devoted to using these tools to solve a variety of real‐life problems.


Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M162/0/LM19KMR/2018

DIGITAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL INNOVATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course consists of two intertwined parts that unfolds in parallel: ‐ Emerging topics in digital innovation: digital platforms, peer production, cloud computing, blockchain, big data, social media, global infrastructures, cyberthreats and cybersecurity ‐ Toolbox for leading organizational change and business transformation: approaches, theories and methods for the analysis of complex socio‐technical systems and the design of user centered solutions

Code: M280

Major: Business Management (Individual study plan/ strategic management)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Students are expected to have basic knowledge of the topics addressed in the Organization Theory and IT Fundamentals courses

Assessment: Oral exam 50% ‐ Individual contribution to the group activities (including comments to wiki) Team work executed during the course 50% ‐ wiki development ‐ presentations and group memo


Learning Outcomes: Digital tools and platforms can transform organizations, support new institutional forms, shape the environment and trigger the emergence of new organizational routines and practices. This course provides students with design thinking and practical knowledge on digital transformation. Students will learn how to exploit the potential of digital technologies and how to manage threats emerging in the virtual environment. Approaches and methods for making sense of digital innovation and leading the transformation toward new organizational forms will be illustrated through cases and practical examples.

Textbooks: Selected readings provided by the instructors. Main references:

212

1) Yin, R. K. (2009). Case Study Research: Design and Methods (p. 219). Sage Publications

2) Benkler, Yochai (2006). The wealth of networks : how social production transforms markets and freedom /. Yale University Press,.

3) Ciborra, Claudio (1993). Teams, Markets, and Systems: Business Innovation and Information Technology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

4) Ciborra, Claudio et al. (2000). From Control to Drift: The Dynamics of Corporate Information Infrastructures (p. 246). Oxford, Oxford University Press.

5) Simon, H.: The Sciences of the Artificial. MIT Press (1996). 6) Mumford, E. (2003). Redesigning human systems. IGI Global.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M280/0/19HLMHV/2018

DIGITAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL INNOVATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course consists of two intertwined parts that unfolds in parallel: ‐ Emerging topics in digital innovation: digital platforms, peer production, cloud computing, blockchain, big data, social media, global infrastructures, cyberthreats and cybersecurity ‐ Toolbox for leading organizational change and business transformation: approaches, theories and methods for the analysis of complex socio‐technical systems and the design of user centered solutions

Code: M280

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Students are expected to have basic knowledge of the topics addressed in the Organization Theory and IT Fundamentals courses

Assessment: Oral exam 50% ‐ Individual contribution to the group activities (including comments to wiki) Team work executed during the course 50% ‐ wiki development ‐ presentations and group memo


Learning Outcomes: Digital tools and platforms can transform organizations, support new institutional forms, shape the environment and trigger the emergence of new organizational routines and practices. This course provides students with design thinking and practical knowledge on digital transformation. Students will learn how to exploit the potential of digital technologies and how to manage threats emerging in the virtual environment. Approaches and methods for making sense of digital innovation and leading the transformation toward new organizational forms will be illustrated through cases and practical examples.

Textbooks: Selected readings provided by the instructors. Main references:

1) Yin, R. K. (2009). Case Study Research: Design and Methods (p. 219). Sage Publications

2) Benkler, Yochai (2006). The wealth of networks : how social

213

production transforms markets and freedom /. Yale University Press,. 3) Ciborra, Claudio (1993). Teams, Markets, and Systems: Business

Innovation and Information Technology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

4) Ciborra, Claudio et al. (2000). From Control to Drift: The Dynamics of Corporate Information Infrastructures (p. 246). Oxford, Oxford University Press.

5) Simon, H.: The Sciences of the Artificial. MIT Press (1996).

6) Mumford, E. (2003). Redesigning human systems. IGI Global. Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M280/0/19HLMHV/2018

DIGITAL BUSINESS TRANSFORMATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Course introduction

‐ Introductory concepts. Importance of the digital revolution. Digitalization trends in business industries.

‐ Section II – Digital business transformation Analysis of the digitalization strategies implemented by traditional and born digital companies. Case study lectures.

‐ Section III – Intellectual Property in business digitalization process Evolution of the role of intellectual property and IP management within the context of digital transformation.

‐ Section IV – Human dimension of the digitalization New HR management practices and of the impact of digitization on new core competencies and company culture.

‐ Section IV – Business case Launch of the business case to be developed as a group work. ‐ Classroom work and final presentation.

Code: M281

Major: Business Management (individual study plan/ strategic management)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites Business Management CourseEnglish (reading and comprehension skills)

Assessment: Assessment will be based on:• written test (50%) • business case (50%)Non‐attending students will be assessed solely on written test. The test will be more extensive.

Professors: Maria Isabella Leone

Learning Outcomes: The course analyses the process of digital business transformation that is pervading all entrepreneurial realities and all industries (hi‐tech and low‐tech). The course will examine the phases and the strategies that guide the digitization process and their impact on companies’ organizational structure, on innovation processes and on IP management. The focus will be put on the analysis of business transformation strategies of traditional companies as compared to the strategies implemented by born digital firm. The topics dealt with will be further examined within case study lectures.

Textbooks: 1) D.L. ROGERS, The Digital Transformation Playbook: Rethink Your Business for the Digital Age, Columbia Business School Publishing, 2016.

2) Other mandatory readings selected by the instructor.


214

DIGITAL MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: ‐ Brand management ‐ The marketing mix evolution ‐ The new digital ecosystem ‐ Web & Mobile sites management ‐ Social Networks ‐ Influencers ‐ User Generated Contents ‐ Search Marketing ‐ Digital CBM & Big Data Management ‐ Data Management Platforms ‐ Digital advertising campaigns ‐ Metrics and Attribution Model ‐ eCommerce ‐ Artificial intelligence and CRM: the use of Bot ‐ Proximity marketing

Code: M017

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Principles of Marketing / Marketing basic course

Assessment: Work in groups and classroom presentations Interactive sessions to check main concepts Intermediate written test Written exam

Professors: Maximo Ibarra

Learning Outcomes: ‐ Understanding marketing evolution and the new ecosystem ‐ Understanding the new customers (Digital Natives & Millennials) ‐ Understanding the new digital brand touch points ‐ Understanding how to manage digital channels ‐ The new frontier of mobile/multiscreen marketing

Textbooks: 1) Marketing Management (Kotler, Keller, Ancarani, Costabile) 2)The new digital age (Schmidt, Cohen) 3)Likeable Business (Kerpen) 4) Don't make me think (Krug) 5)Digital Marketing (Ryan, Jones) 6)Digital Marketing (Kaufman, Horton) 7) Digital Marketing (Alan Charlesworth) 8) How to measure digital marketing (Laurent Flores) 9) Big Data (Bernard Marr) 10) Dataclysm (Christian Rudder) 11) Predictive Analytics, Data Mining and Big Data (Steven Finlay) 12) A social strategy (Mikolaj Jan Piskorski) 13) Digital Wars (Arthur) 14) Big Bang Disruption (Nunes) 15) Digital Marketing Analytics (Heman, Burbary) 16) Big Data (Schonberger) 17) Personalized Digital Advertising (Nesamoney)

215


ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT OF ENERGY BUSINESS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Fundamental concepts of energy, Global Energy Trends, Economics of natural resources, Global Climate Policies, Regulation, European climate and energy policies, geopolitics of energy, power generation and wholesale, gas sector, renewable generation.

Code: SGF

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites It is assumed that all students have knowledge of basic micro‐economic principles

Assessment: Students will be assessed based on: An intermediary test A group project to be presented and discussed, prepared on a subject agreed with the teacherA final written examAn eventual oral exam The student should submit her/his own project proposal. This should be in a Power Point Presentation.

Professors: Simone Mori

Learning Outcomes: The course will explore economic theory and empirical perspectives related to energy. It will focus on aspects of local, national, and global markets for oil, natural gas, coal, electricity, nuclear power, and renewable energy examining and comparing the economics of various energy sources. It will analyze how energy markets characteristics affect economic efficiency goals, will discuss approaches to evaluating the welfare effects and policies that can be used to address market failures, including taxation, price regulation and deregulation, energy efficiency, and control of emissions.The course aims at introducing students to current understanding and analysis of basic economic and business concepts that underlie energy all throughout its value chain, from production to end‐uses. Students should be enabled to:Understand how local, regional, and global institutions affect energy markets and pricesBecome familiar with contemporary public policy issues related to energy globallyComprehend concepts fundamental to the economics of natural resources;Apply the concepts learnt to analysis of specific energy industries and policy questions. Students should eventually be able to undertake their own informed analysis of energy issues, bringing out the strategic issues involved.

Textbooks: There is no assigned textbook for the course. Lectures will be supported by presentations to be handed out before each class. Further reading material will be indicated during the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGF/0/LM19ABASE/2018

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT OF MASS MEDIA (6 ECTS)

Economia e gestione dei media

Course contents: 1. Analysis of business models in the audio‐visual industry (film industry, television and online services). 2. Innovation and globalization in the audio‐visual industry. 3. Transformations in the value chain and market structure. 4. Dynamics of digital media convergence. 5. Overview of the Italian audio‐visual industry (2008‐2018).

216

Code: SDG

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites A strong interest in the media industry.

Assessment: 100% oral exam. Midterm test (optional): 100% written. If successfully passed, it will count for 1/3 of the final exam (which will be on the entire syllabus).Not taking it (or not passing it or not accepting its result) does not preclude the possibility of obtaining the highest possible grade in the final exam.

Professors: Luca Balestrieri

Learning Outcomes: The aim of this course is to provide the students with a good knowledge on the digital media, focusing on the global trends of the audio‐visual market (free‐to‐air broadcasting and pay‐tv, film industry and digital services providers) and on the challenges that the Italian audio‐visual industry needs to face.

Textbooks: 1) L. Balestrieri L'industria delle immagini. Luiss University Press 2016 Slides and other supporting materials (industry reports, academic papers) will be available online at http://learn.luiss.it

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SDG/0/LM19ABASE/2018

ECONOMICS FOR MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Economia per il management

Course contents: The whole course revolves around three themes: a) the specificity of economic organization; b) coordination problems, contract theory, incentive structure and the economics of information; c) organizational design and firm structure.

Code: M272


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Italian

Prerequisites Intermediate Microeconomics and an elementary knowledge of industrial economics, contract theory and game theory.


Professors: Luca Panaccione

Learning Outcomes: This course aims at introducing in a simple though rigorous way the core notions of managerial economics.

Textbooks: David M. Kreps, Corso di Microeconomia, Il Mulino, Bologna

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M272/A/19HLMBASE/2018

217

ECONOMICS FOR MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS) Economia per il management

Course contents: The whole course revolves around three themes: a) the specificity of economic organization; b) coordination problems, contract theory, incentive structure and the economics of information; c) organizational design and firm structure.

Code: M272


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Italian

Prerequisites Intermediate Microeconomics and an elementary knowledge of industrial economics, contract theory and game theory.

Assessment: Written exam.

Professors: Corrado Pasquali

Learning Outcomes: This course aims at introducing in a simple though rigorous way the core notions of managerial economics.

Textbooks: 1) Kreps, D. Corso di Microeconomia, Il Mulino

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M272/B/19HLMBASE/2018

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND VENTURE CAPITAL (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Topics • Defining Entrepreneurship • Entrepreneurship and innovation. • Business model understanding • Corporate entrepreneurship • Funding of entrepreneurial ideas • Realizing an entrepreneurial idea • In‐depth look of how VC works

Code: M186

Major: Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Attendance

Assessment: Class participation (30%), project works (50%) and final exam (20%)

Professors: Giuseppe D'Alessandro

Learning Outcomes: The aim of this course is to provide students with theoretical and applied knowledge on entrepreneurship and venture capital. The key learning objectives are: • Explore entrepreneurship role in the economic system. • Realize the entrepreneurial approach to business • Understand VC and entrepreneurial companies funding.

Textbooks: Books • The Lean Startup, by E Ries • Business Model Generation, by A Osterwalder, Y Pigneur

218

• The startup owner’s manual, by S Blank • The corporate startup, by T Viki, D Toma, E Gons • Venture Capital Fund Management, by Lin Hong Wong Articles • How to Negotiate with VCs, by Deepak Malhotra, HBR May 2013 • The Ambidextrous Organization, by C A O’Reilly III and M L Tushman, HBR April 2004 • Don’t analyze – Act, by by L A Schlesinger, C F Kiefer, and B Brown, HBR March 2012 Abstract and papers will be distributed prior or during classroom as needed

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M186/0/19MLMMI/2018

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND VENTURE CAPITAL (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Topics • Defining Entrepreneurship • Entrepreneurship and innovation. • Business model understanding • Corporate entrepreneurship • Funding of entrepreneurial ideas • Realizing an entrepreneurial idea • In‐depth look of how VC works

Code: M186


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Attendance

Assessment: Class participation (30%), project works (50%) and final exam (20%)

Professors: Giuseppe D'Alessandro

Learning Outcomes: The aim of this course is to provide students with theoretical and applied knowledge on entrepreneurship and venture capital. The key learning objectives are: • Explore entrepreneurship role in the economic system. • Realize the entrepreneurial approach to business • Understand VC and entrepreneurial companies funding.

Textbooks: Books • The Lean Startup, by E Ries • Business Model Generation, by A Osterwalder, Y Pigneur • The startup owner’s manual, by S Blank • The corporate startup, by T Viki, D Toma, E Gons • Venture Capital Fund Management, by Lin Hong Wong Articles • How to Negotiate with VCs, by Deepak Malhotra, HBR May 2013 • The Ambidextrous Organization, by C A O’Reilly III and M L Tushman, HBR April 2004 • Don’t analyze – Act, by by L A Schlesinger, C F Kiefer, and B Brown, HBR March 2012

219

Abstract and papers will be distributed prior or during classroom as needed


EQUITY MARKETS AND ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Morelli’s Module • Equity markets: Public side vs private side; the role of investment banks. • IPO : General overview and process. • IPO: Case study. • Rights issues: technicalities and rationale • Accelerated bookbuildings / Block trades • Equity‐linked: overview and rationale. • Universe of equity markets investors : Long‐only, hedge funds, sovereign/wealth funds, retail. • The role of equity research : Evolution, past issues, regulation. • Private equity and financial sponsors : investment cycle, domestic vs international. • Hedge fund testimonial. • Private equity testimonial. Vitale’s Module • Market efficiency and technical analysis. • Value and growth investment. • Insider trading. • Hedge funds’ organization and structure. • Hedge funds’ strategies: Long/short, market neutral, fixed‐income, global macro. • Performance analysis of funds management. • Database, indices and benchmarks. • Diversification and asset allocation.

Code: SLX

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Basic Knowledge of Microeconomics, Finance, Corporate Finance, Statistics, Econometrics

Assessment: Final closed book final written exam: 50% multiple‐choice questions, 50% essay‐type questions.

Professors: Marco Morelli / Paolo Vitale

Learning Outcomes: To introduce students in a rigorous but intuitive way to the equity market environment and alternative investment techniques.

Textbooks: 1) Lhabitant (2007): Handbook of Hedge Funds John Wiley & Sons (Vitale)

2) Investment Banks, Hedge Funds & Private Equity David Stowell Academic Press (Morelli)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SLX/0/LM19WBASE/2018

EXPERIMENTAL AND BEHAVIOURAL ECONOMICS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: This course introduces students to the methods of Experimental Economics and includes applications to Behavioral Economics. Students will be introduced to discussions about both the power and the limitations of Experimental Economics as a data collection method, and to discoveries that

220

have spurred a deeper interest in individual and group behavior. Students will practice the methods taught by reviewing published papers and designing their own experiment.

Code: M051

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites The course is directed to Graduate students (Laura Magistrale/Master/Dottorato di Ricerca) but has no formal prerequisites.

Assessment: Active class participation (15%), Student Presentations (35%), Short Research Paper based on an experimental design for a specific research question (50%)

Professors: Daniela Teresa Di Cagno / Werner Gueth

Learning Outcomes: Most empirical economic research relies on using data collected for purposes other than research, such as government planning. These data rely on surveys distributed to producers or consumers in the economy, on tax filings, and on public accounting by corporations. There are many limitations with this data, such as missing theoretically important factors or missing information about specifics in the measurement methods, i.e. data collection process. Experimental Economics offers an alternative data collection method that is directly designed to study specific research questions. The data collection process is under full control by the researcher. The methods of Experimental Economics rely on carefully controlled designs, in ways similar to Experimental Psychology or Experimental Physics. However, the ability to control for unwanted influences and unobserved phenomena is much weaker in the social than in the natural sciences, and in this course we will discuss the limits of our ability to construct an ideal social science experiment. Historically, economic theory has focused on market performance and any interest in individual behavior derived from this interest in markets. As the research methods of Experimental Economics has come to be more widely used, an independent interest in individual and group behavior has developed as questions regarding assumptions and axioms behind the classical theories arose. This course will introduce students to some of these questions and subsequent research. At the end of the course the students should be able to answer the following questions: 1) What are the most important benefits and limitations of the experimental methodology? 2) What are some of the most important discoveries made using economics experiments? 3) What are the elements of a good experimental design? 4) How should a good design be influenced by theory and econometric methods?

Textbooks: 1) Bardsley, N., Cubitt, R., Loomes, G., Moffat, P., Starmer C. and Sugden, R. (2009), Experimental Economics: Rethinking the Rules, Princeton University Press.

2) Holt c. A. (2007), Markets, games and strategic behavior, Pearson Addison Wesley

3) Holt, Charles A. (2007), Markets, Games and Strategic Behavior, Pearson

4) Bardsley, N., Cubitt, R., Loomes, G., Moffat, P., Starmer C. and Sugden, R. (2009), Experimental Economics: Rethinking the Rules, Princeton University Press.

221

5) Additional readings Friedman, D. and Sunder S., (1994), Experimental Methods: A Primer for Economists, Cambridge University Press.


FASHION MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Fashion and Luxury successful brands stand for many different things in the minds of customers and they all succeed in generating consumer interest, advocacy, even passion and, above all, value for the companies. This course focuses on strategic and creative management of Brand, Retail, Customer Experience: 3 related essential and strategic tools in the luxury/fashion business. BRAND Brand as the most tangible of intangible assets: in the Luxury/Fashion Business they share between 30 to 80% of the total Company value. Where is the value? Which are the main contributing factors in the Brand valuation? How to maintain and increase the value of this fundamental asset? Brand values as the Company commandments. The Brand Identity Model. RETAIL Retail strategy: different options for different objectives. An overview of different retail models in the luxury/Fashion market. Retail Management, Retailing indices. Retail as a communication tool. Retail innovation. CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE Customer Experience Management (beyond customer satisfaction): From Traditional Marketing to Experiential Marketing, Emotion as main human behavioral driver. Measuring the Customer Experience: the Customer Experience Audit (providing outdoor training and activities). Building the Customer Experience in all the touch‐points Brand/Customer. How to build and manage it related to Fashion Companies, Maintain and enhance the Customer Experience through Benchmarking the Customer Experience with the “Out of the Box approach” to maintain an always innovative and surprising Customer Experience. THE FASHION MARKET The Fashion Pipeline Fashion seasons and turnover TRENDS: how trends start Style: creativity and inspiration as fundamental elements in the fashion business FASHION COMPANIES ORGANIZATION AND FUNCTIONS: who does what in a fashion company. COMMUNICATION: from the product oriented to the lifestyle oriented communication in the Fashion/Luxury industry. The role of DIGITAL REVOLUTION in the Fashion/Luxury industry: impact on Retail, Communication, Customer Experience. CONSUMER BEHAVIOR: why people buy things they don’t need? SUSTAINABILITY and CSR in the Fashion business. CASE HISTORIES, Conferences form Top Manager leader Fashion Companies are planned during our course

Code: SDS

Major: Management (Individual study plan/ luxury,fashion and made in Italy)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites A basilar business management and mktg knowledge is needed. The syllabus in fact will not cover some basic analytics, marketing and financial issues as these topics are covered in more depth in other classes and are taken for granted. Students are expected to attend class sessions (absolutely mandatory),

222

participate actively, complete assignments, and follow the honor code.

Assessment: Grade will be determined by the following: Team Work Assignment 40% Outdoor Activities, class and case participation 10% Final Exam (written) 50% PLEASE CONSIDER THAT ONLY THOSE WHO HAVE REGULARLY ATTENDED THE LESSONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE EXAMS.

Professors: Carlo Fei

Learning Outcomes: The Objectives of the course will aim to give our students: • the skills to identify, understand and manage the main tools to drive a fashion business in an innovative way • the knowledge and capacity to understand the actual dynamics of fashion enterprises • the capacity to understand priorities so as to be able to manage the business with a “systemic” approach between Brand, Retail, Organization and Customer Experience Strategy • Independent thinking: being able to think out of the box, recognize innovation and avoid a silo‐mentality approach • Communication skills: learning how to recognize brand values and communicate them with coherence and effectiveness

Textbooks: LESSONS SLIDES and MANDATORY BOOK 1) Stefania Saviolo Erica Corbellini Managing Fashion and Luxury

Companies ETAS ©2009 2) Other Suggested Books (if you really loved the matter here’s a way to

deepen it): ‐ Bernd Schmitt Customer Experience Management New York

Free Press ©2003 ‐ Mark Tungate Fashion Brands: branding style from Armani to

Zara KOGAN PAGE © 2005‐2008 ‐ Tony Hines Margaret Bruce Fashion Marketing ELSEVIER LTD

© 2007 ‐ G. Zaltman How Customers Think: Essential Insights into the

Mind of the Market Harvard Business Press ©2003 ‐ Shaun Smith Managing The Customer Experience Turning

customers into advocates FT Prentice Hall ©2002

‐ Harriet Posner Marketing Fashion ‐Strategy, Branding and Promotion‐ Laurence King Publishing ©2015

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SDS/0/19MLMMS/2018

FINANCIAL ECONOMETRICS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: 1 A brief overview of the classical linear regression model 2 Further development and analysis of the classical linear regression model 3 Classical linear regression model assumptions and diagnostic tests 4 Univariate time series modelling and forecasting Some notation and concepts, Moving average processes, Autoregressive processes, The partial autocorrelation function, ARMA processes; Building ARMA models: the Box‐‐Jenkins approach; Examples of time series modelling in finance; Exponential smoothing; Forecasting in econometrics; Forecasting using ARMA models; Estimating exponential smoothing models 5 Multivariate modelSimultaneous equations bias; Vector autoregressive models; Block significance and causality tests;mVARs with exogenous variables; Impulse responses and variance decompositions.

223

6 Modelling long‐run relationships in finance Stationarity and unit root testing; Testing for unit roots; Cointegration 7 Modelling volatility and correlation Models for volatility; Historical volatility; Implied volatility models; Exponentially weighted moving average models;l Autoregressive volatility models; Autoregressive conditionally heteroscedastic (ARCH) models; Generalised ARCH (GARCH) models; Estimation of ARCH/GARCH models; Extensions to the basic GARCH model; Asymmetric GARCH models; The GJR model; The EGARCH model; GJR and EGARCH; Forecasting covariances and correlations; Covariance modelling and forecasting in finance; Historical covariance and correlation; Implied covariance models. 8 Multivariate (G)ARCH modelsVEC and BEKK. Conditional correlation models: CCC, DCC. Factor models: Factor GARCH, O‐GARCH; Exponentially weighted moving average model for covariances; A multivariate GARCH model for the CAPM with time‐varying covariances.

Code: EM05

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites An elementary statistics course covering probability theory and statistica inference.

Assessment: Assignment: 30% Mid term exam: 30% Final Exam: 40%

Professors: Alessandro Giovannelli

Learning Outcomes: The econometric analysis of financial markets plays an essential role in educational path of a student in Economics. We will learn how to estimate the beta's of the assets in our portfolio and to assess market risk through the estimation of volatility and value at risk. After a review of distribution theory and regression, we discuss the main tools for the analysis of financial time series. We start with the notion of a stationary process and introduce models for the conditional mean of a time series, among which ARMA models are prominent. The central part of the course deals with conditional heteroscedasticity models, such as ARCH, GARCH, and their extensions aiming at modelling risk premia and leverage. Their multivariate extensions aim at estimating the conditional covariance matrix of asset returns, which is relevant for optimal portfolio allocation. We then consider the class of unobserved components models featuring stochastic volatility. Applications and case studies form integral part of the course. We will be able to analyze and forecast financial time series using Gretl and Matlab.

Textbooks: 1) Chris Brooks. Introductory Econometrics for Finance, THIRD EDITION. The ICMA Centre, University of Reading Tsay, R.S. (2010). Analysis of Financial Time Series, Third Edition. Wiley.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/EM05/0/19MLMBASE/2018

FINANCIAL HISTORY (6 ECTS)

Storia della finanza e dei sistemi finanziari

Course contents: From economic systems to globalization. Financial deepening. The Eurosystem. The international division of labour. The sovereign wealth funds. Keynesian consensus and Washington consensus.

Code: SDE

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

224

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites none



Learning Outcomes: To provide students with major analytic and comparative tools to interpret the evolution of the economic and financial past and current trends, with special reference to the Eurosystem.

Textbooks: 1) G. Di Taranto (ed.), Lezioni dalla crisi, Luiss University Press, Roma, 2012. 2) G. Guarino, Eurosistema. Analisi e prospettive. Giuffré, Milano, 2006. 3) P. Savona, Il ritorno dello Stato padrone. I fondi sovrani e il grande negoziato globale, Rubbettino, Soveria Mannelli, 2009.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SDE/0/LM19ABASE/2018

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (ADVANCED COURSE) (8 ECTS)

Matematica finanziaria (corso avanzato)

Course contents: 1. Linear optimization problems, with business applications; 2. Portfolio Models; 3. Immunization strategies; 4. Actuarial technique of life insurance and supplementary pension.

Code: SE4


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites No requirements

Assessment: Individual computer‐based exam and individual oral exam.The course also provides for a mid term exam described in the "exam rules" that will be published on the professor's on‐line page.

Professors: Gennaro Olivieri

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to give the basic quantitative tools for the analysis and solution of optimization problems, the understanding of bond markets, the selection of stock portfolios, the valuation and management of insurance coverage, and the measurement and management of risks

Textbooks: 1) PITACCO ‐ Elementi di Matematica delle Assicurazioni (Ed. Lint ‐ Trieste);

2) BORTOT, MAGNANI, OLIVIERI, ROSSI E TORRIGIANI ‐ Matematica Finanziaria (Monduzzi Editore ‐ II ed. ‐ 1998);

3) Notes provided by the instructor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SE4/A/19HLMBASE/2018

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (ADVANCED COURSE) (8 ECTS) Matematica finanziaria

Course contents: 1. Linear optimization problems, with business applications; 2. Portfolio Models;

225

3. Immunization strategies; 4. Actuarial technique of life insurance and supplementary pension.

Code: SE4


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites none

Assessment: Individual computer‐based exam and individual oral exam.The course also provides for a mid term exam described in the "exam rules" that will be published on the professor's on‐line page.

Professors: Paola Fersini

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to give the basic quantitative tools for the analysis and solution of optimization problems, the understanding of bond markets, the selection of stock portfolios, the valuation and management of insurance coverage, and the measurement and management of risks

Textbooks: 1) PITACCO ‐ Elementi di Matematica delle Assicurazioni (Ed. Lint ‐ Trieste);

2) BORTOT, MAGNANI, OLIVIERI, ROSSI E TORRIGIANI ‐ Matematica Finanziaria (Monduzzi Editore ‐ II ed. ‐ 1998);

3) Notes provided by the instructor Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SE4/B/19HLMBASE/2018

FINANCIAL REPORTING (8 ECTS) Analisi finanziaria

Course contents: course intro and brief recap of principal Accounting topics

Code: M269


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Italian

Prerequisites advanced Accounting knowledge

Assessment: written test

Professors: Fabrizio Di Lazzaro

Learning Outcomes: The course is focalized on methods and instruments of business analysis, with particular focus on economic and financial performance measurements and value analysis

Textbooks: 1) Di Lazzaro Musco, Analisi Aziendale, Giappichelli, 2015 Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M269/A/19HLMBASE/2018

FINANCIAL REPORTING (8 ECTS) Analisi finanziaria

Course contents: Presentation and analysis of the financial statements contained in the annual report. Analysis of the operating and financial performance of the firm.

Code: M269


Course Year: 1

226

Semester: Spring



Italian

Prerequisites Good knowledge of the accounting process and of the accounts records deriving from transactions.

Assessment: Written exam. No technollogical devices are allowed ‐ only the calculator is permitted

Professors: Barbara Sveva Magnanelli

Learning Outcomes: Learn and understand the tools and the methodologies to analyse the performance of the firm, with particular focus on the economic and financial equilibrium.

Textbooks: 1) Analisi Aziendale. F. Di Lazzaro, G. Musco, Giappichelli 2015 Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M269/B/19HLMBASE/2018

FINANCIAL REPORTING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The program of the course is in two main parts. The first part focuses on financial statement analysis. The second part deals with non‐accounting measures of performance (e.g. economic profit and residual operating income). The financial statement analysis part is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to evaluate financial statements. It focuses on understanding the uses and the limitation of both the financial statements and the traditional and non‐traditional methods used in analyzing them. We will discuss the financial statements, the differential effects of alternative accounting principles and their effects on reported performance, and the interpretation of financial information. The part which refers to non‐accounting measures of performance (e.g. economic profit and residual income) deals with some concepts towards the calculation of the firm value starting from accounting data.

Code: M291

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Students are request to know the basics of financial accounting. For this reason, we strongly suggest following the Accounting pre‐course (available in the LUISS e‐learning system). The pre‐course essentially focuses on the main basic elements of financial accounting (accounting equation and recording of accounting transactions) (Financial Statements: Basics). It also deals with the main elements for understanding the Financial Statements at a general level (Financial Statements: Format and Content). You should also have the basic knowledge of english accounting terms (account payables, account receivables, inventory, fair value, unearned revenues, pre‐paid costs, etc.).

Assessment: Attending students are evaluated on the basis of 33 points: 23 points assigned to written examination lasting 1 ½ hours; 10 points assigned to a group assignment. Non attending students are 100% evaluated on a written examination (lasting 2 ½ hours)

227

Professors: Saverio Bozzolan

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide students with the framework to conduct financial statement analysis and performance evaluation. Regarding financial statement analysis, the course is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to evaluate financial statements. We will discuss the financial statements, the differential effects of alternative accounting principles and their effects on reported performance. Then, we focus on the interpretation of financial information. We also present the main limitation of traditional financial performance looking at non‐accounting based performance measures like the economic profit and the residual income. Students will learn how to calculate the residual earnings and the residual operating income using Excel.

Textbooks: 1) J McKeith, B. Collins (2013), Financial Accounting and Reporting, McGraw‐Hill, 3rd Edition (Ch. 1, 10)

2) Hawawini, Viallet, Finance for Executives: Managing for Value Creation (Part II Assessing Business Performance)

3) S Penman (2013), Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation, McGrawHill, 5th Edition (Ch. 3, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 14)

In addition to the textbook, the following course materials will be provided ‐ slides ‐ cases ‐ exercises You can refer to each specific session on the course web site. The content and availability of these additional materials will be announced during classes.


FINANCIAL REPORTING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The course is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to conduct a financial statement analysis and write a financial analyst report. the program of the course is into two main sections. the first part focuses on financial statement analysis. We will deal with financial statements analysis looking at the differential effects of alternative accounting principles and their effects on reported performance. This part is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytic tools necessary to evaluate financial statements. In the second part of the course, we introduce the fundamental analysis and we study most common tools used to obtain the intrinsic value of common shares on the market.

Code: M291

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites The course brings accounting and finance together for business valuation. Students should have a good understanding of financial principles (the balance sheet, income statements ance cash flow statements, the difference between cash accounting and accrual accounting, revenues recognition).

Assessment: Attending students are evaluated on the basis of 33 points: ‐ written exam lasting 1 hour and half (weights 80%); ‐ course project (weights 20%) The business case is mandatory. If the student, for any reasons, doesn't

228

participate to it, the maximum grade he/she can get will be 26.

Professors: Elisa Raoli

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide students with the framework to conduct financial statement analysis and conduct performance evaluation. In particular, regarding financial statement analysis, the course is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to evaluate financial statements. We will discuss the financial statements, the differential effects of alternative accounting principles and their effects on reported performance, and the interpretation of financial information. Then, we present the main limitation of traditional financial performance looking at non‐accounting based performance measures like the economic profit and the residual income.

Textbooks: 1) Palepu, K.G., Healy, P.M., Peek, E. (2015), Business Analysis and Valuation: IFRS Edition, Cengage Learning (4th‐ Edition), Chapter 1.

2) Penman, S.H. (2013) Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation, McGraw‐Hill (5th Edition ‐ International Edition) ‐ Chapters 1, 3, 5 and 14.

3) Hawawini, G, Viallet, C. (2015), Finance for Executives, Cengage Learning (5th Edition) ‐ Chapter 4,5,6


FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The program of the course is in two main parts. The first part focuses on financial statement analysis. The second part deals with non‐accounting measures of performance (e.g. economic profit and residual operating income). The financial statement analysis part is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to evaluate financial statements. It focuses on understanding the uses and the limitation of both the financial statements and the traditional and non‐traditional methods used in analyzing them. We will discuss the financial statements, the differential effects of alternative accounting principles and their effects on reported performance, and the interpretation of financial information. The part which refers to non‐accounting measures of performance (e.g. economic profit and residual income) deals with some concepts towards the calculation of the firm value starting from accounting data.

Code: M245


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites Students are request to know the basics of financial accounting. For this reason, we strongly suggest following the Accounting pre‐course (available in the LUISS e‐learning system). The pre‐course essentially focuses on the main basic elements of financial accounting (accounting equation and recording of accounting transactions) (Financial Statements: Basics). It also deals with the main elements for understanding the Financial Statements at a general level (Financial Statements: Format and Content). You should also have the basic knowledge of english accounting terms (account payables, account receivables, inventory, fair value, unearned

229

revenues, pre‐paid costs, etc.).

Assessment: Attending students are evaluated on the basis of 33 points: 23 points assigned to written examination lasting 1 ½ hours; 10 points assigned to a group assignment. Non attending students are 100% evaluated on a written examination (lasting 2 ½ hours)

Professors: Saverio Bozzolan

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide students with the framework to conduct financial statement analysis and performance evaluation. Regarding financial statement analysis, the course is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to evaluate financial statements. We will discuss the financial statements, the differential effects of alternative accounting principles and their effects on reported performance. Then, we focus on the interpretation of financial information. We also present the main limitation of traditional financial performance looking at non‐accounting based performance measures like the economic profit and the residual income. Students will learn how to calculate the residual earnings and the residual operating income using Excel.

Textbooks: 1) J McKeith, B. Collins (2013), Financial Accounting and Reporting, McGraw‐Hill, 3rd Edition (Ch. 1, 10)

2) Hawawini, Viallet, Finance for Executives: Managing for Value Creation Part II Assessing Business Performance) S Penman (2013), Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation, McGrawHill, 5th Edition (Ch. 3, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 14)

In addition to the textbook, the following course materials will be provided ‐ slides ‐ cases ‐ exercises You can refer to each specific session on the course web site. The content and availability of these additional materials will be announced during classes.


FIXED INCOME, CREDIT AND DERIVATIVES (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course is divided into five parts. The first part of the course covers the study of the shape of the Yield Curve and Bond Risk Premia in treasury market. The second part covers the most important fixed income instruments such as zero coupon bonds, strips, repos, swaps and bond and money market future. The third part covers the determinants of Credit Risk Premia in sovereign and non sovereign markets, introduces the main types of corporate bonds and credit default swaps and analyze factors affecting their prices. The fourth part is on Commodities Futures and Dynamic Strategies in fixed income and commodity markets, such as carry, relative value and momentum. The fifth and final part of the course covers exogenous risk factors affecting the expected returns of fixed income securities markets (inflation, macro, liquidity).

Code: M237

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



English

Prerequisites This is basically a self‐contained course. There is no presumption of

230

preliminary knowledge of finance. Good proficiency in Excel, and some knoweldge in macroeconomics and statistics are however useful.

Assessment: ‐ 1 hour Midterm exam (this will be taken during class and will based on 3/ 4 questions. Covers application of basic formulas and discussion of main financial instruments introduced in class during part I, II and III of the course . = 20% ‐ Written exam at the end of the course = 40% (*)The written encourse exam willconsist of six questions, which are broader in scope than in the midterm and can be in principle answered in plain english. ‐ Mandatory team project run during the course and to be delivered by December 10, 2014. 40% (**) The instructor reserves the rigth to waive thegroup exercise or to postpone the content of the midterm exam to the final exam for those students who have a valid reson to ask for it (e.g, working students, Double Degree Program students; Eramus students , etc.). The instructor strongly advises students to complete the exam before the break (they may however register the grade after that). Students willing to change their grade may take an additional oral exam worth (‐3/30 to + 3/30 of their initial vote). Students taking the Double Degree should contact me ASAP.

Professors: Alberto Adolfo Cybo‐Ottone

Learning Outcomes: This course covers valuation, pricing and forecasting of fixed income and commodity linked instruments. We will look at these markets from a "top‐down" perspective, by computing the expected returns of fixed income asset classes and strategies, as well as their relation with the macroeconomy. We will look at the same markets from a "bottom‐up" perspective, by describing and pricing the most important fixed income and commodity instruments. Learning how Fixed Income, Credit and Commodities markets and instruments work is critical for anybody pursuing a career in finance and banking, as interest rates are used to discount any kind of cash flow and are among the main macro variables. In particular, this course is relevant for students seaching a job in Wholesale Banks (trading/research/capital markets) , Sovereign and Private Sector Issuers (corporate finance, treasury), Central Banks, Financial Regulators and Rating Agencies, International Financial Institutions (IMF, World Bank, BIS), Asset Managers and Institutional investors (portfolio management, ALM, risk management). The instructor has business and academic experience in some of these areas. A few external guests will be invited to share their experience on other segments of these markets.

Textbooks: For each class, I will post on the course webiste the class slides. I will also assign chapt a major paper to read, which must be complemented with class notes. Section IV and V, as well as guest lectures, will be more open‐ended. I will complement the assigned papers with my handouts and case studies. • A. Illmanen (2011) “Expected Returns: An Investor's Guide to Harvesting Market Rewards (ER) by Antti Ilmanen, John Wiley and Sons, 2011. (good to have but I do not mandate purchase). • B. Tuckman and A.Serrat (2011) “Fixed Income Securities. Tools for Today’s Markets”, Third Edition, 2011, Wiley Finance (FIS) • Instructor handouts and case studies • Databases with major price data to be provided by the instructor All the relevant materials are available on the Course website.

231

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M237/0/19FLME1/2018

GLOBAL GOVERNANCE THROUGH INTERRELIGIOUS DIALOGUE (6 ECTS)

Course contents: After a specific introduction to the actual progress made in the last three decades to foster inter‐religious dialogue at different levels, a particular and current social moral topic will be chosen every year. This year we will focus on the challenge of the relationship each community (Jews as chosen people, Christian Church or Muslim Ummah) has with all others. The course will be entitled: Religions on People and Peoples. In different lectures, the specific point of view of the three different religions will be explained and discussed. During this itinerary, in order to analyze and discuss particular situations concerning the issues treated, there will be a Forum/projection, with qualified movies on this theme, thanks to the contribution of the “Religion Today Film Festival” and the presence of qualified religious and/or diplomatic representatives.

Code: M190


Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



English

Prerequisites None, except a true mature interest in actively taking part in this program and listening respectfully to the lectures offered.

Assessment: Having learned about the three different points of view, the students will be eventually asked to write a paper and offer a proper analysis of typical case studies regarding People and Peoples. The students, inspired by the concepts learned, will offer their solutions, which could represent a model of governance related to these cases.

Professors: Samuele Sangalli

Learning Outcomes: The lectures will be offered by a team of three qualified scholars who belong to the three great monotheistic Religions: a Catholic priest, a Jewish Rabbi and a Muslim Imam. Our aim is to introduce to the participants, theoretically and practically, the idea that Religion is an important and privileged means of dialogue and of mutual understanding between people of different cultures and world views. In fact, the actual globalised world needs a new model of governance, particularly in politics and economics, and one that is fruitfully prepared by a new cultural style of relationship, where people of different worldviews and religions are educated to encounter each other and, regarding the challenges of the contemporary age, to share their views in a dialogical manner. In fact, only by promoting a new culture, where mutual understanding is pursued, can we support international relationships where peace is the irreducible must and any war or violence is banned.

Textbooks: The Jewish Scriptures, the Christian Bible and the Koran. In addition, SANGALLI S. (eds.) Religion and politics, GBPress, Rome, 2016. Other pertinent books may be suggested during different lectures.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M190/0/LM19WBASE/2018

IMPACT AND INTEGRATED REPORTING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: 1) Definition of Integrated Reporting (IR) 2) Evolution of voluntary reporting since '80 3) Differences among annual report, sustainability report and Integrated Report o Impact Report 4) Institutions regulating them

232

5) Assurance on different types of reporting 6) Integrated Reporting framework 7) Governance and IR 8) Value creation and IR, with focus on shared value 9) Management control systems supporting IR 10) Shared value and Impact Report 11) Italiacamp experience in preparing the Impact Report 12) AS Roma SpA Impact Report

Code: M306

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites Basic Knowledge of Financial Reporting


Professors: Mauro Baldissoni / Francesca Di Donato

Learning Outcomes: The course stems from a proposal of Italiacamp to spread the "impact" culture across firms. The purpose of the course is to introduce the idea and the logic behind Impact and Integrated Reporting, that is gaining relevance over the recent years. In particular, many managers, consultants, academics, regulators and additional stakeholders are interested in some issues such as capital employed, value creation, and accountability. For this reason it is important what companies should report, to whom organizations are accountable, and how companies can currently measure, manage and communicate social and environmental impact. A possible way of considering all these aspects is offered by Integrated Reporting (IR), a process that results in communicating, through an annual integrated report, how organizations create value over time, and their impact from an economic, social and environmental point of view.

Textbooks: Book: "Integrated Reporting. Concepts and Cases that Redefine Corporate Accountability". Cristiano Busco, Mark L. Frigo, Angelo Riccaboni Editors. Springer Documents uploaded on the website


INDUSTRIAL DYNAMIC (6 ECTS) Dinamiche industriali

Course contents: At the end of the course, students will be able to: ‐ Analyse industrial sectors ‐ Analyse firms' strategic behaviours and entrepreneurship ‐ Undesrtand the impact of direct and indirect policies on industrial dynamics ‐ Analyse the specificities of the Italian industrial system (districts, networks, social innovation) ‐ Perform strategic analyses

Code: M134


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall


Language of Italian

233

instruction:

Prerequisites none

Assessment: Written intermediate and final exam (written only), weighting 50% each. Participation in class and group work evaluation will also be part of the final mark.

Professors: Francesco Rullani

Learning Outcomes: Every day, managers have to decide where to draw the boundaries of their firms, and how to structure their relations with suppliers and customers. This class introduces advanced management students to selected contributions in modern economic theory that can help them make better choices, and understand the policy constraints they will face in making these choices.

Textbooks: 1) L.M. Cabral, Economia Industriale, Carocci editore, selected chapters 2) F. Malerba (ed), Economia dell'innovazione, selected chapters. 3) Francesco Rullani, Enzo Rullani (2018), Dentro la rivoluzione digitale.

Per una nuova cultura dell’impresa e del management, Giappichelli, Torino, ISBN 9788892176942 (ebook) ISBN 9788892115248 (print)


234

INSURANCE MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS) Management delle assicurazioni

Course contents: ‐ Insurance companies: role and mission in economy and financial markets ‐Management, planning and control of Insurance companies ‐ Distribution networks ‐ Insurance and financial risks: metrics e management methods ‐ The Insurance companies’ Asset Management ‐ The Insurance company budget ‐ Italian and European regulation and supervision ‐ Capital Management (Solvency II) ‐ M&A in the insurance sector

Code: M235

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



INDUSTRIAL DYNAMIC (6 ECTS) Dinamiche industriali

Course contents: At the end of the course, students will be able to: ‐ Analyse industrial sectors ‐ Analyse firms' strategic behaviours and entrepreneurship ‐ Undesrtand the impact of direct and indirect policies on industrial dynamics ‐ Analyse the specificities of the industrial system ‐ Perform strategic analyses

Code: M134


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Italian

Prerequisites basic knowledge of microeconomics is certainly helpful, but not necessary.

Assessment: Written intermediate and final exam (written only). Group work

Professors: Valentina Meliciani

Learning Outcomes: Every day, managers have to decide where to draw the boundaries of their firms, and how to structure their relations with suppliers and customers. This class introduces advanced management students to selected contributions in modern economic theory that can help them make better choices, and understand the policy constraints they will face in making these choices.

Textbooks: 1) L.M. Cabral, Economia Industriale, Carocci editore, selected chapters 2) F. Malerba (ed), Economia dell'innovazione, selected chapters 3) Professor's slides


235

Prerequisites In order to understand the issues that the student will be deal with, it’s useful to have skills related to: Business Administration, Corporate Finance and Financial Mathematics.

Assessment: Written and oral exam. An intermediate test is scheduled.

Professors: Carlo Cimbri / Renato Giovannini

Learning Outcomes: ‐ Knowledge and understandingEach student at the end of the course, will have knowledge about the role of insurance companies in the financial system, the management and the regulatory aspects of insurance business.‐ Applying knowledge and understandingThe student will be able to understand the evaluation metrics concerning the technical risks and Asset management models of insurance companies.‐ Making judgementsUseful tools will be provided to interpret local and global development strategies of insurance companies in order to autonomously simulate medium‐long term industrial plans.

Textbooks: 1) Santoboni F., (a cura di), (2012), Manuale di gestione assicurativa. Profili economici, finanziari e di governance, CEDAM, Padova –

2) S. PACI, Economia e gestione delle imprese di assicurazione, (2016), EGEA, Milano‐Additional notes provided at the end of each lesson


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course deals with intellectual property rights as legal techniques as well as peculiar and unique leverages managers have over intangible resources of the firm. How companies are able to gain and retain a competitive advantage through the management of R&D’s results is explained, moving from the basic assumption of economic theories that justify intellectual property protection. Lessons will deal with all main types of intellectual property rights (patents, trademarks, copyrights, design registration) and trade secrecy, their subject‐matter, their generation, international procedures for protection, requirements and enforcement. Furthermore, the course will focus on quasi‐vertical inter‐firm arrangements for the use of intellectual property rights, such as licensing and cross‐licensing and other forms of exploitation.

Code: M012

Major: Management (Entrepreneurship and innovation/ individual study plan)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Take‐home assignment to be dispatched few days before the official date of the exam and and brief oral review. Final grades will be discussed and uploaded the day of the session published by the registrar office.

Professors: Massimiliano Granieri

Learning Outcomes: Because of the intrinsically volatile nature of knowledge and information, in the current economic setting intellectual property rights have gone a long way towards assuming the role of pillars of the knowledge economy. Virtually each economic sector, each industry and firms (regardless the size, from start‐up to established MNC) and institutions of any dimension deal with intellectual property, from life sciences and clean technologies, to pharmaceuticals, agro‐food, fashion and entertainment. This course is aimed at providing students with a basic and operational knowledge of topics in intellectual property and the transfer of technology as a critical disciplinary endowment for future managerial decisions in high‐tech industrial sectors and services, as well as in traditional industries, luxury and

236

fashion, and entertainment industries. The course will hinge on the fundamental legal notions about intellectual property protection, but it will also move forward, along the lines of a marked law‐and‐business approach, in mixing legal, technological and economic views to make students acquainted with the complexities of institutional decision‐making when intangible assets are involved.

Textbooks: 1) Massimiliano Granieri, Intellectual Property for Managers. Law, Practice and Strategy, Luiss University Press, 2014 (ISBN: 978‐88‐6105‐187‐4)

2) http://www.luissuniversitypress.it/site/it‐IT/Scheda/default.html?SchedaID=14016

3) http://www.ibs.it/code/9788861051874/granieri‐massimiliano/intellectual‐property‐managers.html

4) Additional papers on specific topics not covered in the book will be made available through the elearn.LUISS platform for each module they refer.


INTERNAL AUDIT AND CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS) Revisione interna, compliance e revisione crisi aziendali

Course contents: First part dedicated to internal audit second part of the course devoted to compliance to corporate risk management and implementation of organizational models pursuant to Legislative Decree 231 / '01

Code: AA5

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written Interim Mock Exam to follow on other date: Written Examination

Professors: Massimo Ferrari / Sante Ricci

Learning Outcomes: Learning of auditing and internal control systems together with the most modern and effective elements of corporate compliance

Textbooks: Handouts available on the website

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AA5/0/19HLMBASE/2018

INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (6 ECTS) Principi contabili internazionali

Course contents: The course examines the Accounting Principles IAS‐IFRS issued by the International IASB and endorsed by the European Union, unit as a set of principles and the most significant individual accounting principles. The course provides a comparative analysis with the national accounting standards and the SFAS Americans issued by the FASB.

Code: M142


Course Year: 1

237

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Good Kwnoledge in accountability and balance schemes

Assessment: Written exam mid term and final

Professors: Fabrizio Di Lazzaro / Massimo Tezzon

Learning Outcomes: Knowledge of the main methodologies for the formation and the preparation a IAS / IFRS of financial statements. Application of this setpoint in the regulatory of the accounting practice.

Textbooks: 1) AA.VV, Il Bilancio secondo i principi contabili internazionali, Giappichelli, 2013

2) International accounting standards issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU. documents OIC

Slides by the teacher


INTERNATIONAL AND GLOBAL MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: 12 weeks lectures, case study analyses, issue papers, final exam. CASE STUDY ANALYSIS (to be conducted on a group bases) (30%): At the beginning of term the class will be divided into groups. The groups will present their case analysis from the cases outlined in the timetable. A summary of 2 pages typed double‐spaced text of the presentation material and a paper copy of the power point presentation are due at the beginning of the class when the presentation is scheduled. Following the presentation, the class will lead the questioning/critiquing of the presentation. The presentation group will be graded both on the content of their presentation and the manner they handle the questions/critiques. Group compositions: Students need to notify via email group compositions, including name of group members and email adresses, no later than September 17th. 'ISSUE' PAPER (to be conducted on a group bases) (30%): During the term you will be expected to write a paper on a topic of interest to you in the international marketing area. Your paper should define the topic, discuss the research you have done on the topic and present your views. Example topics might be: "Who exports and where? ‐ A look at Italian exports" "Errors in international marketing ‐ a look at some of the classic mistakes" "International advertising ‐ can the same ad be used everywhere?" “The emergence of China/India and the opportunities for Italy” It is expected that your paper demonstrates that you have conducted some secondary or primary research on the topic and that you have some views about the topic. The grade will be based on the relevance and importance of the topic to international marketing, the extent and pertinence of the research conducted, and the clarity and style of the writing. 1. Prepare a 10‐15 pages typed double‐spaced paper. The paper is due at the beginning of the class when its presentation is scheduled. 2. Prepare a power point in‐class presentation of the paper. Presentations will be scheduled for the last classes of term. The order of presentations will be determined by a random draw early in the term. The grade will be based equally on the quality of the written report and the quality of the presentation. Group compositions: Students need notify via email group compositions, including name of group members and email adresses, no later than September 17th. FINAL EXAM (individual) (40%): Written exam for both Attendant and Non Attendant students.

238

∙ For Attendant students. Selection of: Multiple choices questions and/or True or False questions and/or open questions. ∙ For Non Attendant students. Selection of: Multiple choices questions and/or True or False questions and/or open questions.

Code: M283


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites The prerequisites that are necessary for the International and Global Marketing course are: knowledge of Marketing Principles.

Assessment: COURSE EVALUATION. Overall the assignment/grading scheme is as follows: Case Study Analysis (group work): 30% Issue Paper (group work): 30% Final Exam (individual): 40% FINAL EXAM: Written exam for both Attendant and Non Attendant students. ∙ For Attendant students. Selection of: Multiple choices questions and/or True or False questions and/or open questions. ∙ For Non Attendant students. Selection of: Multiple choices questions and/or True or False questions and/or open questions. A mid‐term exam will not be taken for this course.

Professors: Eleonora Miroslavova Axelova / Baler Bilgin

Learning Outcomes: The course will examine the specific issues involved in developing and implementing marketing strategies that can be successful in the global scenario. Differences in carrying out marketing operations in an international as opposed to a “domestic” scale will be pointed out. Attention will be focused on such issues as: ∙ understanding cultural and social differences among regions and countries; ∙ identifying and evaluating opportunities that arise in international markets via an appropriate analysis and selection of countries; ∙ developing marketing strategies in the international arena; ∙ adapting marketing tactics to the specific needs and constraints in national markets. The course aims at making students able to understand how differences among regions affect the conduct of marketing in the global scenario, as well as how companies can successfully manage opportunities and risks inherent in global marketing strategies and operations. Specifically, the course is designed to: ∙ introduce students to issues in marketing in a business environment that is increasingly international in scope and global in philosophy. ∙ challenge students to think critically about various facets of global marketing; ∙ familiarize students with problems and perspectives of doing marketing internationally; ∙ assist students in acquiring the skills necessary to analyze, assess, design and implement marketing strategies and programs that transcend national

239

boundaries.

Textbooks: 1) C. Hollensen (2017), Global Marketing, 7° edition, Pearson International


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Globalizing Business. Understanding Formal Institutions: Politics, Laws, and Economics. Emphasizing Informal Institutions: Cultures, Ethics, and Norms. Leveraging Resources and Capabilities. Trading Internationally. Investing Abroad Directly. Growing and Internationalizing the Entrepreneurial Firm. Entering Foreign Markets. Managing Global Competitive Dynamics. Making Alliances and Acquisitions Work. Strategizing, Structuring, and Learning Around the World. Competing on Marketing and Supply Chain Management. Financing and Governing the Corporation Globally. Managing Corporate Social Responsibility Globally.

Code: SS1


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of economics, competitive strategy, organization and finance.

Assessment: The grade will be the result of: ‐ a written exam (60%); ‐ a written case analysis and case presentation (40%); ‐ individual contribution to classes (0‐2 additional points). The written exam will consist of True & False and Multiple‐Choice questions. The case analysis is developed by individual or teams of students. The purpose is to analyze a case study on global strategy. The case study will be available on the course website. Each student/team should develop two different outputs: a written case study report of about 20 pages with an analytic focus on the topics discussed in class; a short presentation of about 7‐10 slides, to be presented to the class in about 15 minutes. Both outputs will be evaluated. The case presentations will be held on a weekly basis during the semester. Individual contribution to class measures the student’s contribution to topics and cases discussed in class. Each student will send an email to professor within 24 hours after each class to synthesize the contribution and the value provided to class discussion.

Professors: Maria Jell‐Ojobor

Learning Outcomes: The course familiarizes students with comprehensive theoretical and practical perspectives on the strategy and structure of the global firm. The course is concerned with the different strategy concepts and their applications to the multinational corporation (MNC). Students will develop skills in thinking independently and viewing business challenges from a truly global perspective. They will be able to evaluate international competitive strategies in multicultural environments, design alternative organizational forms for multinational firms, apply communication strategies, identify appropriate forms of market entry, and evaluate alternative corporate social responsibility activities in different international institutional environments.

Textbooks: 1) Peng, M., Global Business, South‐Western College Pub; 3rd edition, 2014.

240

The cases and professor’s presentations (PowerPoint slides) will be available on the course website.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SS1/0/19MLMMS/2018

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS) Management delle imprese internazionali

Course contents: The internationalization process of the firm Strategies and organization models for the international growth Key matters in the international business management

Code: M270


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: An individual work during the course, a written test and oral exam after the course

Professors: Matteo Giuliano Caroli

Learning Outcomes: The International Management course aims to analyzing the strategies, the organization, and the performance of companies active in the global competition. The course differs from a traditional Management class since the focus is on issues concerning the development and management of a value chain on an international basis. Ultimate goal of the course is to make students able to understand: ‐ global competition issues ‐ the planning and implementation of international strategies ‐ the criteria of choice of the internationalization models ‐ the skills for working in international companies

Textbooks: 1) Caroli M., Gestione delle imprese internazionali, McGraw Hill, III edizione, 2016


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS) Management delle imprese internazionali

Course contents: The internationalization process of the firm Strategies and organization models for the international growth Key matters in the international business management

Code: M270


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: An individual work during the course, a written test and oral exam after the course

Professors: Riccardo Resciniti

241

Learning Outcomes: The International Management course aims to analyzing the strategies, the organization, and the performance of companies active in the global competition. The course differs from a traditional Management class since the focus is on issues concerning the development and management of a value chain on an international basis. Ultimate goal of the course is to make students able to understand: ‐ global competition issues ‐ the planning and implementation of international strategies ‐ the criteria of choice of the internationalization models ‐ the skills for working in international companies

Textbooks: 1) Caroli M., Gestione delle imprese internazionali, McGraw Hill, III edizione, 2016


INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE FINANCE (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Assessment and mangement of political risk, management of currency risk and hedging tools. Investment decisions in an international environment. Global cost of capital. Funding options in international debt and equity markets. FDI. Crossborder M&A. Private equity. Project financing. Tax planning at the international level.

Code: EM10

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites A thorough knowledge of basic corporate finance is assumed and knowledge of material form international economics will be helpful.

Assessment: A project work will be assigned on specific subject (30%) Written final exam (70%)

Professors: Arturo Capasso

Learning Outcomes: The course will cover issues related to the financial operations of a firm within the international environment. Topics will include issues related to international risk management, cross border valuation, foreign direct investment (FDI), mergers and acquisitions, project financing and financing choices in a global markets. While the course discusses theoretical basis on the various issues, it also mixes in empirical evidence and discussion of firms’ actual behaviors.

Textbooks: 1) Eun C., Resnick B. "International Financial Management" 8th edition

McGraw Hill, 2018 (E&R) Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/EM10/0/LM19ABASE/2018


Course contents: Topics in open economy macroeconomics. Analysis of theoretical models and presentation of empirical data. Discussion of selected issues: globalization of the world economy, sovereign debt crises, global imbalances, emerging markets, etc.

Code: M290

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

242

Semester: Spring


Language of instruction: english

Prerequisites Basic macroeconomics and microeconomics

Assessment: Final exam

Professors: Gianfranco Di Vaio

Learning Outcomes: To give students a better understanding of international macroeconomics

Textbooks: The course will be based on class presentations and materials included in the following textbook: Feenstra R.C. and Taylor A., International Macroeconomics, 4th Ed., 2017



Course contents: The course will be analytically sound but the focus will be on concepts and their application rather than theoretical formalism. Special attention will be devoted to the interlink between concept, real phenomenon and the quantification of the latter, though the use of simple data analysis. When possible, examples will be given using Italian data, especially when discussing comparative advantages, specialization, geography and trade, firms in international markets, migration, foreign direct investments, flexible and fixed exchange rate regimes, the Euro and optimal currency areas.

Code: M290

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites The course does not presuppose an extensive background in economics. Students who have had a course in economic principles will find the course accessible, but students who have taken further courses in microeconomics, macroeconomics and statistics will find the concepts they studied and absorbed of help to easily digest the material covered by the course in International Economics. Special sessions will help revise economic concepts and make data analysis as simple as possible.

Assessment: Written multiple choice exam.

Professors: Luca De Benedictis / Frederick Guy

Learning Outcomes: The course in International Economics will introduce students to the analysis of international trade, trade policy, exchange rate determination, and open macroeconomics. It will make it with a constant attention to events in the world economy, including the weaknesses of the Euro zone, the rising protectionism and the causes and consequences of the international financial crisis. A special focus on Italy in the world economy will be a common factor to all the material covered by the course.

Textbooks: 1) Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, International Economics, Pearson, New York, 2016, 10th edition.


INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course will be articulated into four parts plus exercises, as follows: Part ONE: Techniques for the structuring of international financial transactions: the basic elements of a PF deal (definitions, the instruments used and the key players in the sector; the different types of investment/financing; securitization and financial markets; the financial structure of a PF transaction; etc.).

243

Part TWO: Introduction to export finance and the main national, inter‐regional, international and supranational players active in the fields of international finance and FDI‐planning. Part THREE: "Inside the project": the evaluation criteria used for investment decisions and risk analysis, plus principle of major legal skills. Part FOUR: The financial model: financial modelling, project evaluation and sensitivity‐analysis. Major financial ratios.

Code: M141


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Are recommended courses focused on finance, such as “Basic Corporate Finance” or “Mathematical Finance".

Assessment: Written exam with multiple choices Q&A (questions and answers), open questions and exercises.

Professors: Federico Merola

Learning Outcomes: The course will teach students about the mechanisms for planning, analysing and implementing foreign direct investments (FDIs), focusing on international finance techniques based on project and export financing (EF & PF) for the construction of industrial plants and infrastructures in third countries. The course focuses on how FDIs in specific geographical areas are supported by Export Credit Agencies (ECAs) and leading international financial institutions, such as the World Bank, regional development banks, and several EU bodies (the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), the European Investment Bank (EIB) and the European Investment Fund (EIF)). The course will also explore the role of institutional investors considering the financial instruments used for FDI projects, such as infrastructure investment vehicles, private equity and real estate funds, infrastructure debt funds. The syllabus includes sophisticated technical tools and quantitative models used for structuring international investments, paying particular attention to: a) project structuring; b) the valuation of investments from the perspectives of lenders and industrial sponsors; c) financial modelling techniques; d) risk analysis and risk mitigation/hedging.

Textbooks: 1) Project Finance in Theory and Practice, Second Edition: Designing, Structuring, and Financing Private and Public Projects (Stefano Gatti – 2012),

2) or in alternative ‐ Principles of Project Finance, 2nd Edition (E.Yescombe – 2013).


INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Financial markets, business cycles and monetary policy, both in closed and open economy.

Code: M247


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Macroeconomics, Mathematical Analysis, Statistics.

244


Professors: Francesco Lippi / Guido Traficante

Learning Outcomes: The course presents an in‐depth analysis of central banking, financial institutions and monetary economics. The course starts by considering interest rates and international financial markets. Then, we consider the structure, the objectives and the instruments of the European Central Bank and of the Federal Reserve. We conclude by considering business cycle fluctuations and the role of monetary policy.

Textbooks: 1. Cecchetti, Stephen G. and Kermit L. Schoenholtz, "Money, Banking, and Financial Markets", Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2015. 2. Obstfeld, Maurice, and Kenneth S. Rogoff. "Foundations of international macroeconomics". Vol. 30. Cambridge, MA: MIT press, 1996. 3. Scientific articles from a reading list provided by the instructor.


INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMICS (12 ECTS) Economia finanziaria internazionale

Course contents: The course is divided into two sections. Part A: International macroeconomic analysis. The first part examines: 1) basic concepts (including international economic institutions, Balance of payments and foreign exchange markets); 2) international economics and monetary policy (macroeconomic equilibrium, stabilization policies, choice of the exchange rate regime and optimum currency areas). Part B: International macroeconomic policies. The second part examines: 1) The international monetary system in a historical perspective; 2) financial globalization: opportunities and crises.

Code: M265


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No specific prerequisites are required. However, knowledge of the basic concepts of macroeconomics is recommended. Reference book: Macroeconomia, Blanchard, O., Amighini A. and Giavazzi F., 2016, Il Mulino.

Assessment: Intermediate test / completion test 1. The intermediate test will take place on the first week of November during the lesson time and will last an hour and a half (approximately). 2. The intermediate test consists of a written test of 4 open questions each of which is evaluated with the same weight (7.5 points per question). 3. The intermediate test will take place on the subjects covered during the first seven weeks of the course. 4. The completion test will take place at the end of the course (date to be set) and will last an hour and a half (approx.). 5. The completion test consists of a written test of 3 open questions each of which is evaluated with the same weight (10 points per question). 6. Intermediate and completion tests take place on a single date and therefore can not be retrieved. 7. The intermediate test and the completion test have the same weight. Then

245

the final result is given by the average of the partial marks obtained in the two tests (intermediate test and completion test). Complete test 1. The full test will take place on the dates provided by the Profit Exam Schedule. 2. The complete test consists of a written test of 4 open questions each of which is evaluated with the same weight (7.5 points per question) and it lasts one and a half hours.

Professors: Mauro Visaggio

Learning Outcomes: This course pursues two objectives. The first purpose is to provide the basic tools of international macroeconomic analysis in order to identify the determinants of exchange rates, balance of payment and the equilibrium value of production, employment and, ultimately, price levels. The second goal is to examine the role of international macroeconomic policies with a particular emphasis on a historical review of the evolution of the international financial system and an analysis of recent financial globalization.

Textbooks: The reference book of the course is: 1) Krugman, Obsfeld e Melitz, Economia Internazionale 2, Economia

monetaria internazionale, Person Italia ‐ Milano, Torino, 2015. Further lectures on some topics:

2) Feenstra R.C. e A.M. Taylor, Essential of international economics, Worth Publisher, 2014.


INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course consists of several parts relating to the management of human resources in an international context: (1) The first part will introduce the primary functions of HRM and identify considering key organizational issues and major environmental factors they confront. (2) The second part will contextualize these matters in the context of the contemporary challenges faced by HR managers. (3) The third part deals with comparative HRM, in other words it looks at major systems of HRM across countries.

Code: M132

Major: Management (Individual plan/ international management)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Students are requested to be familiar with the following topics: basic management theories; some knowledge of organizational theories – economic and sociological; an acquaintance with organizational design; some knowledge of national business systems.

Assessment: The grade is based on a written exam (100%). The exam will consist of a mix of open ended and multiple choice questions. There will be no bonus questions on the exam itself. Suitable mock exercises will be provided in the teaching sessions. The students will also have the chance of receiving up to 2 points of bonus points. These extra bonus points will be given on the basis

246

of an in class exercise bonus (up to 1 point) and participation in in‐class challenges (up to 1 point). Just attending the class won’t lead to any participation bonus points. Bonus points can only be used once, i.e., they can’t be carried to the subsequent retake exams and in this case, grading will be based solely on the exam. In order to keep their bonus points for the next dates ('appelli'), students are free to leave the written exam within 10 minutes from the beginning the test. In any case, bonus points are valid only within the duration of the academic year: they will expire in August 2019. If a student fails or rejects the grade at the first date in December/January, he/she might lose the bonus points achieved but still able to resit later (May/June/).

Professors: Fabian Kurt Falk Homberg

Learning Outcomes: On successful completion of the course, you will have: ‐ An acquaintance with key areas of HRM ‐ An appreciation of the main areas of HRM, in comparative and international perspective ‐ An understanding of national business systems and culture as they interrelate to HRM ‐ An understanding of the influence of employers, employees, trade unions and the state in shaping of HRM ‐ An understanding of the management of human resources in multinational companies ‐ An ability to assess critically a variety of contemporary, policy‐relevant issues and perspectives which inform the study of HRM ‐ An ability to consider outcomes of HRM arrangements

Textbooks: to be communicated on first day of classes

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M132/0/19MLMMS/2018

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Supply Chain Management Introduction and Integration. Distribution Strategies. Strategic Alliances. Procurement and Outsourcing Strategies. Global Logistics and Risk Management. Smart Pricing. Information Technology and Business Processes. Digital Supply Chain Management. Global Macrotrends Impacting the Supply Chain Environment. Macrotrend Implications for Supply Chain Planning. Macrotrend Implications for Sourcing/Procurement: Natural Resource Scarcity. Macrotrend Implications for Production: Disrupted Process Flows. Macrotrend Implications for Transportation/Logistics. Risk‐Mitigating Supply‐Driven Imbalance. Risk‐Mitigating Demand‐Driven Imbalance. Sustainability and the Supply Chain.

Code: M284


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of economics, competitive strategy, organization and finance.

Assessment: The grade will be the result of: ‐ a written exam (60%); ‐ a group work (40%); ‐ individual contribution to classes (0‐2 additional points). The written exam will consist of True & False and Multiple‐Choice questions. The group work is developed by individual or teams of students. The purpose is to analyze supply chains of international firms of the agricultural, footwear

247

and garment, manufacturing, finance or minerals sector. The group work should adopt a risk‐mitigating analysis of macrotrends governing the industry and incorporating the FAO‐OECD due diligence strategies. Relevant assessment guidelines will be provided during lecture. Each student/team should develop two different outputs: a written report of about 20 pages with an analytic focus on the topics discussed in class; a short presentation of about 7‐10 slides, to be presented to the class in about 15 minutes. Both outputs will be evaluated. The presentations will be held at the end of the semester. Individual contribution to class measures the student’s contribution to topics and cases discussed in class. Each student will send an email to professor within 24 hours after each class to synthesize the contribution and the value provided to class discussion.

Professors: Maria Jell‐Ojobor

Learning Outcomes: The course familiarizes students with the essentials of management theory and practice in international operations and supply chain management. The course focuses on selected topics of supply chain management, particularly on how to evaluate, manage and enhance the international supply network and adapt to macroeconomic and technological dynamics. Successful completion of the course will equip students with a range of skills applicable to many areas, most notably supply chain strategic design and planning, and particularly for roles with responsibility for the supply chain, macrotrend evaluation and risk assessment.

Textbooks: 1) Simchi‐Levi, D., Kaminsky, P., Simchi‐Levi, E. (2007), Designing and Managing the Supply Chain: Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies, 3rd edition, McGraw‐Hill: chapter 1, 7‐10, 13, 14.

2) Autry, C.W., Goldsby, T.J., Bell, J.E. (2013), Global Macrotrends and Their Impact on Supply Chain Management: Strategies for Gaining Competitive Advantage, Pearson: Chapters 1, 6‐11.

3) Chaffey, D. (2014), Digital Business and E‐Commerce Management: Strategy, Implementation and Practice, 6th edition, Pearson: Chapters 5 & 6.

4) Chopra, S. (2016), Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, and Operation, 6th Edition, Northwestern University, Pearson: Chapter 17.

The professor’s presentations (PowerPoint slides) will be available on the course website.


INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND COMMERCIAL POLICIES (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The focus will be on the role of technology, factor endowments, economies of scale, demand and transport costs in explaining the patterns of trade and multinational activity. Another key issue will be that of the consequences of MNEs for wages, employment, and productivity. Some of the questions that will be addressed are: ‐ Why do countries trade? And why do MNEs arise? ‐ Who gains and who loses from MNEs and FDI? ‐ What determines the actual behavior of contemporary MNEs? After sketching the main recent theories of the multinational firm, some empirical evidence and some case studies will be surveyed. Students will actively participate in presenting and comparing specific experiences of multinational activity.

Code: SJO

248

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Microeconomics/Macroeconomics

Assessment: Team presentations by students, written and/or oral exam

Professors: Stefano Manzocchi

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to provide students with the skills required to comprehend and analyze some of the contemporary international economic issues, and in particular to present them the modern theory of the multinational enterprise (MNE), its working and the consequences of multinational activities for trade, FDI, jobs and development.

Textbooks: 1) Frederick Guy, The global environment of business, Oxford U.P (2009).

2) Giorgio Barba Navaretti and Anthony J. Venables, Multinational Firms in the World Economy, Princeton University Press (2004).

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SJO/0/LM19WBASE/2018

LABOUR LAW AND COMPANY RELATIONS (6 ECTS) Diritto del lavoro e delle relazioni industriali

Course contents: Trade union issue; trade union activity; type of collective agreements; the right to strike; subordinate employment; self‐employment; the discipline of employment; termination of the employment relationship

Code: M060

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of private law


Professors: Marco Marazza / Michel Martone

Learning Outcomes: The course provides a thorough preparation regarding traditional and current problems of individual employment relationships and trade union law, in the public and in the private sector. Objectives of the course, are the ones to provide the student with the ability to apply the discipline of the subjects being taught.

Textbooks: 1) Pessi R., Lezioni di diritto del lavoro, Giappichelli, Torino, last edition; 2) or R. Del Punta, Diritto del lavoro, Giuffré, last edition; 3) or Persiani [et al.], Fondamenti di diritto del lavoro, Cedam, last

edition and Giugni, Diritto Sindacale, Cacucci, last edition

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M060/0/19HLMBASE/2018

LABOUR POLICIES (6 ECTS) Politiche del lavoro

Course contents: The course treats the main concepts needed for the analysis of both policy sectors, as well as their different phases of development, with specific regard to the Italian case.

Code: M275


Course Year: 2

249

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Oral exam. Students are allowed to try a midterm test. The midterm exam weights half of the final score. If a student has not tried the midterm test, or instead has tried it, getting a score below 18/30, she/he will do the full exam. If she/he has tried the midterm text and is not satisfied with her/his score, such score will be disregarded and she/he will be able to do the full exam. Active participation in class is recommended.

Professors: Antonio La Spina

Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course students are expected to have learnt the main concepts needed for the analysis of both social policy and employment and labour market policy. They are also expected to have acquired a comprehensive knowledge of the Italian case. The course illustrates the challenges presently faced by policy‐makers, as well as the mutual interaction of the two policy fields.

Textbooks: 1) M. Ferrera (ed.), Le Politiche Sociali, Bologna, 2012, chapters 1, 2, 3, 5; 2) E. Gualmini e R. Rizza, Le politiche del lavoro, Bologna, 2013, chapters 2, 4, 5; Students may propose alternative textbooks, to be agreed upon by the teacher before the fifth week of the course.


LEGAL ISSUES IN MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Subject of the course are, in brief, the legal aspects of the "date menagement", the privacy, the legal protection of trademarks and brands of the company, the contracts of the distribution, the contract between company and consumer protection consumer, antitrust law relevant to marketing.

Code: M156

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics/ Market relationship & customer engagement held in italian)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Have passed the examinations of private law and commercial law.

Assessment: The examination will be conducted in written form.

Professors: Francesco Di Ciommo / Roberto Pardolesi

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide learners with the basic legal concepts to develop a full understanding of the most important issues concerning the marketing.

Textbooks: Suitable instructions will be provided to students at the beginning of the course given the novelty of the subject and the absence on the market of a reference text.


250

LEGAL ISSUES IN MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Law and marketing; customer profiling and database management; law and economics of franchising; competition rules and distribution agreements; trademarks protection; unfair competition; industrial design

Code: M199

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics/ Market relationship & customer engagement)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Case study presentations; written exam (open book). If a student chooses to take the midterm test, then he/she has the option to take the final test only on the material related to the second part of the course. This option is only available in the first examination date after the end of the course (winter session)

Professors: Giuseppe Colangelo / Roberto Pardolesi

Learning Outcomes: Train students on the different legal issues related to marketing.

Textbooks: Teaching materials (slides and selected papers) will be available at the outset of the course.


LOCAL MARKETING (6 ECTS) Marketing territoriale

Course contents: ‐ competition among territories ‐ how to use marketing tools in territorial management ‐ the marketing strategy ‐ the development of the offer

‐ the communication strategy Code: S0B

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: students' project work written exam oral exam (facultative


Learning Outcomes: to supply marketing tools to strengthen the competitiveness of a geographic area

Textbooks: 1) Caroli M. Marketing per la gestione strategica del territorio, Franco Angeli, 2014

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/S0B/0/LM19KMR/2018

251

LUXURY MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course will give a general overview of the marketing theory applied to the luxury industry. The introductory part is dedicated to the definition of luxury, the key players of the industry and their brands portfolio. The course also focus the attention on the importance of the brand identity, the difference in the purchasing behavior. The central part is analyses the marketing variables applied to the luxury with an extensive review of communication, CRM, pricing and budgeting. A relevant part is also dedicated to the importance of retailing in the luxury strategy and a specific project work on this matter will end the course. During the course the students will have the possibility to exercise with 2 projects, one focused on marketing and the second on retailing.

Code: SAC

Major: Business Management (Entrepreneurship and family business/ individual study plan)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic understanding of the marketing theory and basic knowledge of the budgeting process.

Assessment: The grading scheme for this course is divided into 3 different parts: Final exam 0 – 30 points Written exam of 6 questions. 1 closed question, 4 open questions, 1 exercise. All the questions are related to the program and the slides provided with the course. Each question is worth 5 points, available time: 90 minutes. 2. Mid term test 0 – 15 points Written exam of 5 questions, related to the part of the program that has been delivered at the date. Available time 60 minutes. The students that will accept the evaluation of the mid term test will receive a final test of 4 questions, worth 0 – 15 points, to be completed in 45 minutes. The mid term test is valid only for the students that attend the first session of the final exam. 3. Course Projects(2) 0 – 3 additional points Each of the 2 projects will be evaluated on the quality of the analysis, concept(s), project plan and presentations that will be conducted/presented during the course of the semester. The class will be divided in groups and each group will receive 2 assignments during the semester. Each project will be globally evaluated with the following scale 0 points: unsufficient; 1 point: sufficient; 2 points: good; 3 points: excellent. The final evaluation of this component is the average of the 2 projects

Professors: Alberto Festa

Learning Outcomes: The course has the objective to give a general knowledge of the luxury industry, identifying the key players, the relevant trends and understand the main marketing differences between this market and the fashion and mass market business.

Textbooks: REFERENCE BOOKS 1 . Luxury Brand Management: A World of Privilege Michel Chevalier, Gerald Mazzalovo 2 . The Luxury Strategy J.N. Kapferer and V. Bastien

252

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SAC/0/19HLMHI/2018

LUXURY MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course will give a general overview of the marketing theory applied to the luxury industry. The introductory part is dedicated to the definition of luxury, the key players of the industry and their brands portfolio. The course also focus the attention on the importance of the brand identity, the difference in the purchasing behavior. The central part is analyses the marketing variables applied to the luxury with an extensive review of communication, CRM, pricing and budgeting. A relevant part is also dedicated to the importance of retailing in the luxury strategy and a specific project work on this matter will end the course. During the course the students will have the possibility to exercise with 2 projects, one focused on marketing and the second on retailing.

Code: SAC

Major: Management (Individual study plan/ Luxury, fashion and made in Italy)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic understanding of the marketing theory and basic knowledge of the budgeting process.

Assessment: The grading scheme for this course is divided into 3 different parts: Final exam 0 – 30 points Written exam of 6 questions. 1 closed question, 4 open questions, 1 exercise. All the questions are related to the program and the slides provided with the course. Each question is worth 5 points, available time: 90 minutes. 2. Mid term test 0 – 15 points Written exam of 5 questions, related to the part of the program that has been delivered at the date. Available time 60 minutes. The students that will accept the evaluation of the mid term test will receive a final test of 4 questions, worth 0 – 15 points, to be completed in 45 minutes. The mid term test is valid only for the students that attend the first session of the final exam. 3. Course Projects(2) 0 – 3 additional points Each of the 2 projects will be evaluated on the quality of the analysis, concept(s), project plan and presentations that will be conducted/presented during the course of the semester. The class will be divided in groups and each group will receive 2 assignments during the semester. Each project will be globally evaluated with the following scale 0 points: unsufficient; 1 point: sufficient; 2 points: good; 3 points: excellent. The final evaluation of this component is the average of the 2 projects

Professors: Alberto Festa

Learning Outcomes: The course has the objective to give a general knowledge of the luxury industry, identifying the key players, the relevant trends and understand the main marketing differences between this market and the fashion and mass market business.

Textbooks: REFERENCE BOOKS 1 . Luxury Brand Management: A World of Privilege Michel Chevalier, Gerald Mazzalovo 2 . The Luxury Strategy

253

J.N. Kapferer and V. Bastien

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SAC/0/19MLMMS/2018

M&A AND INVESTMENT BANKING (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The course will give a general overview of Investment Banking and Corporate Finance in practice. The first part of the course will focus on the investment banking: history, Products and Services, Business Models, Clients and Segments. The second part of the course will give an introduction to M&A, going through: Strategic Objectives, Regulation, Tactics, Negotiation, Valuation. The third part of the course will focus on the practical side of Corporate Finance: Practice Sell‐side, Buy‐side, LBOs, ECM, DCM, Distressed situations. During the course, the students will also have the possibility to do different case studies and exercises.

Code: S0M


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Class Attendance 10% Case Studies 15% Final Oral Exam 75%

Professors: Luigi De Vecchi / Leone Pattofatto

Learning Outcomes: The course has the objective to give an introduction to Investment Banking, an introduction to M&A and an introduction of corporate finance in practice.

Textbooks: 1) Fleuriet, 2008. Investment banking explained, McGraw‐Hill 2) Nanda, Delong and Roy, 2002. History of Investment Banking,

Harvard Business School 3) Morrison, A.D., Wilhelm, W.J., 2007. Investment Banking: Past,

Present, and Future. Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, Volume 19 Number 1

4) Cendrowski, H., Petro, L.W., Martin, J.P., Wadecki, A.A., 2012. Private Equity: History, Governance, and Operations. Wiley Finance

5) Das, U.S., Papapioannou, M., Pedras, G., Ahmed, F., Surti, J., 2010. Managing Public Debt and Its Financial Stability Implications. IMF Working paper

6) Fraquelli, G., Erbetta, F., 1999. Privatization in Italy: an analysis of factors productivity and technical efficiency. Ceris‐CNR, Working Paper. No. 5/1999

7) Goldstein, A., 2003. Privatization In Italy 1993‐2002: Goals, Institutions, Outcomes, And Outstanding Issues . CESifo Working Paper No. 912

8) IMF, 2001 and 2003. Guidelines for Public Debt Management Lerner, J., 2011. The Future of Private Equity. European Financial Management, Vol. 17:3

9) Megginson W., L., Netter, J., M., 2001. From State To Market: A Survey Of Empirical Studies On Privatization. Journal of Economic Literature

10) Bower, J. L., 2001. Not All M&A Are Alike ‐ and That Matters. Harvard Business Review, March, p. 93

11) KPMG, March 2013. The Emerging Markets International Acquisition Tracker (EMIAT)

254

12) Kumar, N. ,2009. How Emerging Giants Are Rewriting the Rules of M&A. Harvard Business Review

13) Liaw, 2011. The Business of Investment Banking: A Comprehensive Overview, Wiley: chapter 7

14) Lipton, M., 2006. Merger Waves in the 19th, 20th and 21st Centuries. The Davies Lecture, Osgoode Hall Law School, York University

15) Miller, E.L.J., 2008. Mergers and Acquisitions: A Step‐by‐Step Legal and Practical Guide. Wiley

16) Iannotta, G., 2010. Investment Banking, Springer‐Verlag Berlin Heidelberg: chapter 9

17) Kruse, T., 2005. Ownership, Control and Shareholder Value in Italy: Olivetti's Hostile Takeover of Telecom Italia. ECGI ‐ Finance Working Paper No. 83/2005

18) Damodaran, 2012. Investment Valuation: Tools and Techniques for Determining the Value of Any Asset.Wiley Finance

19) Rosenbaum, J. and Pearl, J., 2009. Investment banking : valuation, leveraged buyouts, and mergers & acquisitions.

20) Liaw, 2011. The Business of Investment Banking: A Comprehensive Overview, Wiley: chapter 8, 9

21) McKinsey Global Institute, 2011. Mapping global capital markets 2011

22) Pagano, M., Panetta, F. and Zingales, L. 1998. Why do companies go public?, An empirical analysis. The Journal of Finance, Vol. 53:1(1)

23) PricewaterhouseCoopers, Economist Intelligence Unit, 2011. Capital markets in 2025: The future of equity capital markets

24) Ablum , T., Burgis, M. B., 2001. Leveraged Buyouts: The Ever Changing Landscape. Depaul Business Law Journal, Vol. 13:109

25) Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, 2012. Distressed Mergers And Acquisitions

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/S0M/0/LM19WBASE/2018

M&A AND INVESTMENTE BANKING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course is divided into 4 parts: Part 1: Investment industry overview (including financial statement analysis) Part 2: The Sell Side: including advisory, banking, sales & trading, and client management. Part 3: The Buy Side: including fund management, principle investing. Part 4: International aspects of M&A and Investment Banking.

Code: SMJ

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Accounting and Financial knowledge recommended.

Assessment: 85% Final exam 15% Class participation, homework, presentations, and quizzes

Professors: Marshall Langer

Learning Outcomes: In this course students learn how investment banks and investment bankers operate. M&A is emphasized in particular. Public offerings, venture capital, sales and trading, merchant banking, debt financing, institutional research,

255

among numerous other aspects of the investment banking field, are also studied, analyzed, and discussed. Emphasis is on developing practical analytical tools and social skills necessary to succeed in the world of international high finance. The role of a successful analyst and associate operating in such settings, and working on such transactions will be emphasized in particular. Additionally students will 1) develop and utilize analytical and presentation tools in use at investment banks such as the working group list, comparable spreadsheets, financial models, and other analyses and memoranda; 2) simulate investment banking committee meetings and project deal teams; and 3) practice client development; 4) model transactions.

Textbooks: 1) M&A: Miller, Mergers and Acquisitions, Legal and Practical Guide, Wiley, 2008

Excerpts:

‐ EY: Ernst & Young, Mergers and Acquisitions, Wiley, 1994 ‐ FS: Fraser, Ormiston, Understanding Financial Statements, 7th

Edition, Prentice Hall, 2004 ‐ FI: Alexander, Sharpe, Bailey, Fundamentals of Investments,

3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001 ‐ RB: Reilly, Brown, Investment Analysis and Portfolio

Management, Thomson, 2006 ‐ CC: Greiner, Poulfelt, The Contemporary Consultant,

Thomson, 2005

‐ SM: Lasserre, Global Strategic Management, Macmillan, 2002 Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SMJ/0/19FLM1B/2018

MACHINE LEARNING & OBJECT DRIVEN MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The syllabus consists of a theoretical part and a practical part. The contents of both parts are described below. The theoretical part include an overview to machine learning areas like supervised and unsupervised learning, and also tools and techniques for specific problems such as classification, clustering and collaborative filtering. Machine learning based tools for online marketing: Google Adwords and Facebook Ads. Basic principles of the Internet Of things: devices and application areas. Marketing devices and marketing through devices. The practical part includes: basic machine learning tools using R. Using Google Adwords and Google Adsense. Using cloud based machine learning tools, such as the Google Cloud platform and the Goolge Machine Learning APIs.

Code: M305

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Working knowledge of basic statistics and marketing principles.

Assessment: The competences are assessed via a written exam only. There is an intermediate (written) test concerning the theoretical part, that accounts for approximately one quarter of the final grade (i.e., the theoretical part is one half of the final grade, and the workgroup activities the other half).

Professors: Giuseppe Francesco Italiano / Luigi Laura

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding two related and emergent digital technologies: machine learning (ML) and the internet of things (IoT),

256

and their impact on our daily life. In particular, the course will first provide an overview of general machine learning tools and techniques, and then it will focus on machine learning based tools for online marketing, such as Google Adwords. In the last part of the course we will focus on the internet of things, from multiple perspectives: companies, users, and marketers.


Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M305/0/19HLMBASE/2018

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE OF FAMILY FIRMS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course attempts to grant participants with the economic tools and basic concepts related to understanding the main managerial and organizational themes in terms of structure and processes of a family firm.

Code: M279

Major: Business management (Entrepreneurship and family business/ individual study plan)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Students are expected to have knowledge in fundamentals of strategy management

Assessment: The final grade (attending) consists of:Team works with a final presentation: 30%Oral examination: 70%The final grade (for non‐attending) consists of an oral examination.

Professors: Fabio Corsico

Learning Outcomes: This course introduces students to the basic concepts and to the uniqueness of family firms. Its primary purpose is to allow students to understand the real opportunities for growth and development of small and medium‐sized family firms.The course formative objectives are:understanding opportunities and criticalities related to the family businessesapplying both logic and judgement in analyzing situations working on problem based learning to understand more in depth the concepts detailed during classes.

Textbooks: Materials posted by the Professor Papers indicated for each topic Reference book:

1) Bertoldi B., Corsico F., Manager di famiglia. Come i manager vendono scelti e hanno successo nel capitalismo familiare.


MANAGEMENT OF INNOVATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: • Taxonomy of innovation • Innovation sources and processes • Competing across the industry lifecycle • Standards and innovation • Business and innovation ecosystems • Managing innovation across industries

Code: SQ0


Course Year: 2

257

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam + Participation (50%) and group work assignments (50%)

Professors: Richard Tee

Learning Outcomes: This course provides students with state‐of‐the‐art theoretical and applied knowledge on the management of innovation. Combining case studies, in‐class exercises, group work, and lectures, the course addresses the strategic, organizational, and operational dimensions of innovation. The course focuses on innovative activities in technology‐intensive firms, but also examines innovation in other industries such as design, consumer goods, retail, fashion, and manufacturing. It examines the unique challenges and opportunities during the early stage of new industries, and the changing nature of innovation as industries evolve. We also discuss the role of collaboration and partnering when managing innovation. The course should be of interest to students aspiring to work in industry, public sector, non‐profits, or startups. It is designed to be combined with the course “Organizing Innovation” but can be taken by students across different specializations.

Textbooks: 1) Greenhalgh, C., & Rogers, M. (2010). Innovation, intellectual property, and economic growth. Princeton University Press.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SQ0/0/19HLMHV/2018

MANAGEMENT OF INNOVATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: • ‐ Taxonomy of innovation ‐ Innovation sources and processes ‐ Competing across the industry lifecycle ‐ Standards and innovation ‐ Business and innovation ecosystems ‐ Managing innovation across industries

Code: SQ0


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None



Learning Outcomes: This course provides students with state‐of‐the‐art theoretical and applied knowledge on the management of innovation. Combining case studies, in‐class exercises, group work, and lectures, the course addresses the strategic, organizational, and operational dimensions of innovation. The course focuses on innovative activities in technology‐intensive firms, but also examines innovation in other industries such as design, consumer goods, retail, fashion, and manufacturing. It examines the unique challenges and opportunities during the early stage of new industries, and the changing nature of innovation as industries evolve. We also discuss the role of collaboration and partnering when managing innovation. The course should be of interest to students aspiring to work in industry, public sector, non‐profits, or startups. It

258

is designed to be combined with the course “Organizing Innovation” but can be taken by students across different specializations.

Textbooks: 1) Greenhalgh, C., & Rogers, M. (2010). Innovation, intellectual property, and economic growth. Princeton University Press.

Individual Course Readings

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SQ0/0/19MLMMI/2018

MANAGEMENT OF SALES ACTIVITIES (6 ECTS) Gestione dei processi commerciali e delle reti di vendita

Course contents: The course covers the management of sales activities in different the contexts of BtoB, trade and BtoC retail. The following topics will be addressed:The strategic role of the sales force in modern organizations and the transformation of sales forceThe types of BtoB customers and purchase processesKey Account Management and the development of a partnership orientation with the clientManagement aspects of the BtoB sales force: specialization, sizing and KPISales to the trades and trade marketingSales in retail (critical points in the management of store chains)Lead GenerationTeleselling and CRMSelling soft managerial skillsLeadership applied to SalesCompensation systems and incentives of the Sales Force

Code: M234

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of Business Economics and Management and Basic Marketing

Assessment: 75% exam (open qualitative questions)Project work 25% (5% participation, 10% presentation, 10% written report)The project work is valid as an intermediate test. In the hypothesis in which the student is unable to participate to the project work s/he must pass an exam based on open qualitative questions and a numerical exercise which will count for the 100% of the grade.

Professors: Daniele D'Ambrosio / Francesco Massara

Learning Outcomes: To develop knowledge about managing customer relationships in BtoB and in B2CTo develop knowledge on sales towards channels (trade)To develop knowledge on sales management in retail networksTo develop analytical and managerial skills regarding commercial processesTo develop knowledge on direct salesTo develop analytical and managerial skills regarding Lead Generation and CRM processes

Textbooks: 1) Sisti, M. A., Guenzi, P., & Caiozzo, P. (2015). Gestire le vendite: l'eccellenza nel sales management. EGEA.Fornari,

2) D. (2009). Trade Marketing (Relazioni di filiera e strategie commerciali). Egea.Buttle,

3) F. Customer relationship management. Tecniche e tecnologie. 4) F. AngeliNico, P. Convincimi! Pratiche di leadership per il

miglioramento delle relazioni interpersonali. F. Angeli

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M234/0/19HLMBASE/2018

MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Decision Making under Uncertainty: Expected Utility. Sequential and static games. Backward Induction. Equilibria in pure and mixed strategies. Sequential Rationality. (Subgame) Perfect Equilibria. Bargaining.

259

Auctions. Repeated Games. Applications to Managerial Decision Making.

Code: M294

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written examination. There will be a mid‐term exam for attending students.

Professors: Luigi Marengo

Learning Outcomes: In addition to Expected Utility as the method of coping with uncertainty in decision making, the course introduces the main concepts of game theory and illustrates how it can be applied. Game theory is concerned with decision making in social and strategic interaction and is presently the dominating method in all social sciences, particularly in business economics. What game theory provides are tools to (formally) represent strategic interactions, the “game forms”, and solution concepts prescribing for all interacting parties what to choose. The course introduces the main concepts and tools of game theory and applies them to actual management tasks with and without strategic interaction. Thus the course will specify concepts such as strategies, payoffs, and information conditions in static and dynamic games. In addition to standard game paradigms (board games, market games, etc.), specific applications try to capture special management problems like corporate governance, auditing, mergers and acquisitions, termination of joint ventures, etc.

Textbooks: 1) J. Watson, “Strategy”, Norton (latest edition). Handouts and other supplementary material (distributed via the web page of the course)


MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Decision Making under Uncertainty: Expected Utility. Sequential and static games. Backward Induction. Equilibria in pure and mixed strategies. Sequential Rationality. (Subgame) Perfect Equilibria. Bargaining. Auctions. Repeated Games. Applications to Managerial Decision Making.

Code: M294

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Written Final Exam. Attending students may take a mid‐term exam.

Professors: Werner Gueth / Mariano Mastrogiorgio / Luca Panaccione

Learning Outcomes: In addition to Expected Utility as the method of coping with uncertainty in decision making, the course introduces the main concepts of game theory and

260

illustrates how it can be applied. Game theory is concerned with decision making in social and strategic interaction and is presently the dominating method in all social sciences, particularly in business economics. What game theory provides are tools to (formally) represent strategic interactions, the “game forms”, and solution concepts prescribing for all interacting parties what to choose. The course introduces the main concepts and tools of game theory and applies them to actual management tasks with and without strategic interaction. Thus the course will specify concepts such as strategies, payoffs, and information conditions in static and dynamic games. In addition to standard game paradigms (board games, market games, etc.), specific applications try to capture special management problems like corporate governance, auditing, mergers and acquisitions, termination of joint ventures, etc.

Textbooks: 1) J. Watson, “Strategy” (latest edition), Norton. Handouts and other supplementary material (distributed via the web page of the course)


MARKETING BIG DATA ANALYSIS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course is made of two components, covering respectively theory and practice. The theory component describes aims and methods of opinion mining; practice is carried out by writing R code to perform opinion mining tools. The topics dealt with during the course are the following: ‐ General definitions concerning opinion mining, text mining and sentiment analysis,; ‐ Data sources, web scraping and web mining.; ‐ Operational definitions of opinions and sentiments to be used for automated text analysis; ‐ Analysis tools (clustering and classifiers); ‐ Sentiment classification and polarity analysis; ‐ Lexicon generation; ‐ Aspect and entity extraction; ‐ Analysis of debates and comment exchanges on social media; ‐ Summarization of opinions; ‐ Intention mining; ‐ Detection of fake and deceptive opinions; ‐ Quality of reviews;

Code: M303

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites A basic knowledge of the R programming languages is preferable.

Assessment: Written examination, including a case study to be prepared during the term.

Professors: Maurizio Naldi

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to provide students with a working knowledge of advanced techniques for opinion mining (and the related topics of text mining and sentiment analysis) to be used on unstructured data for marketing purposes. Traditional lectures are complemented by lab practice sessions, so that students themselves should be able to write simple analysis tools in R.

Textbooks: 1) Liu, Bing. Sentiment analysis: Mining opinions, sentiments, and emotions. Cambridge University Press, 2015. 2) Munzert, Simon, Christian Rubba, Peter Meißner, and Dominic Nyhuis.

261

Automated data collection with R: A practical guide to web scraping and text mining. John Wiley & Sons, 2014. 3) Julia Silge, David Robinson. Text Mining with R: A Tidy Approach. O'Reilly Media, 2017.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M303/0/19MLMBASE/2018

MARKETING COMMUNICATION & NEW MEDIA (6 ECTS)

Course contents: ‐ Consumer culture. ‐ Netnography. ‐ Marketing semiotics. ‐ Web reputation. Definition, metrics, analysis. ‐ eWOM, online communities and "viral" contents: a qualitative approach. ‐ Influencers and active audiences.

Code: M257

Major: Marketing (Market relationship & customer engagement)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: ATTENDING STUDENTS Working group projects and final written exam. Assessment: 50% project work. 50% written exam. NOT ATTENDING STUDENTS Non attendant students will be evaluated just on the base of the result of their final written exam. Final exam will count the 100% of the final grade

Professors: Paolo Peverini

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at introducing students to consumer culture and qualitative research, with particular reference to the approaches of netnography and marketing semiotics. The course aims at delving deeper into conversational media and social web logics, web reputation, media convergence, omnichannel. A particular focus will concern the notion of storytelling on a theoretical and methodological level. Theoretical lessons will be completed by exercises and analysis of case studies.Attendance is compulsory and, to fulfill the main goals of this course, it is essential to acquire the necessary skills to analyse media texts.

Textbooks: NOT ATTENDING STUDENTS

1) Pelsmacker P. De, Geuens M., Van den Bergh J. (2017) Marketing Communications: A European Perspective, Prentice Hall; 6th Edition

262

(chap. 1; 4); 2) Belk R., Fischer E., Kozinets, R. V. (2013) Qualitative consumer and

marketing research. London: Sage (chap. 5; 7). 3) Etter M., Ravasi D., Colleoni E. (2017) “Social media and the formation

of organizational reputation”. Academy of Management Review; 4) Keller K.L., Bathra R., (2016) "Integrating Marketing Communications:

New Findings, New Lessons, and New Ideas". Journal of Marketing: AMA/MSI Special Issue Vol. 80: 122–145;

5) Jenkins, H., “If It Doesn’t Spread, It’s Dead”. From part 1 to part 8

http://henryjenkins.org/blog/2009/02/if_it_doesnt_spread_its_dead_p.html;

6) Kozinets R, de Valck K., C.Wojnick A & J.S.Wilner S., (2010) "Networked Narratives: Understanding Word‐of‐Mouth Marketing in Online Communities", Journal of Marketing, 71: 71‐89;

7) Arvidsson A., Caliandro, A., (2016) "Brand public". Journal of consumer research, 42(5): 727–748;

8) Fombrun C. J., Ponzi L. J., Newberry W. (2015). Stakeholder Tracking and Analysis: The RepTrak® System for Measuring Corporate Reputation. Corporate Reputation Review, 18(1 ): 3–2;

9) Zhu L. et al. (2017). Social media and culture in crisis communication: McDonald’s and KFC crises management in China. Public Relations Review, 43 (2017) 487–492;


MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS AND LANGUAGES OF NEW MEDIA (6 ECTS) Comunicazione di marketing e linguaggi dei nuovi media

Course contents: ‐ Consumer culture. ‐ Netnography. ‐ Marketing semiotics. ‐ Web reputation. Definition, metrics, analysis. ‐ eWOM, online communities and "viral" contents: a qualitative approach. ‐ Influencers and active audiences.

Code: M204

Major: Marketing (Market relationship of customer engagement (italian)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: ATTENDING STUDENTS Working group projects and final written exam. Assessment: 50% project work 50% written exam NOT ATTENDING STUDENTS

263

Non attendant students will be evaluated just on the base of the result of their final written exam. Final exam will count the 100% of the final grade

Professors: Paolo Peverini

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at introducing students to consumer culture and qualitative research, with particular reference to the approaches of netnography and marketing semiotics. The course aims at delving deeper into conversational media and social web logics, web reputation, media convergence, omnichannel. A particular focus will concern the notion of storytelling on a theoretical and methodological level. Theoretical lessons will be completed by exercises and analysis of case studies.Attendance is compulsory and, to fulfill the main goals of this course, it is essential to acquire the necessary skills to analyse media texts.

Textbooks: ATTENDING STUDENTS

1) Etter M., Ravasi D., Colleoni E. (2017) “Social media and the formation of organizational reputation”. Academy of Management Review;

2) Keller K.L., Bathra R., (2016) "Integrating Marketing Communications: New Findings, New Lessons, and New Ideas". Journal of Marketing: AMA/MSI Special Issue Vol. 80: 122–145;



4) Kozinets R, de Valck K., C.Wojnick A & J.S.Wilner S., (2010) "Networked Narratives: UnderstandingWord‐of‐Mouth Marketing in Online Communities", Journal of Marketing, 71: 71‐89;

5) Arvidsson A., Caliandro, A., (2016) "Brand public". Journal of consumer research, 42(5): 727–748.

NOT ATTENDING STUDENTS

1) Pelsmacker P. De, Geuens M., Van den Bergh J. (2017) Marketing Communications: A European Perspective, Prentice Hall; 6th Edition (chap. 1; 4);

2) Belk R., Fischer E., Kozinets, R. V. (2013) Qualitative consumer and marketing research. London: Sage (chap. 5; 7).

3) Etter M., Ravasi D., Colleoni E. (2017) “Social media and the formation of organizational reputation”. Academy of Management Review;

4) Keller K.L., Bathra R., (2016) "Integrating Marketing Communications: New Findings, New Lessons, and New Ideas". Journal of Marketing: AMA/MSI Special Issue Vol. 80: 122–145;



6) Kozinets R, de Valck K., C.Wojnick A & J.S.Wilner S., (2010) "Networked Narratives: Understanding Word‐of‐Mouth Marketing in Online Communities", Journal of Marketing, 71: 71‐89;

7) Arvidsson A., Caliandro, A., (2016) "Brand public". Journal of consumer

264

research, 42(5): 727–748; 8) Fombrun C. J., Ponzi L. J., Newberry W. (2015). Stakeholder Tracking

and Analysis: The RepTrak® System for Measuring Corporate Reputation. Corporate Reputation Review, 18(1 ): 3–2;

9) Zhu L. et al. (2017). Social media and culture in crisis communication: McDonald’s and KFC crises management in China. Public Relations Review, 43 (2017) 487–492;


MARKETING METRICS (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course covers different topics: • relationship between marketing metrics and broader measures for value creation, based on the idea of balance performance measurement (balanced scorecard) • market demand metrics • mechanisms, methods, and techniques needed to evaluate and measure marketing performance • competition metrics • customer and brand equity metrics • product, price, distribution, and sales force metrics, coupled with metrics for communication, digital marketing, and social media communication • innovation metrics

Code: M202

Major: Marketing analytics & metrics

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Students must have followed courses from the first semester.

Assessment: 1. Group work 30% 2. Adoption lab project 30% 3. Exams (Mid Term and Final) 40% The non‐attending students will be evaluated on only one final exam, having a written and an oral component.


Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed at providing a broad range of theories, models, methods, techniques, and specific metrics to measure and evaluate marketing performance. All of these elements provide the tools to correctly define investments and their returns, and ultimately the marketing contribution to company’s value creation.

Textbooks: 1) Bendle, N, Farris, P. W., Pfeifer, P., & Reibstein, D. (2016) Marketing Metrics: The Manager's Guide to Measuring Marketing Performance (3rd Edition). Pearson Education.


MARKETING PLAN & MARKSTRAT SIMULATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course is designed to develop the student's ability to understand:

265

• the process of analyzing and defining marketing strategies with reference to the trilogy segmentation ‐ targeting ‐ positioning • the management of products, brands, distribution channels, communication marketing and pricing policies • models and marketing planning processes and performance measurement

Code: M197

Major: Marketing (Market relationship & costumer engagement/ Marketing analytics & metrics)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Having followed the courses of research methodology for marketing and marketing metrics.

Assessment: Markstrat performance 70% Written exam 30%


Learning Outcomes: The course in Marketing Plan & Markstrat Simulation intends to expose students to an active and applied learning experience. It is active due to the fact that 50% of the course consists of a simulated market environment in which students are asked to run a business and make marketing related decisions. Applied because the remaining 50% of the course discuss the core decision‐making processes from marketing planning perspective. The course is strategically located in the first semester of the second year, so students who have followed different paths of specialization can work together and combine their diverse knowledge and experience to make original and successful business decisions.

Textbooks: 1) P. Kotler and K. Keller (14 edition), Marketing Management, Pearson


MARKETING PLAN AND MARKSTRAT SIMULATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The main course contents are: • advanced marketing segmentation targeting and positioning • product, price, communicationa and channel management • marketing planning and performance measurement

Code: M163

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics (italian)/ Market relationship & costumer engagement (Italian)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No prerequisites is mandatory. However, the student should have attended the courses of the two tracks in the Master of Science of Marketing.

Assessment: Peer Evaluation 5%; Performance Markstrat 35%; Final presentation 20%; Exam 40%

Professors: Matteo De Angelis

Learning Outcomes: The Marketing Plan and Markstrat course aims to engage students in an

266

active and practical way. The course will be divided in two parts: 50% will be dedicated to a business simulation, during which students will take managerial decisions; in the other 50% the professor will analyze the core marketing area with a planning perspective. The course will encourage students with different knowledge to work together in order to understant the importance of different backgrounds in taking original and successful business decisions.

Textbooks: 1) Larréché J‐C., Gatigon H., Triolet R. (2016) “Markstrat’s Partecipant Handbook – Strategic Marketing – Consumer Goods”


MARKETS, REGULATION AND LAW (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Cognitive approach to economic agents Law and economics of regulation Antitrust Assessment of market structures Regulatory framework and business trends of specific industries (with case studies)

Code: M009

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Good knowledge of the basic elements of economics and of private law

Assessment: Participation to classes & interaction, written essay, oral exam

Professors: Luca Arnaudo

Learning Outcomes: This course aims at providing students with the necessary knowledge to assess the impact of regulation on markets and business performance, as well as to provide an introduction to competition analysis and antitrust. Also, the course aims at developing presentation and narrative build‐up skills of the students.

Textbooks: A selection of reading materials will be made available during the lessons and through the learn platform


MARKETS, REGULATION AND LAW (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Law and economics of antitrust and regulation; property rights, liability rules, commons, anticommons and semicommons; elements of liberalization and market regulation; cost‐benefit analysis and regulatory impact assessment

Code: M009

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Written exam, case study presentation, moot court. If a student chooses to take the midterm test, then he/she has the option to take the final test only on the material related to the second part of the course. This option is only available in the first two examination dates after

267

the end of the course (winter session).

Professors: Giuseppe Colangelo

Learning Outcomes: Train students on the law and economics of antitrust and regulation

Textbooks: Teaching materials will be available on the Learn platform (http://learn.luiss.it) at the outset of the course


MEASUREMENT AND ANALYSIS OF THE PERFORMANCE OF MARKETING‐MARKETING METRICS (6 ECTS)

Analisi e misurazione delle performance di marketing‐ marketing metrics

Course contents: The course covers different topics: • relationship between marketing metrics and broader measures for value creation, based on the idea of balance performance measurement (balanced scorecard) • market demand metrics • mechanisms, methods, and techniques needed to evaluate and measure marketing performance • competition metrics • customer and brand equity metrics • product, price, distribution, and sales force metrics, coupled with metrics for communication, digital marketing, and social media communication • innovation metrics

Code: M160


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Students must have followed courses from the first semester.

Assessment: COURSE EVALUATION 1. Group work 30% 2. Adoption lab project 30% 3. Exams (Mid Term and Final) 40% The course comprises of two exams for attending students: mid term and final. Both exams will be closed book and will include both multiple choice and subjective questions. The non‐attending students will be evaluated on only one final exam, having a written and an oral component.


Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed at providing a broad range of theories, models, methods, techniques, and specific metrics to measure and evaluate marketing performance. All of these elements provide the tools to correctly define investments and their returns, and ultimately the marketing contribution to company’s value creation. The main teaching objectives are: • to create student familiarity with marketing performance metrics, and with the causal relationships that make such metrics valid and reliable to manage

268

marketing effectively; • to analyze, discuss, and experience the process through which marketing management affects company’s competitiveness and value creation; • to analyze, discuss, and experience marketing decision‐making from a dynamic point of view that includes both resource allocation and investment returns. Achieving these objectives overall enable students to develop the ability to design, execute and manage a broad range of metrics useful to measure and evaluate marketing performance. At the same time, it improves the ability to understand and manage marketing processes, as characterized by specific performance metrics.

Textbooks: 1) Bendle, N, Farris, P. W., Pfeifer, P., & Reibstein, D. (2016) Marketing Metrics: The Manager's Guide to Measuring Marketing Performance (3rd Edition). Pearson Education.

Suggested readings: ‐ Aguinis, H., Edwards, J. R., & Bradley, K. J. (2017). Improving our understanding of moderation and mediation in strategic management research. Organizational Research Methods, 20(4), 665‐685. ‐ Ofek, E. (2016) Customer Lifetime Value versus Customer Lifetime Return on Investment, HBSPD 9‐515‐049 ‐ Popky, L.J. (2015). Identify the marketing metrics that actually matter, HBR ‐ Netzer, O. (2014). Using Social Media Data to Track the Effectiveness of a Communication Campaign, HBSPD ‐ Stanko, M.A. &Fleming, M. (2014). Marketing Metrics: Note for Marketing Managers, HBSPD – W14327 ‐ Pirouz, R., Bendle, N., & Taneem, K. (2011). Online metrics: what are you measuring and why. HBSPD ‐ Chandon, P. (2003). Note on measuring brand awareness, brand image, brand equity and brand value (pp. 1‐12). Fontainebleau: Insead. ‐ Edwards, J. R., & Bagozzi, R. P. (2000). On the nature and direction of relationships between constructs and measures. Psychological methods, 5(2), 155. ‐ Dolan, R. J. (1998). Note on Low‐Tech Marketing Math. ‐ Baron, R. M., & Kenny, D. A. (1986). The moderator–mediator variable distinction in social psychological research: Conceptual, strategic, and statistical considerations. Journal of personality and social psychology, 51(6), 1173. ‐ Churchill Jr, G. A. (1979). A paradigm for developing better measures of marketing constructs. Journal of marketing research, 64‐73.


NEUROMARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: In this course we will examine consumer behavior by using insights and methods from consumer psychology and neuroscience. This course mainly focuses on consumer as an individual, but it also explores how social context and social variables influence his behavior. The basic idea of the course is that consumer behavior is largely driven by processes that occur outside a consumer's conscious awareness. By understanding these unconscious processes, marketers can predict consumer behavior more accurately.

Code: EM03

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

269

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Prior knowledge in marketing and consumer behavior

Assessment: Written exam 60% Assignment 40%


Learning Outcomes: Learning objectives: ‐ Learn the basic principles and theories of consumer psychology and consumer neuroscience ‐ Understand the biological basis of consumer behavior ‐ Apply traditional and neuroscience methods and metrics to improve consumers' experiences of products and design effective marketing communication campaigns

Textbooks: 1) Introduction to Neuromarketing & Consumer Neuroscience by Dr. Thomas Z. Ramsoy + selected articles from marketing and neuroscience journals

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/EM03/0/LM19KBASE/2018

NEWSMAKING & BRAND STORYTELLING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: What are the characteristics of postmodernity as the cause of the evolution of marketing and what are the effects of the marketing? What are the most obvious manifestations of the ongoing hybridization between mass communication models and personal communication models? What role do social networks have in the contemporary world? How does communicative relationships inside / out, inside / in, out / out, out / inside of company 4.0 develop? What are the differences between marketing 3.0 and marketing 4.0? What is the relationship between content and the community? What is the strategy of native advertising? How is it able to develop content marketing? What is branded content? How do you create, where are they created, why are they created when creating branded content? What are newsmaking techniques? What are storytelling techniques? Is it fair to speak of an independent model of journalism in relation to brand journalism or brand reporter? What are the differences between communicative strategies and those aimed at the production of a public good, such as information, but must be subject to market rules? Has the boundary between journalism and marketing become more lenient? What happens when the representation coincides with the narrative experience? All these questions will be answered by Prof. Francesco Giorgino, whose aim is to analyze the role of journalism in relation to the consolidation of popular marketing models such as narrative marketing and corporate storytelling. The information and marketing system will be linked through the use of the interpretative keys of communication sociology to investigate the most relevant contiguity profiles from the point of view of platforms, languages and content, without neglecting the deontological aspects.

Code: M302

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Participation in the course does not envisage incurring particular exams.

Assessment: Oral exam and case studies.

Professors: Francesco Giorgino

Learning Outcomes: The course focuses on connecting two disciplinary areas, Marketing and

270

Journalism (here mainly referred to as productive content process) that until recently have manifested mutual distrust, if not hostility. Students will be given the opportunity to contextualize new models of marketing and journalism within the postmodern paradigm. It will start from examining the characteristics of post‐industrial society and then deepen the various communication relationships of company 4.0, marketing 4.0, native advertising, and content marketing. Highlighting the main factors of a marketing change that is now based on "community logic" rather than content content alone, the course will look at Newsmaking: news values, news factors, newsworthiness criteria. The four phases of the Newsmaking (selection, hierarchy, treatment, thematization) will be considered, always imagining the spendiness in the context of conversational marketing, marketing permissive, and digital marketing. Conceptual bridge between newsmaking and these new marketing models will be the examination of corporate storytelling and brand journalism. No specific basic and pre‐service training is required to enroll in the course.

Textbooks: The textbook adopted 1) F. Giorgino, Journalism and Society ‐ Information, politics, economy and culture. Edizioni Mondadori University, Milan 2017. 2) F. Giorgino e M.Mazzù ‐ Brandtelling. Edizioni Egea, Milano 2018 (settembre 2018) The teacher will also provide handouts on specific issues of individual lessons during which indicates a complete bibliography.


ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (6 ECTS) Comportamento organizzativo

Course contents: The course analyses organisational behaviour according to three distinct but interdependent levels of analysis: individual, group and organization. Topics will include: personality and individual differences; attitudes, perceptions, judgments; motivation and engagement; problem solving and decision making; groups and Team Building; communication, conflict management and negotiation; leadership; culture and organizational climate; Diversity Management; Organizational change

Code: M273


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Oral Exam: 100%

Professors: Laura Innocenti

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to increase students’ awareness of the importance of understanding human behavior in organizations and the ability to identify its main determinants. Organizational behavior as a field of study draws upon theoretical frameworks from numerous disciplines such as psychology sociology and economics. The course gives students the opportunity to understand factors that promote or hinder individual, group and organizational performance considering different and complementary perspectives.

271

The course is aimed at those students who aspire to become effective leaders within an organizational setting. Case discussions, skill‐oriented activities will be applied to almost each topic.

Textbooks: 1) M. Pilati, H. Tosi (2017), Comportamento Organizzativo, EGEA, Milano (Chapters 5 ‐9 – 11 excluded) 2) G.Gabrielli, S. Profili (2012), Organizzazione e Gestione delle Risorse Umane – Chapter 14, EGEA, Milano


272

ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN (6 ECTS) Progettazione organizzativa

Course contents: Organizations are complex entities, and understanding their inner workings takes more than memorizing ready‐made recipes. The effectiveness of organizational practices – often wrongly labeled as best – changes greatly across time and space. Using insights from a variety of theoretical approaches, the course intends to equip students with the ability to develop inferences about organizational issues. To reach this aim, the course is designed to expose students to both rigorous and varied research traditions and real‐world cases. The course covers four main areas: 1) Organizational behavior: cognition, motivation, learning, and decision‐making; 2) Human resource systems: assessment, reward, and development; 3) Coordination mechanisms: prices, teaming, authority and agency, and culture and rules; 4) Organizational design: job design and firm structures.

Code: M268


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Students are expected to have basic knowledge of the topics addressed in the Microeconomics and Economics and Management of Enterprise courses.

Assessment: 1) written test 50 % (final exam) 2) mid‐term, in‐class exercise (bonus points) 3) individual and team work assignment (bonus points)

Professors: Luca Giustiniano

Learning Outcomes: This course introduces students to the core issues of organization theory and organization design. Its primary purpose is to equip students with critical appreciation of the central theoretical questions, themes, and debates in the literature. Relying on an eclectic approach that integrates concepts from organizational economics, organizational sociology, and cognitive psychology, the course’s specific learning objectives are: • Developing an in‐depth understanding of organizational dynamics; • Understanding individual behaviour in organized contexts and identifying organizational responses to manage it; • Understanding coordination issues and identifying mechanisms to address them; • Developing the ability to apply tools and methods to analyse processes in contemporary organizational design challenges. There are three basic requirements for the course: • participation in class discussion, • written work (project work – paper in groups), • and a group presentation.

Textbooks: Reference books 1) Grandori, A Organization and Economic Behavior.


273

ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN (6 ECTS) Progettazione organizzativa

Course contents: Organizations are complex entities and to study them on the basis of “receipts” is risky. Also established organizational solutions, often considered “best practices”, tend to be misleading if the implementation context is not considered properly. Therefore, it is necessary to master a range of theoretical approaches for a deep understanding of organizational issues. The combination of well‐established research contributions and real case studies is provided per this proposal. The course combines four main research studies: ‐ organizational behaviour: cognitive studies, motivation, organizational learning, and decision making processes; ‐ human resources: assessment, incentives, and development; ‐ coordination mechanisms: prices, groups, principal and agency, culture, and rules; ‐ organization design: micro and macro design of organizational structures.

Code: M268


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites It is expected that students have already acquired basic competences about microeconomics and business administration

Assessment: 1) written examination (100%) 2) case study (bonus) Assessment details: ‐ written examination (100%). However, due to in class case studies 2 bonuses are at stake. These bonuses can be used only once during the academic year (see below). ‐ Case studies: students can acquire 2 bonuses in consequence of case study analysis according to the followings rules: • some classes will be dedicated to an individual case study analysis (30 minutes case reading; 30 minutes case report; 30 minutes case discussion); • bonuses can be used until February 2019 BUT only once. Further, to pass the exam (grade >=18) is necessary as well as the fact that the proposed exam grade has been accepted. In case the student decides not to accept the proposed grade the eventual bonus cannot be used. However, the student has the possibility to quit the exam session within 10 minutes after its start

Professors: Andrea Prencipe / Andrea Resca

Learning Outcomes: The course explores relevant approaches in organization studies and organization design. Its main aim is to provide tools for understanding the research questions that are at stake in the academic environment and at the basis of managerial practices. An eclectic perspective that integrate concepts coming from different disciplines such as organization economy, sociology of organizations, and cognitive psychology is at the basis of the present course. Specific course objectives are: ‐ to develop a deep understanding of organizational dynamics within organizational contexts identifying related managerial solutions: ‐ to investigate coordination problems for outlining mechanisms able to deal with them; ‐ to promote skills and methods for analysing challenging organizational processes typical of innovative organizations. It is requested to students to:

274

‐ participate actively to class discussions; ‐ formulate written notes about case studies provided.

Textbooks: 1) Grandori A., Organizzazione e comportamento economico, Il Mulino.


ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Organizations are complex entities, and understanding their inner workings takes more than memorizing ready‐made recipes. The effectiveness of organizational practices – often wrongly labelled as best – changes greatly across time and space. Using insights from a variety of theoretical approaches, the course intends to equip students with the ability to develop inferences about organizational issues. To reach this aim, the course is designed to expose students to both rigorous and varied research traditions and real‐world cases

Code: M293

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring




Assessment: The grade is based on a written exam (100%). The students will also have the chance of receiving up to 2 points of bonus points. These extra bonus points will be given to the students who participate consistently well throughout the course. Just attending the class won’t lead to any participation bonus points. Bonus points can only be used once, i.e., they can’t be carried to the subsequent retake exams and in this case, grading will be based solely on the exam. In order to keep their bonus points for the next dates ('appelli'), students are free to leave the written exam within 10 minutes from the beginning the test. In any case, bonus points are valid only within the duration of the academic year: they will expire in February 2019. If a student fails or rejects the grade at the first date in May/June, he/she might lose the bonus points achieved but still able to resit later (June/July).

Professors: Kerem Gurses / Borge Obel

Learning Outcomes: Relying on an eclectic approach that integrates concepts from organizational economics, organizational sociology, organizational psychology and cognitive psychology, course’s specific learning objectives are: • Developing an in‐depth understanding of organizational dynamics; • Understanding coordination issues and identifying mechanisms to address them; • Developing the ability to apply tools and methods to analyse processes in contemporary organizational design challenges

Textbooks: 1) Gareth Jones Organization theory, design and change. 4th edition. Pearson international edition


275

ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Organizations are complex entities, and understanding their inner workings takes more than memorizing ready‐made recipes. The effectiveness of organizational practices – often wrongly labelled as best – changes greatly across time and space. Using insights from a variety of theoretical approaches, the course intends to equip students with the ability to develop inferences about organizational issues. To reach this aim, the course is designed to expose students to both rigorous and varied research traditions and real‐world cases.

Code: M293

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring




Assessment: The grade is based on a written exam (100%). The students will also have the chance of receiving up to 2 points of bonus points. These extra bonus points will be given on the basis of an in class exercise bonus (up to 1 point) and participation in in‐class challenges (up to 1 point) for the students who participate consistently well throughout the course. Just attending the class won’t lead to any participation bonus points. Bonus points can only be used once, i.e., they can’t be carried to the subsequent retake exams and in this case, grading will be based solely on the exam. In order to keep their bonus points for the next dates ('appelli'), students are free to leave the written exam within 10 minutes from the beginning the test. In any case, bonus points are valid only within the duration of the academic year: they will expire in February 2018. If a student fails or rejects the grade at the first date in May/June, he/she might lose the bonus points achieved but still able to resit later (June/July). The exam will consist of a mix of open ended and multiple choice questions. There will be no bonus questions on the exam itself. Suitable mock exercises will be provided in the teaching sessions.

Professors: Miguel Cunha / Fabian Kurt Falk Homberg

Learning Outcomes: This course introduces students to the core issues of organization theory, organization design and organizational behaviour. Its primary purpose is to equip students with critical appreciation of the central theoretical questions, themes, and debates in the literature. Learning objectives Relying on an eclectic approach that integrates concepts from organizational economics, organizational sociology, organizational psychology and cognitive psychology, course’s specific learning objectives are: • Developing an in‐depth understanding of organizational dynamics; • Understanding coordination issues and identifying mechanisms to address them; • Developing the ability to apply tools and methods to analyse processes in contemporary organizational design challenges.

Textbooks: 1) Gareth Jones. Organization Theory, design and change. 2013.

276

Pearson International Edition. Chapters 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 12, 14.Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M293/B/19MLMBASE/20

18

ORGANIZATIONAL ISSUES IN MARKETING AND SALES (8 ECTS)

Course contents: This course examines contemporary marketing topics within multinational organizations. We will learn how marketing function is organized and study other six contemporary topics. Course topics are: 1) Organization of the marketing function 2) Competitive dynamics 3) Service management 4) Managing retailers 5) Channel management 6) Managing new product development 7) Pricing 8) Salesforce management

Code: M159

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics (italian)/Market relationship of customer engagement (italian)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites There are no prerequisites for this course.

Assessment: Your final grade consists of a one major part •Final Exam: 100% •There will be also a bonus for good class participation, up to 2 points.

Professors: Kerem Gurses

Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Compare and contrast various designs and structures in the organization of the marketing function within multinational firms. 2. Understand the nature of competition 3. Discover how services are marketed 3. Know how to manage distribution channels and channel conflict. 4. Manage new product development processes. 5. Retail management 6. Find out how companies price their products. 7. Grasp basic knowledge of salesforce design and management.

Textbooks: 8 chapters from Kotler and Keller marketing management 14th edition (chapters 11,13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20).


ORGANIZATIONAL ISSUES IN MARKETING AND SALES (8 ECTS)

Course contents: This course examines contemporary marketing topics within multinational organizations. We will learn how marketing function is organized and study other five contemporary topics.

Code: M308

Major: Marketing (Market relationship & customer engagement/ Marketing analytics & metrics)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



277

Prerequisites There are no prerequisites for this course.

Assessment: Evaluation Your final grade consists of a one major part • Final Exam: 100% • There will be also a 1 point bonus for in‐class group presentation and 1 point for good participation, up to 2 points.

Professors: Fabian Kurt Falk Homberg

Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Compare and contrast various designs and structures in the organization of the marketing function within multinational firms. 2. Understand the nature of competition 3. Discover how services are marketed 3. Know how to manage distribution channels and channel conflict. 4. Manage new product development processes. 5. Retail management 6. Find out how companies price their products. 7. Grasp basic knowledge of salesforce design and management.

Textbooks: 1) Keller, K. L., & Kotler, P. (2016). Marketing management. Pearson. (any edition will do) Other readings to be assigned and discussed every week.


ORGANIZING INNOVATION (6 ECTS)

Course contents: • New product development • Creativity and innovation • Design thinking and prototyping • User driven innovation • Open innovation • Organizing innovation processes • Marketing innovation

Code: M083


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none



Learning Outcomes: The aim of this course is to provide students with a combination of theoretical and applied knowledge on organizing innovation. The course focuses on both the challenges and opportunities firms face when organizing for innovation and engaging in new product or service development. The course also examines the challenge to building and maintaining an innovative organization, the role of creativity and prototyping, and how individuals can successfully innovate in organizations. Students also learn about recent insights on design thinking, and user driven or open innovation. It combines traditional lectures with case studies, in‐class exercises, and group work. It is designed to be combined with the course “Management of Innovation”.

278

The key learning objectives are: • master different theoretical frameworks to think about how to organize innovation • gain knowledge how to translate theoretical frameworks into practical application • understanding the role of creativity in new product and new service development • acquire tools to organize innovation in different settings • identifying core problems that may impede innovative performance • knowing how to manage groups that are innovating and how to develop and use firm’s capabilities to exploit innovative activities

Textbooks: 1) Schilling, M. Strategic Management of Technological Innovation. McGraw‐Hill.


PEOPLE MANAGEMENT AND REWARD (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Main economic, cultural, social and technological drivers that influence transformation in organizations and management. The challenges posed by the most important Human Capital Trends to leadership and HR Functions. Attract, retain and motivate: employer agreement and psychological contract. Evaluate, differentiate and value people: models and tools of Performance Management. Talent Management in the new scenario: priorities and main issues. Talent Management Models and Tools: People Value Mapping and Succession Planning. Develop the talents. The Total Reward approach and non‐monetary benefits. Remuneration and its components. Pay for what? Variables that guide the remuneration choices. Fixed and variable remuneration. Variable remuneration: criteria and instruments. Incentives and Management by Objectives. Executive compensation: issues and tools. Remuneration policies and participation: beyond the economic exchange. Benefits, corporate welfare and productivity bonuses.

Code: M316


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Oral exam: 100%


Learning Outcomes: Provide conceptual categories and tools to understand and analyze the implications of the ongoing labor transformation ‐ driven primarily by globalization, increasing competitiveness and digital transformation ‐ on Human Resource Management Practices The course, focusing on the cultural, business and technological issues that sustain most significant Human Capital Trends, will help students understand the important contribution provided by HRM to sustain organizations’ long‐term success. In this framework, the course will be focused on the following topics: i) performance management (tools and different perspectives) and employees’ development, with particular regard to models and practices of Talent

279

Management; ii) Reward Management, according to theTotal Reward model. Case discussions, readings and skill‐oriented activities will be applied to each topic.

Textbooks: 1) Gabrielli G. (2010), People management. Teorie e pratiche per una gestione sostenibile delle persone, FrancoAngeli, Milano. (Chapters 3‐4‐5‐6‐7) 2) Gabrielli G. (2017), Politiche remunerative e partecipazione, in Carcano M., Ferrari R., Volpe V. (a cura di), La partecipazione dei lavoratori alla gestione dell’impresa, Milano


PEOPLE MANAGEMENT AND REWARD (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Main economic, cultural, social and technological drivers that influence transformation in organizations and management. The challenges posed by the most important Human Capital Trends to leadership and HR Functions. Attract, retain and motivate: employer agreement and psychological contract. Evaluate, differentiate and value people: models and tools of Performance Management. Talent Management in the new scenario: priorities and main issues. Talent Management Models and Tools: People Value Mapping and Succession Planning. Develop the talents. The Total Reward approach and non‐monetary benefits. Remuneration and its components. Pay for what? Variables that guide the remuneration choices. Fixed and variable remuneration. Variable remuneration: criteria and instruments. Incentives and Management by Objectives. Executive compensation: issues and tools. Remuneration policies and participation: beyond the economic exchange. Benefits, corporate welfare and productivity bonuses.

Code: M316

Major: Business Management (Entrepreneurship and family business/ Organization and human resource management/ Individual study plan)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Oral Exam: 100%


Learning Outcomes: Provide conceptual categories and tools to understand and analyze the implications of the ongoing labor transformation ‐ driven primarily by globalization, increasing competitiveness and digital transformation ‐ on Human Resource Management Practices The course, focusing on the cultural, business and technological issues that sustain most significant Human Capital Trends, will help students understand the important contribution provided by HRM to sustain organizations’ long‐term success. In this framework, the course will be focused on the following topics: i) performance management (tools and different perspectives) and employees’ development, with particular regard to models and practices of Talent Management; ii) Reward Management, according to theTotal Reward model. Case discussions, readings and skill‐oriented activities will be applied to each topic.

Textbooks: 1) Gabrielli G. (2010), People management. Teorie e pratiche per una gestione sostenibile delle persone, FrancoAngeli, Milano. (Chapters 3‐4‐5‐6‐7)

280

2) Gabrielli G. (2017), Politiche remunerative e partecipazione, in Carcano M., Ferrari R., Volpe V. (a cura di), La partecipazione dei lavoratori alla gestione dell’impresa, Milano


PLANNING AND CONTROL (8 ECTS) Programmazione e controllo

Course contents: To analyze and interpret managerial accounting reports that provides both objective measures of past operations and subjective estimates about future decisions; to analyze and interpret cost behavior and understand various cost systems. To Describe the elements of the budgeting process and its objectives.

Code: M288

Major: Accounting, control and finance (AFC AZIENDALE)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic understanding of financial accounting, financial statements and management accounting.

Assessment: Mid‐term evaluation Written exam

Professors: Cristiano Busco

Learning Outcomes: The purpose of the course is to discuss the logics and the methodologies related to planning and management control, as well as performance measurement and reporting. In particular, after having explored planning, measurement and control within the company's management system, the course focuses on themes such as cost analysis, budgeting, performance measurement and reporting. The analysis on the logics and the methodologies recalled above is complemented by the discussion of case studies e corporate presentations.

Textbooks: 1) Horngren C.T., Sundem G.L., Burgstahler D., Schatzberg J., Agliati M., Ditillo A., Programmazione e Controllo, Pearson, 2016 (16th edition) Chapters to be excluded: 8, 11 and 14

2) Kaplan R.S., Norton D.P. (2008), Mastering the Management System, Harvard Business Review, January.

3) Busco, Granà, Izzo, Sustainable Development Goals and Integrated Reporting, Rutledge‐Giappichelli 2018

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M288/0/LM19AAC/2018

PLANNING AND CONTROL (6 ECTS)

Course contents: After having explored planning, measurement and control within the company's management system, the course focuses on themes such as cost analysis, budgeting, performance measurement and reporting

Code: SGE


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic understanding of financial accounting and financial statements.

Assessment: written exam 100%

281

Professors: Busco Cristiano

Learning Outcomes: The purpose of the course is to discuss the logics and the methodologies related to planning and management control, as well as performance measurement and reporting. In particular, after having explored planning, measurement and control within the company's management system, the course focuses on themes such as cost analysis, budgeting, performance measurement and reporting. The analysis on the logics and the methodologies recalled above is complemented by the discussion of case studies e corporate presentations.

Textbooks: ‐ Bhimani, A., Horngren, C.T., Datar, M.S., Rajan, M., Management and Cost Accounting 6th Edition, Pearson, 2015.

‐ Busco, Granà, Izzo, Sustainable Development Goals and Integrated Reporting, Rutledge‐Giappichelli 2018

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGE/0/19HLMHV/2018

PROCEDURAL AND TAX LAW (6 ECTS) Diritto processuale tributario

Course contents: The first part of the course will focus on topics concerning the Tax Authorities’ control activity and particularly, powers of investigation and authorizations, accesses, inspections and controls, banking enquiries, the conclusion of the investigation activity (the formal notice of assessment). Then the main focus will specifically be on the tax assessment (assessment notice: nature, requirements and contents; types of assessment; documentary evidence and assumptions), as well as on the activity of coercive collection of taxes. The second part of the course will deal with tax special jurisdiction and its corresponding competence, examining also acts against which an action may be brought. Special attention will be devoted to appeal, by examining contents and mandatory requirements for validity, the lodgement of the appeal and the appearance before the court of the appellant and of the respondent and all the proceedings course to the issuance of the ruling. The appeal and the appeal to the Cassazione [Italian Supreme Court] and the enforcement of the tax judgement will be then examined. The final part of the course will focus on the measures to avoid tax litigation (autotutela [internal review procedures], assessment by consent and conciliation).

Code: SGA

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: Oral examination 100%

Professors: Fabio Marchetti / Giuseppe Napoli

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to explain the regulations concerning the tax trial, starting from the examination of the investigation powers of the Amministrazione finanziaria [Tax Authorities] and from the assessment activity of the Agenzia delle Entrate [Inland Revenue Office], taking also into account the notification of tax deeds and the measures to avoid tax litigation. Special attention will be devoted to tax collection, taking also into consideration the forms of taxpayer’s protection against coercive collection. With a view to ensuring suitable training when conducting litigation in the future, topics will be dealt with by continuously making reference to practical cases (also with drafting examples of the main deeds of the tax trial) and to the evolution of case law.

Textbooks: 1) Giuseppe Napoli ‐ Silvia Rocchi "Verifica Accertamento Riscossione e Azioni a tutela del contribuente", Cacucci editore, 2013.

282

Moreover, the use of an updated code of fundamental tax laws is required.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGA/0/19HLMBASE/2018

PRODUCT & BRAND MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

Course contents: The Value Offer and its components ‐ products, services, experiences. Value innovation and the generation and diffusion of innovation. The role of Brands and Brand Strategy ‐ Brand identity, Brand image and Customer‐based Brand Equity. the development of Brands and the communication and distribution process. Brands in the global arena.

Code: M198

Major: Marketing (Market relationship & customer engagement/ Marketing analytics & metrics)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: group project presentation (40%); written exam (mid term 30%, final 30%)

Professors: Alberto Marcati

Learning Outcomes: The course aims, first of all, at providing a state‐of‐art review of theory and research on product and brand management. But, it will combine this approach with a managerial orientation: coverage of the field is applied and from the perspective of the individual manager or of the firm engaged in marketing activities. The course will also introduce basic tools (concepts, models and techniques) to manage products and brands and is intended to develop students' skills in analysis and planning.

Textbooks: 1) Kotler, Aperia, Georgson, Strategic Brand Management ‐ A European perspective, Pearson, 2011


PRODUCT AND BRAND MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS) Gestione del prodotto e della marca

Course contents: The course is focused on the requested elements for managing top brands, linking strategy to practical actions. During the course tools and insights used by brand managers on daily basis will be explained.

Code: SFY

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics (italian)/ Market relationship of customer engagement (italian)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Previously attended at least one marketing basic course linked with a basic knowledge of marketing management, marketing strategy and business economics (cost accounting, break‐even analysis, margin and profitability analysis)

Assessment: Students must choose in advance the exam type (attending student ‐ non attending student)

283

A. Attending students will be evaluated on: written final test (40%) Team project works (25%) Twitter and Instagram project works (9%) Self‐branding (3%) individual commitment and participation to course activities (exercise, cases etc)(23%) un‐attending students will be evaluated on a written test (weighted 100% of the final mark)


Learning Outcomes: The course's aim is to enhance students knowledge about brand and product management both on practical and theoretical basis. The aim of the theoretical part is to provide tools (principles, models and techniques) in order to understand the main role of product and brand management in the marketing department of customer centric firms. Focusing on how brands can develop and influence customers behaviour. Undestand the different alternatives available to develop the best brand and product strategy linking it to the competition dyanamics and to the consumer's behaviour.

Textbooks: • Perrey, J., Mazzù, M.F. (2011). Power Brands. Creare, portare al successo e gestire i propri brand. Milano, Rizzoli. • Kotler‐Keller‐Ancarani‐Costabile: "Marketing Management" (nuova edizione 2014), • Pastore A., Vernuccio M. “Impresa e comunicazione. Principi e strumenti per il manage‐ment”. • Kotler‐ Keller ‐Ancarani‐Costabile; “Marketing per Manager” (2014), Ed. Pearson

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SFY/0/LM19KMA/2018

PROJECT MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Course contentsProjectification of organizationsProject‐Based Organizations – PBOsHuman resource management in PBOsThe “HR Quadriad”Line managersProject ManagersHR specialistsProject management toolsLearning goals: to acquire the necessary competences to operate in PBOs; to familiarize with project management tools

Code: M282


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic concepts of Organization Design Suggested textbooks to fill knowledge gaps: any book on organization design

Assessment: Final exam: 100% of the gradeIn itinere exercises (granting bonuses)

Professors: Luca Giustiniano

Learning Outcomes: Modern organizations are progressively engaged in activities that are expressed in the form of a project, from ad hoc internal initiatives to the creation of mega‐works. Exposed to these challenges, companies must seek the most effective organizational configurations to achieve synergies between programs, projects and management of the total asset portfolio.The term PBOs (Project‐Based Organizations) refers to a wide variety of organizational

284

forms that are developed in the creation of temporary systems for the realization of project / project activities.Being able to act within these organizational forms requires:‐ understanding of the peculiarities of the coordination mechanisms of the actors involved (project managers, project workers, line managers, HR specialists);‐ familiarity with the basic tools for starting, planning, executing, monitoring and closing projects (e.g. GANNT, PERT, WBS, etc.).

Textbooks: 1) Bredin, K., Söderlund, J. 2011. Human Resource Management in Project‐based Organizations.Integrative materials


QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ENTERPRISE (8 ECTS) Metodi quantitativi per l’impresa

Course contents: The course consists of three main branches: linear programming; advanced mathematical finance; advanced statistics.

Code: M266


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Undergraduate courses in: Mathematics, Mathematical Finance and Statistics

Assessment: The exam is only written. It is articulated in exercise sheets to be done at home(2‐3 points in total); midterm, final exam.

Professors: Sara Biagini

Learning Outcomes: Strengthen mathematical knowledge and abilities useful in enterprise management and development.

Textbooks: 1) Dorfman, Samuelson e Solow: Linear Programming and Economic Analysis (Dover Books on Computer Science) 2) Castellani, De Felice, Moriconi: Manuale di Finanza, vol. 2 e 3. 3) Scandolo – Matematica finanziaria, Amon edizioni. 4) Monte Carlo Methods in Financial Engineering, Paul Glasserman. Springer.


QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR FINANCE (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Methods for the analysis of cross‐sectional and time series financial data.

Code: M248


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic Mathematics courses of Bachelor degree.


Professors: Alessio Sancetta

Learning Outcomes: An introduction to the mathematical methods used in finance with particular emphasis on the tools used for estimation and testing of financial models.

285

Textbooks: 1) Brooks, Introductory Econometrics for Finance, Cambridge University Press.


QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

Course contents: 1. Linear optimization problems, with business applications: ‐ Graphical solution; ‐ Analytical solution (simplex method); ‐ Computer‐based solution. 2. Portfolio Models ‐ Efficient portfolios with no short‐sale restrictions; ‐ Variance‐covariance matrix; ‐ Efficient portfolios without short sales. 3. Immunization strategies: ‐ Duration; ‐ Convexity. 4. Actuarial mathematics for life and non‐life insurance: ‐ Insurance business model and main contracts; ‐ Pricing and reserving for Life and Non‐life insurance; ‐ Risk Management and Economic Capital for insurance.

Code: M277

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic concepts of mathematics and financial mathematics.

Assessment: Individual exam on the practical part (computer‐based) and individual exam on the theoretical part.

Professors: Gaia Barone

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to give the basic quantitative tools for the analysis and solution of optimization problems, the understanding of bond markets, the selection of stock portfolios, the valuation and management of insurance coverage, and the measurement and management of risks.

Textbooks: 1) BENNINGA, Simon, "Financial Modeling", 4th edition, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, April 2014.

2) OLIVIERI, Annamaria, and PITACCO, Ermanno, "Introduction to InsuranceMathematics. Technical and Financial Features of Risk Transfers", Springer, 2011. Notes provided by the instructor.


QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

Course contents: 1. Linear optimization problems, with business applications: ‐ Graphical solution; ‐ Analytical solution (simplex method); ‐ Computer‐based solution. 2. Portfolio Models ‐ Efficient portfolios with no short‐sale restrictions; ‐ Variance‐covariance matrix; ‐ Betas and Security Market Line; ‐ Efficient portfolios without short sales.

286

3. Valuation of Options: ‐ The Binomial Option Pricing Model; ‐ The Black‐Scholes Model. 4. Actuarial technique of life and non‐life insurance: ‐ Main contracts; ‐ Determination of insurance premiums; ‐ Mathematical and technical reserves.

Code: M277

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic concepts of mathematics and financial mathematics.

Assessment: Individual computer‐based exam and individual oral exam.

Professors: Marco Pirra

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to give the basic quantitative tools for the analysis and solution of optimization problems, the understanding of bond markets, the selection of stock portfolios, the valuation and management of insurance coverage, and the measurement and management of risks.

Textbooks: 1) BENNINGA, Simon, "Financial Modeling", 4th edition, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2014.

2) OLIVIERI, Annamaria, and PITACCO, Ermanno, "Introduction to Insurance Mathematics. Technical and Financial Features of Risk Transfers", Springer, 2011.Notes provided by the instructor.


REAL ESTATE FINANCE (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The program is aimed at studying in depth every single subject and activity pertaining to the real estate industry: accordingly, a multidisciplinary approach was chosen, which enables the training of resources that can meet the needs of a market oriented to international standards. The Course was designed for those who wish to invest on their own development, enhancing their own personal effectiveness, but also those who aim at seizing an opportunity for promoting and valorising their human resources, by enhancing their skill‐level, training and specialisation level benefiting from a highly qualified and international level training opportunity.

Code: SS4

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Corporate Finance

Assessment: Oral Exam

Professors: Gaetano Casertano

Learning Outcomes: The course was designed to give people involved in a full time professional, managerial and entrepreneurial activity the possibility of a professional growth and personal success in real estate finance, management of territory development projects, development and management of real estate assets. The program is aimed at studying in depth every single subject and activity pertaining to the real estate industry: accordingly, a multidisciplinary approach was chosen, which enables the training of resources that can meet the needs of a market oriented to international standards. The Course was designed for those who wish to invest on their own

287

development, enhancing their own personal effectiveness, but also those who aim at seizing an opportunity for promoting and valorising their human resources, by enhancing their skill‐level, training and specialisation level benefiting from a highly qualified and international level training opportunity.

Textbooks: Didactic Materials Papers Reference Books

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SS4/0/19HLMBASE/2018

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course will be divided into three main parts. The first part discusses research process in depth to write a marketing research report. In particular, the main issues associated with quantitative research design, data collection, data collection techniques, questionnaire and experiment design are discussed. In the second part, an overview of basic statistics and computer skills ‘Stata’ is provided. Key topics covered in this part include exploratory data analysis, univariate and bivariate hypothesis testing. In the third part, frequent and relevant marketing research problems, including profiling for predictive modelling, ad‐copy testing, customer value analysis, and positioning are examined. For these problems, multivariate statistic techniques (e.g. regression, ANOVA, factor and reliability analyses) will be examined and indicated with Stata.

Code: M157IT

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics (italian)/ Market relationship of customer engagement (italian)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites The prerequisites that are necessary for “Research methodology for Marketing” are: 1. Principles of Marketing, Marketing Management, or equivalent; 2. Basic concepts in statistics; If you do not have these knowledge you are asked to read: 1. Principles of Marketing 15/E , Kotler and Armstrong, Pearson 2. Handout: Statistics in nutshell (prepared by the teacher)

Assessment: 1. Written Final Exam: 50% 2. Written marketing research project (team project): 50% 3. Participation/Project Bonus (Lectures/STATA computer sessions): 5% (bonus) (1.5 points)

Professors: Carmela Donato

Learning Outcomes: The course will examine the specific issues involved in developing and implementing marketing research to solve a managerial decision problem. Students will obtain computer skills such as Stata for Statistics. Knowledge from this course can be also used for writing a master thesis. Attention will be focused on such issues as: • Explain and discuss procedural and methodological factors that play a role when assessing marketing research projects. • Discuss the various procedures used for data collection

288

• Explain and be capable in making a questionnaire • Explain and discuss in detail the use and application of attitude scales in marketing research • Explain the fundamentals of sampling in marketing research • Explain techniques to check and describe data (frequency tables, cross tabulations,..) • Perform and interpret parametric and non‐parametric tests • Explain the right multivariate technique for data analysis given a marketing research problem • Know the objectives, use and interpretation of multivariate data‐analysis techniques (e.g., regression, factor analysis, ANOVA...) • Understand the report preparation process and practice it

Textbooks: 1) Malhotra, N.K., David F. Birks, Peter Wills, “Marketing Research, An applied approach”, Fourth edition (check amazon.it),

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M157IT/0/LM19KMA/2018

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course will be divided into three main parts. The first part discusses research process in depth to write a marketing research report. In particular, the main issues associated with quantitative research design, data collection, data collection techniques, questionnaire and experiment design are discussed.In the second part, an overview of basic statistics and computer skills ‘Stata’ is provided. Key topics covered in this part include exploratory data analysis, univariate and bivariate hypothesis testing.In the third part, frequent and relevant marketing research problems, including profiling for predictive modelling, ad‐copy testing, customer value analysis, and positioning are examined. For these problems, multivariate statistic techniques (e.g. regression, ANOVA, factor and reliability analyses) will be examined and indicated with Stata.

Code: M307

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics/ Market relationship & customer engagement)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites The prerequisites that are necessary for “Research methodology for Marketing” are: 1. Principles of Marketing, Marketing Management, or equivalent; 2. Basic concepts in statistics; If you do not have these knowledge you are asked to read: 1. Principles of Marketing 15/E , Kotler and Armstrong, Pearson 2. Handout: Statistics in nutshell (prepared by the teacher)

Assessment: 1. Written Final Exam: 50% 2. Written marketing research project (team project): 50% 3. Participation/Project Bonus (Lectures/STATA computer sessions): 5% (bonus) (1.5 points)

Professors: Feray Adiguzel

Learning Outcomes: The course will examine the specific issues involved in developing and implementing marketing research to solve a managerial decision problem. Students will obtain computer skills such as Stata for Statistics. Knowledge from this course can be also used for writing a master thesis. Attention will be focused on such issues as:• Explain and discuss procedural and methodological factors that play a role whenassessing marketing research

289

projects.• Discuss the various procedures used for data collection• Explain and be capable in making a questionnaire• Explain and discuss in detail the use and application of attitude scales inmarketing research• Explain the fundamentals of sampling in marketing research• Explain techniques to check and describe data (frequency tables, crosstabulations,..)• Perform and interpret parametric and non‐parametric tests• Explain the right multivariate technique for data analysis given a marketingresearch problem• Know the objectives, use and interpretation of multivariate data‐analysistechniques (e.g., regression, factor analysis, ANOVA...)• Understand the report preparation process and practice it

Textbooks: 1) Malhotra, N.K., David F. Birks, Peter Wills, “Marketing Research, An applied approach”, Fourth edition (check amazon.it), ‐


RETAIL AND SERVICE EXPERIENCE MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course deals with the various elements that allow us to design and implement a retail experience, achieving advantages for the company. The course will consider the strategic nature of communication, the need to manage sales processes and the need to serve the customers at the store level. The following topics will be addressed:The basics of retailing and the new interpretation of physical retail in the omnichannel marketing strategyRetail experience designThe store management: location, assortment, space allocation, store atmosphereThe service lever: personnel and the selling ceremony

Code: M258

Major: Management (Individual study plan/ luxury, fashion and made in Italy)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic marketing knowledge


Professors: Maria Giovanna Devetag / Francesco Massara

Learning Outcomes: To develop knowledge of the retail mixTo develop knowledge of the customer experience and retail designTo develop knowledge of service elements in retailTo develop knowledge of the kpi of the store and its economicsTo develop design skills in the retail sector

Textbooks: 1) Chevalier, M., & Gutsatz, M. (2012). Luxury retail management: How the world's top brands provide quality product and service support.

2) John Wiley & Sons.Varley, R. (2014). Retail product management: buying and merchandising. Routledge.

3) Suggested reading:Srun, F. (2017). Luxury Selling. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham.



Course contents: The course deals with the various elements that allow us to design and implement a retail experience, achieving advantages for the company. The course will consider the strategic nature of communication, the need to manage sales processes and the need to serve the customers at the store

290

level. The following topics will be addressed:The basics of retailing and the new interpretation of physical retail in the omnichannel marketing strategyRetail experience designThe store management: location, assortment, space allocation, store atmosphereThe service lever: personnel and the selling ceremony

Code: M166

Major: Marketing (Market relationship & costumer engagement (Italian)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall













Code: M258

Major: Marketing (Market relationship & costumer engagement)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall






Learning Outcomes: To develop knowledge of the retail mixTo develop knowledge of the customer

291

experience and retail designTo develop knowledge of service elements in retailTo develop knowledge of the kpi of the store and its economicsTo develop design skills in the retail sector







Code: M258

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall













292

Code: M166

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall











RISK MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

[The program for 2018/2019 is not available yet and the program of 2017/2018 doesn’t exist]


Professors: De Prins

RISK MANAGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course is designed to introduce and discuss various risk management concepts, tools and techniques. Using integrated approaches, the course will emphasize discussion on the design and implementation of risk management practices by focusing on the main classes of risks (i.e. market risks, credit risks, operational risks, liquidity risks, model risks, etc.). Students will be helped to realize, understand and master various state‐of‐the‐art risk management theories and practices. Attention will be devoted also to the new developments in terms of financial regulation by explaining how the new regulatory framework will affect risk management in the next future.

Code: M174

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites There are no required prerequisite for this course. However to successfully understand the material a good background in math and, in general, in the quantitative methods/approaches is preferable.

Assessment: Assessment Method The overall assessment will be determined as follows:

293

final exam (written): 100%. The final written exam will be done with "closed book". Students may not bring notes or other material, but only a calculator. All the questions in the exams are similar to the exercises at the end of each chapter of the textbook. Some questions are quantitative (i.e. require some computation).

Professors: Giancarlo Mazzoni

Learning Outcomes: a) To provide students with a comprehensive perspective on risk management and pricing concepts, tools and techniques. b) To develop analytical thinking in understanding and implementing risk management practices/policies. c) To engage students in active discovery of risk management principles. d) To identify and explain the full risk management process in terms of identification of risks and associated potential costs.

Textbooks: Reference Books Hull, John C., Risk management and financial institutions, Wiley finance series.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M174/0/19FLME1/2018

STATISTICAL METHODS FOR MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Metodi statistici per il marketing

Course contents: 1. Statistics and marketing research. 2. Information support, statistical sampling and marketing surveys. 3. Marketing research and data analysis. 4. Data matrix, data clearing, data pre‐processing, covariance matrix, correlation matrix, proximity matrices. 5. Graphics for multidimensional data. 6. Statistical methods for marketing research: Cluster Analysis, Principal Component Analysis, Association rules and Market Basket Analysis, Linear regression model, Tree–based methodologies. 7. Marketing applications with R. 8. Case studies in traditional marketing, geomarketing, web marketing, social media marketing and neuromarketing.

Code: M161


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: WRITTEN EXAM with INTERMEDIATE WRITTEN ASSESSMENT (weight 50%)

Professors: Pierpaolo D'Urso


Textbooks: ‐ Appunti delle lezioni (P. D'Urso). ‐ Analisi dei dati multidimensionali con R (appunti) (R. Massari). ‐ Analisi dei dati e data mining per le decisioni aziendali (S. Zani, A. Cerioli), Giuffrè Editore, 2007.


294

STATISTICS FOR MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Course contents: 1. Statistics and marketing research. 2. Information system, statistical sampling and marketing surveys. 3. Marketing research and data analysis. 4. Data matrix, data clearing, data pre‐processing, covariance matrix, correlation matrix, proximity matrices. 5. Graphics for multidimensional data. 6. Statistical methods for marketing research: Cluster Analysis, Principal Component Analysis, Association rules and Market Basket Analysis, Linear regression model, Tree–based methodologies. 7. Marketing applications with Stata 8. Case studies

Code: M201

Major: Marketing (Marketing analytics & metrics)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Students are expected to have basic knowledge of the topics addressed in the Introductory Statistics class

Assessment: Written exam. Midterm exam 50% Final exam 50% Students how successfully pass the midterm exam will be allowed to a sit the final exam and will be tested on the second half of the course programme Students who do not pass (or sit) the midterm exam will be tested on the whole programme.

Professors: Carmela Cappelli


Textbooks: 1) Handbook of Statistical Analyses Using Stata, B. S. Everitt, S.Rabe‐Hesketh. Fourth edition, Chapman and Hall/CRC 2) Statistics for Marketing and Consumer Research, Mario Mazzocchi, SAGE Publications Ltd


STRUCTURED FINANCE (6 ECTS)

Course contents: Introduction to Structured Finance and Capital Markets participants; fund raising and investments through Capital Markets; Debt Capital Markets financing (bonds and other instruments), asset base financing/securitization, leverage finance and project financing, Equity Capital Markets financing (IPO, Follows on); Derivatives Markets; the role of Capital Markets in M&A activity and processes, SPAC, Private Equity

Code: M081

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Although formal prerequisites are not required, we would suggest to have a basic knowledge of:

295

Financial Math Corporate Finance Economics

Assessment: Student assessment will be based on class participation, on the project work (30%) and a written final exam (70%)

Professors: Riccardo Bruno

Learning Outcomes: The Course focuses on Structured Finance techniques and Capital Markets Products and provides a thorough understanding on ways Investors, Banks and Corporates operate in the Financial sector by means of analysis of specific case studies

Textbooks: Investment Banking ‐ Giuliano Iannotta ed. Springer Financial Markets and Institutions ‐ Frederic Mishkin/Stanley Eakings ed.Pearson


THE POLITICS OF CULTURAL HERITAGE IN EUROPE (6 ECTS)

Course contents: The course compares different countries in Europe‐ notably Italy, Britain and France but also studies supranational policies by the EU and UNESCO. Key themes will be:‐what is cultural heritage? ‐who defines it and how?‐cultural heritage and identity‐ local, regional, national and European‐links between cultural heritage protection and the birth of the nation state‐modernism and heritage‐the relationships between private sector and markets and cultural heritage‐the Europeanisation and internationalisation of heritage.These themes run through analysis of the different countries and international organisations. In addition, students will undertake a personal research project, approved by the course teacher. It can draw on empirical material from any country in Europe or European organisations. The weekly structure below is indicative. A detailed reading list will follow as this is a new course.

Code: M328

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites English; ability to read widely

Assessment: 50% examination20% class participation30% student project

Professors: Mark Thatcher

Learning Outcomes: The course seeks to understand how, when and especially why policies to protect and promote cultural heritage have grown in Europe. It relates cultural heritage to wider themes about nationalism, national, subnational and European identity, the role of the private sector and the market and the power of the administrators and non‐governmental organisations. It seeks to develop student skills: wide reading across different disciplines; comparison of different paths of policy development; critical assessment of explanations for the growth of cultural heritage policies; seeking new information; presenting material clearly and quickly; developing and undertaking a personal research project.

Textbooks: 1) Harrison, R. 2013. Heritage: Critical Approaches. London: Routledge

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M328/0/19MLMBASE/2018

TOURISM MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Course contents: In its first part, the course deepens the structure of the industry of tourism, by analysing the key players of the offer and the characteristics and trends of the demand. The second part is focused

296

on territorial marketing to attract tourists; particular attention will be given to the development of the "product", branding and communication.

Code: SAD

Major: Business Management (Entrepreneurship and family business/ individual study plan)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites basilar knowledge of strategic management and marketing

Assessment: grade will be determined as follow: 60% in class assignments and participation 40% written/oral exam


Learning Outcomes: Supply the knowledge to understand competitive dynamics in the industry of tourism and the managerial tools to attract tourists

Textbooks: papers, cases and lecturer's presentation slides will be provided at the beginning of the course

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SAD/0/19HLMHI/2018

TOURISM MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Course contents: In its first part, the course deepens the structure of the industry of tourism, by analysing the key players of the offer and the characteristics and trends of the demand. The second part is focused on territorial marketing to attract tourists; particular attention will be given to the development of the "product", branding and communication.

Code: SAD

Major: Management (Individual study plan/ luxury, fashion and made in Italy)

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites basilar knowledge of strategic management and marketing

Assessment: grade will be determined as follow: 60% in class assignments and participation 40% written/oral exam

Professors: Caroli Matteo Giuliano

Learning Outcomes: Supply the knowledge to understand competitive dynamics in the industry of tourism and the managerial tools to attract tourists

Textbooks: papers, cases and lecturer's presentation slides will be provided at the beginning of the course

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SAD/0/19MLMMS/2018

WEB ANALYTICS & MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Course contents: Thanks to a mix of lessons, assignments, companies’ guest speakers, business game and a filed project, that student will develop under the joint supervision of instructors and of a prestigious multinational company, the course is focused on the idea of strategic planning and on the consequent digital marketing strategies execution. In this context, after an introduction on digital marketing key concepts and trends, the course faces themes like peer‐to‐peer communications, social media marketing and traffic touch points management and construction, declined, in summary, through SEO, SEM and the main online advertising models. In the final part of the course, digital metrics will be covered, also with the help of a business game focused on digital communication, in which students will have to define

297

communication objectives and instruments, and after which they will be exposed to their decisions results.

Code: M256

Major: Marketing (Market relationship & customer engagement)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites No specific preliminary knowledge is required. Anyhow a familiarity with basic concepts of marketing, economy and statistics is useful in order to increase absorptive capacity of students following the course, and to make the learning process of theories, models, instruments and techniques faster and more fluid.

Assessment: Written exam (40%), projects based on in‐class exercise (30%), projects with a real company (20%), business game (10%). Attending students will be given 1 bonus point, to be added on top of the weigthed average grade

Professors: Matteo De Angelis / Piermario Tedeschi

Learning Outcomes: The Web Analytics and Marketing course faces with a rigorous method topics inherent marketing in the digital and social media environment, in which individuals, companies and organizations are unavoidably immersed. The course has the objective to offer students instruments and in‐depth knowledge about models, processes, tool and techniques that accompany analysis, decisions and management of marketing in the Internet world. Also, the course aims to offer students fundamental quantitative tools to analyze and measure web and social media actions through insights on most widely used metrics. All such objectives are pursued through a “sparkling” blend of lectures, discussion of case studies, in‐class exercises, a field project in collaboration with a primary global company, a business game and guest speaker talks.

Textbooks: 1) Digital Marketing Excellence: Planning, Optimizing and Integrating Online Marketing. Dave Chaffey, P.R. Smith, 2017 (5th edition).


WEB ANALYTICS AND MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Course contents: thanks to a mix of lessons, assignments, companies’ guest speakers, business game and a filed project, that student will develop under the joint supervision of instructors and of a prestigious multinational company, the course is focused on the idea of strategic planning and on the consequent digital marketing strategies execution. In this context, after an introduction on digital marketing key concepts and trends, the course faces themes like peer‐to‐peer communications, social media marketing and traffic touch points management and construction, declined, in summary, through SEO, SEM and the main online advertising models. In the final part of the course, digital metrics will be covered, also with the help of a business game focused on digital communication, in which students will have to define communication objectives and instruments, and after which they will be exposed to their decisions results.

Code: M164

Major: Marketing (Market relationship of customer engagement (italian)

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites No specific preliminary knowledge is required. Anyhow a familiarity with basic concepts of marketing, economy and statistics is useful in order to increase absorptive capacity of students following the course, and to make

298

the learning process of theories, models, instruments and techniques faster and more fluid.

Assessment: Written exam (40%), projects based on in‐class exercise (30%), field project (20%) and business game (10%). One bonus point will be added on top of the weigthed average grade.

Professors: Matteo De Angelis / Piermario Tedeschi

Learning Outcomes: The Web Analytics and Marketing course faces with a rigorous method topics inherent marketing in the digital and social media environment, in which individuals, companies and organizations are unavoidably immersed. The course has the objective to offer students instruments and in‐depth knowledge about models, processes, tool and techniques that accompany analysis, decisions and management of marketing in the Internet world. Also, the course aims to offer students fundamental quantitative tools to analyze and measure web and social media actions through insights on most widely used metrics. All such objectives are pursued through a “sparkling” blend of lectures, discussion of case studies, in‐class exercises, a field project in collaboration with a primary global company, a business game and guest speaker talks.

Textbooks: 1) Digital Marketing Excellence: Planning, Optimizing and Integrating Online Marketing. Dave Chaffey, P.R. Smith, 2017 (5th edition).


299

COURSE PROFESSOR SEM. LANG ECTS

ADVANCED CASES IN BUSINESS VALUATION VULPIANI Fall EN 6

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE VULPIANI Spring IT 6

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE MURRO Spring EN 8

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE GUBITOSI Spring IT 6

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE

ORIANI/ Spring EN 6

SANTELLA

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE SANTELLA Spring EN 6

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE GROH/ORIANI Spring EN 8

ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT MAZZU’ Fall EN 8

ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT MAZZU’ Fall EN 8

ANALYSIS OF THE BEHAVIOR OF PURCHASE ROMANI Fall IT 8

ASSET PRICING PORCHIA Spring EN 8

AUDITING, BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND BUSINESS ETHICS MECHELLI Fall IT 8

BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS & CONSUMPTION THEORIES SILLARI Fall EN 12

BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS & CONSUMPTION THEORIES PONTI/SILLARI Fall EN 12

BUSINESS ECONOMICS OF SPORT INDUSTRY

CARICASULO/ DI LAZZARO

Fall IT 6

BUSINESS FINANCE TOOLS COMANA Fall IT 6

BUSINESS INSOLVENCY LAW DI AMATO Fall IT 6

BUSINESS MODELLING AND PLANNING IACOVONE Fall EN 6

BUSINESS STRATEGY PERUFFO Fall IT 8

BUSINESS STRATEGY BOCCARDELLI Fall IT 8

BUSINESS TAX LAW MARCHETTI Spring IT 8

BUSINESS TO BUSINESS MARKETING GREGORI Fall IT 6

BUSINESS VALUATION TORRISI Spring EN 8

CASES IN BUSINESS LAW

LA COGNATA/ PACCES

Fall EN 6

COMMUNICATION STRATEGY AND ADVERTISING TECHNIQUES COMIN Fall IT 6

COMPANY LAW DI AMATO Fall IT 8

COMPANY LAW NICCOLINI Fall IT 6

COMPARATIVE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ZATTONI Fall EN 6

COMPARATIVE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ZATTONI Fall EN 6

COMPENSATION SYSTEM AND HR MANAGEMENT

GABRIELLI/ INNOCENTI

Fall IT 6

COMPETITION AND HIGH‐TECH MARKETS

FAELLA/ VAN DEN BERGH

Fall EN 6

COMPLIANCE AND INTERNAL AUDITING ACCARDI Fall EN 6

CONSUMER BEHAVIOR ROMANI Fall EN 8

MASTER’S DEGREE SUMMARY TABLE OF COURSES

300

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

FIORI/ ZATTONI

Fall EN 6

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND INTERNAL AUDITING

DI DONATO/ SCETTRI

Spring IT 6

CORPORATE LAW AND CAPITAL MARKETS

CHIAPPETTA/ NICCOLINI

Fall IT 6

CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING AND TURNAROUND

DE SENSI/ ORICCHIO

Fall EN 6

CORPORATE STRATEGY TURNER Spring EN 8

CORPORATE STRATEGY

VAN EES/ ZATTONI

Spring EN 8

CORPORATE STRATEGY PERUFFO Fall EN 6

CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS AND BUSINESS VALUATION PINTO Fall IT 6

CREATIVE INDUSTRIES AND BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION

PIROLO/ TAURIELLO

Fall EN 6

CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE & BIG DATA ITALIANO Fall EN 6

CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE & BIG DATA ITALIANO Fall EN 6

CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE AND LOGICAL ANALYSIS OF BIG DATA LAURA Fall IT 6

CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE E LOGICHE DI ANALISI DEI BIG DATA LAURA Fall IT 6

DIGITAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL INNOVATION SPAGNOLETTI Fall EN 6

DIGITAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL INNOVATION SPAGNOLETTI Fall EN 6

DIGITAL BUSINESS TRANSFORMATION LEONE Fall IT 6

DIGITAL MARKETING IBARRA Fall EN 6

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT OF ENERGY BUSINESS MORI Fall EN 6

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT OF MASS MEDIA BALESTRIERI Fall IT 6

ECONOMICS FOR MANAGEMENT PANNACCIONE Spring IT 6

ECONOMICS FOR MANAGEMENT PASQUALI Spring IT 6

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND VENTURE CAPITAL

D’ALESSANDRO

Fall EN 6

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND VENTURE CAPITAL

D’ALESSANDRO

Fall EN 6

EQUITY MARKETS AND ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS

MORELLI/VITALE

Fall EN 6

EXPERIMENTAL AND BEHAVIOURAL ECONOMICS

DI CAGNO/ GUETH

Fall EN 6

FASHION MANAGEMENT FEI Fall EN 6

301

FINANCIAL ECONOMETRICS GIOVANNELLI Fall EN 6

FINANCIAL HISTORY DI TARANTO Fall IT 6

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (ADVANCED COURSE) OLIVIERI Fall IT 8

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (ADVANCED COURSE) FERSINI Fall IT 8

FINANCIAL REPORTING DI LAZZARO Spring IT 8

FINANCIAL REPORTING MAGNANELLI Spring IT 8

FINANCIAL REPORTING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT BOZZOLAN Fall EN 8

FINANCIAL REPORTING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT RAOLI Fall EN 8

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS BOZZOLAN Fall EN 8

FIXED INCOME, CREDIT AND DERIVATIVES CYBO‐OTTONE Fall EN 6

GLOBAL GOVERNANCE THROUGH INTERRELIGIOUS DIALOGUE SANGALLI Spring EN 6

IMPACT AND INTEGRATED REPORTING

BALDISSONI/ DI DONATO

Fall IT 6

INDUSTRIAL DYNAMIC RULLANI Fall IT 6

INDUSTRIAL DYNAMIC MELICIANI Fall IT 6

INSURANCE MANAGEMENT

CIMBRI/GIOVANNINI

Fall IT 6

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT GRANIERI Fall EN 6

INTERNAL AUDIT AND CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT FERRARI/ RICCI Fall IT 6

INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

DI LAZZARO/ TEZZON

Spring IT 6

INTERNATIONAL AND GLOBAL MARKETING

AXELOVA/ BILGIN

Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS JELL‐OJOBOR Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT CAROLI Spring IT 8

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT RESCINITI Spring IT 8

INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE FINANCE CAPASSO Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS DI VAIO Spring EN 6

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

DE BENEDICTIS / GUY

Spring EN 6

INTERNATIONAL FINANCE MEROLA Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMICS

LIPPI/ TRAFICANTE

Spring EN 8

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMICS VISAGGIO Fall IT 12

INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

FALK HOMBERG

Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN JELL‐OJOBOR Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND COMMERCIAL POLICIES MANZOCCHI Fall EN 6

LABOUR LAW AND COMPANY RELATIONS

MARAZZA/ MARTONE

Fall IT 6

LABOUR POLICIES LA SPINA Fall IT 6

LEGAL ISSUES IN MARKETING

DI CIOMMO/ PARDOLESI

Fall IT 6

LEGAL ISSUES IN MARKETING

COLANGELO/ PARDOLESI

Fall EN 6

LOCAL MARKETING CAROLI Fall IT 6

LUXURY MANAGEMENT FESTA Fall EN 6

LUXURY MANAGEMENT FESTA Fall EN 6

M&A AND INVESTMENT BANKING

DE VECCHI/ PATTOFATTO

Spring EN 8

302

M&A AND INVESTMENTE BANKING LANGER Fall EN 6

MACHINE LEARNING & OBJECT DRIVEN MARKETING

ITALIANO/ LAURA

Fall EN 6

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE OF FAMILY FIRMS CORSICO Fall EN 6

MANAGEMENT OF INNOVATION TEE Fall EN 6

MANAGEMENT OF INNOVATION TEE Fall EN 6

MANAGEMENT OF SALES ACTIVITIES

D’AMBROSIO/ MASSARA

Fall IT 6

MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING MARENGO Spring EN 6

MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING

GUETH / MASTROGIORGIO / PANNACCIONE

Spring EN 6

MARKETING BIG DATA ANALYSIS NALDI Fall EN 6

MARKETING COMMUNICATION & NEW MEDIA PEVERINI Spring EN 6

MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS AND LANGUAGES OF NEW MEDIA PEVERINI Spring IT 6

MARKETING METRICS COSTABILE Spring EN 6

MARKETING PLAN & MARKSTRAT SIMULATION POZHARLIEV Fall EN 6

MARKETING PLAN AND MARKSTRAT SIMULATION DE ANGELIS Fall IT 6

MARKETS, REGULATION AND LAW ARNAUDO Fall EN 6

MARKETS, REGULATION AND LAW COLANGELO Fall EN 6

MEASUREMENT AND ANALYSIS OF THE PERFORMANCE OF MARKETING‐MARKETING METRICS

COSTABILE Spring IT 6

NEUROMARKETING POZHARLIEV Fall EN 6

NEWSMAKING & BRAND STORYTELLING GIORGINO Fall IT 6

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR INNOCENTI Fall IT 6

ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN GIUSTINIANO Fall IT 6

ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN

PRENCIPE/ RESCA

Fall IT 6

ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN GURSES/ OBEL Spring EN 6

ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN

CUNHA / HOMBERG

Spring EN 6

ORGANIZATIONAL ISSUES IN MARKETING AND SALES GURSES Spring IT 8

ORGANIZATIONAL ISSUES IN MARKETING AND SALES HOMBERG Spring EN 8

ORGANIZING INNOVATION TEE Fall EN 6

PEOPLE MANAGEMENT AND REWARD GABRIELLI Fall IT 6

PEOPLE MANAGEMENT AND REWARD GABRIELLI Fall IT 6

PLANNING AND CONTROL BUSCO Fall IT 8

PLANNING AND CONTROL BUSCO Fall EN 6

PROCEDURAL AND TAX LAW

MARCHETTI/ NAPOLI

Fall IT 6

PRODUCT & BRAND MANAGEMENT MARCATI Spring EN 8

PRODUCT AND BRAND MANAGEMENT MAZZU’ Spring IT 8

PROJECT MANAGEMENT GIUSTINIANO Fall IT 6

QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ENTERPRISE BIAGINI Fall IT 8

QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR FINANCE SANCETTA Fall EN 8

QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT BARONE Fall EN 8

QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT PIRRA Fall EN 8

REAL ESTATE FINANCE CASERTANO Fall EN 6

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR MARKETING DONATO Fall IT 6

303

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR MARKETING ADIGUZEL Fall EN 6

RETAIL AND SERVICE EXPERIENCE MARKETING

DEVETAG/ MASSARA

Fall EN 6


DEVETAG/ MASSARA

Fall IT 6


DEVETAG/ MASSARA

Fall EN 6


DEVETAG/ MASSARA

Fall EN 6


DEVETAG/ MASSARA

Fall IT 6

RISK MANAGEMENT DE PRINS TBD EN 6

RISK MANAGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE MAZZONI Fall EN 6

STATISTICAL METHODS FOR MARKETING D’URSO Spring IT 8

STATISTICS FOR MARKETING CAPPELLI Spring EN 8

STRUCTURED FINANCE BRUNO Fall EN 6

THE POLITICS OF CULTURAL HERITAGE IN EUROPE THATCHER Fall EN 6

TOURISM MANAGEMENT CAROLI Fall EN 6

TOURISM MANAGEMENT CAROLI Fall EN 6

WEB ANALYTICS & MARKETING

DE ANGELIS/ TEDESCHI

Spring EN 8

WEB ANALYTICS AND MARKETING

DE ANGELIS /TEDESCHI

Spring IT 8

304

The School of Management was established in 1985 with the objective of promoting post‐degree, post‐diploma and post‐experience traineeship in the field of management and economics, both in private companies and public administration. The school offers:

MASTER DEGREE

RESEARCH

SPECIALIZATION PROGRAMMES

MBA

EXECUTIVE PROGRAMMES The Master Degree division runs, among other things, a Master of Business Administration. The course lasts 16 months and full time attendance is obligatory.

Furthermore, elective courses are also envisaged as is participation in functional and business projects at companies and institutions characterised by their advanced management methods. The overall duration is about 1.200 hours of in‐classroom didactic activity.

The Research division carries out scientific research either on its own initiative or upon it being commissioned by organisations and/or companies. For information about the master programmes offered by the Business School, please visit: http://businessschool.luiss.it/ Please note that these courses are not open to exchange students.

BUSINESS SCHOOL

305

Detailed information for guest students about life in Rome (cost of living, public transportation, accomodation, libraries, administrative formalities, etc.) is available on our website.

USEFUL WEBSITES ON ITALY AND ROME Italy http://www.italia.it http://goitaly.about.com http://www.article.student.com

Rome http://www.turismoroma.it http://www.romacheap.it http://www.comune.roma.it

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS AND CONTACTS: If you have any more questions, please visit the FAQ section of our websIte. Should you need any further information please feel free to contact us at:

Student Exchange Office Viale Romania, 32 00197 Rome ‐ Italy Tel. +39‐06‐85225642/5389 Fax +39‐06‐85225505 E‐mail [email protected] Web site http://www.luiss.it/it Drop‐in hours: From Monday to Friday 10 a.m. – 12 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays 10 a.m. – 12 p.m. / 3 p.m. – 4 p.m.

HOW TO REACH THE UNIVERSITY CAMPUSES

Buses from Termini Station to Viale Pola, Via di S. Costanza, Via Parenzo: Line 38, 62, 82, 90 Buses from Termini Station to Viale Romania: Line 223, 360, 910 (You can use MuoviRoma)

USEFUL INFORMATION FOR GUEST STUDENTS